PENN VIRGINIA CORP
10-K, 2000-03-30
CRUDE PETROLEUM & NATURAL GAS
Previous: PENN ENGINEERING & MANUFACTURING CORP, 10-K, 2000-03-30
Next: PENNSYLVANIA REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT TRUST, 10-K, 2000-03-30




                                                         110864.23
                                                        12.99 10-K
             AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT - Page 178
                           UNITED STATES
                   SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                      Washington, D.C. 20549



                             FORM 10-K

    X    ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
    SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
            For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 1999

                                or

    TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
    SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

                   Commission File Number 0-753



                     PENN VIRGINIA CORPORATION
              One Radnor Corporate Center, Suite 200
                        100 Matsonford Road
                         Radnor, PA 19087

Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (610) 687-8900

  Incorporated in          I.R.S Employer Identification Number
      VIRGINIA                          23-1184320

 Securities registered pursuant to section 12(b) of the Act:  None

    Securities Registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

   Title of Each Class     Name of Exchange on which registered
Common Stock, $6.25 Par Value    New York Stock Exchange

     Indicate  by check mark whether the registrant (1) has  filed
all  reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15 (d)  of  the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or
for  such shorter period that the registrant was required to  file
such   reports),  and  (2)  has  been  subject  to   such   filing
requirements for the past 90 days. Yes    X            No
     Indicate  by  check mark if disclosure of  delinquent  filers
pursuant  to  Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained  herein,
and  will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge,
in  definitive  proxy  or information statements  incorporated  by
reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment  to  this
Form 10-K.
     The  aggregate market value of the voting stock held by  non-
affiliates   of  the  Corporation  at  February   28,   2000   was
$133,026,881, based on the closing price of $16.375 per share.  As
of  that  date, 8,123,779 shares of common stock were  issued  and
outstanding.  The  number  of  shareholders  of  record   of   the
registrant was 851 as of February 28, 2000.

               DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:
                                                       Part Into
                                                   Which Incorporated
(1) Proxy Statement for Stockholder Meeting             Part III
      on May 2, 2000

            Penn Virginia Corporation and Subsidiaries


                              Part I

1.Business

2.Properties

3.Legal Proceedings

4.Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders


                              Part II

5.Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder
Matters

6.Selected Financial Data

7.Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations

8.Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

9.Changes In and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and
Financial Disclosure


                             Part III

10.    Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

11.    Executive Compensation

12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and
         Management

13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions


                              Part IV

14.    Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form
         8-K
Part 1

ITEM 1 - BUSINESS

General

   Penn Virginia Corporation ("Penn Virginia" or the "Company") is
a  Virginia corporation founded in 1882. The Company is engaged in
the exploration, development and production of oil and natural gas
and  the  collection of royalties and overriding royalty interests
on  various  oil and gas properties; the leasing of  coal  mineral
rights and the collection of related royalties.

   Penn  Virginia explores for, develops and produces  crude  oil,
condensate and natural gas in the eastern and southern portions of
the  United  States.  The Company had proved reserves  of  359,000
barrels  of  oil and condensate and 185.2 billion  cubic  feet  of
natural gas at December 31, 1999.

  The Company owned mineral rights to 488 million tons of mineable
and  merchantable coal reserves located in central  Appalachia  at
December  31,  1999.  Its coal reserves include both  surface  and
underground  mineable  seams.  The  reserves  are  generally  high
quality,  low-sulfur  bituminous coal and are  leased  to  various
operators.

Financial Information

   The Company operates in two primary business segments: (1)  oil
and  gas  and  (2)  coal  royalty and land  management.  Financial
information  concerning  the Company's business  segments  can  be
found  in  Note  15  (Segment Information) of  the  Notes  to  the
Consolidated  Financial  Statements of Penn  Virginia  Corporation
which is included in this report.

Oil and Gas

Overview

   Penn  Virginia's  oil and gas properties  are  located  in  the
eastern  and southern portions of the United States.  At  December
31, 1999, the Company had 187.4 Bcfe of proved reserves (185.2 Bcf
of natural gas) including 173.1 Bcfe of working interests and 14.3
Bcfe of royalty interests.

Oil and Gas Production

  During 1999, 32,000 barrels of oil and condensate and 8,679 MMcf
of  natural  gas,  net  to the Company's interest,  were  produced
compared  with  30,000  barrels and 8,056 MMcf  in  1998.   Prices
received  by  the Company were $14.47 and $11.17  per  barrel  and
$2.46  and  $2.54  per  Mcf for oil and  gas  in  1999  and  1998,
respectively.

Exploration and Development

   The  Company drilled 50.8 net wells in 1999 of which 40.1  were
development and 10.7 were exploratory.  A total of 3.5  net  wells
were   non-productive.   The  successful  wells  drilled  in  1999
contained 14,162 MMcfe of proved developed producing reserves.  In
December  1999, the Company purchased a 20 percent interest  in  a
Texas  onshore gulf coast exploration project for an initial  cost
of  $2.4  million.  The project covers 35,000 acres and  evidences
Penn  Virginia's strategy to expand and diversify its oil and  gas
operations outside of the eastern United States through  strategic
acquisitions, drilling and exploration.
Transportation

   Penn  Virginia transports its natural gas to market on  various
gathering,  transmission and pipeline systems owned  primarily  by
third  parties.  The Company's natural gas is gathered principally
by  Consolidated Natural Gas "CNG" and Columbia Natural  Resources
"CNR".  These  two primary providers gathered 38  percent  and  37
percent   of  the  Company's  natural  gas  for  1999  and   1998,
respectively.   Interruptible gathering rates have increased  over
the  years  as pipelines have implemented the mandatory unbundling
of  gathering services (Federal Energy Regulatory Commission Order
636)  from  other  transportation services.   CNG's  interruptible
gathering rates remain unchanged at 19.4 cents per MMbtu for 2000.
CNR's interruptible gathering rates increased from 27 cents to  32
cents per MMbtu, effective February  2000.

   The  majority  of  Penn Virginia's natural  gas  production  is
transported to market primarily on two major transmission systems.
Columbia  Gas  Transmission  and  CNG  Transmission  transport  57
percent and 30 percent, respectively, of the Company's natural gas
production.   Production could be adversely affected by  shutdowns
of  the  pipelines  for  maintenance or  replacement  as  pipeline
flexibility  is  limited.   Additionally,  the  Company   acquired
certain  oil and gas properties in Mississippi for $13.7  million,
which included a gathering line that transports 10 percent of  the
Company's current production.

Marketing

   Penn  Virginia generally sells its natural gas using  the  spot
market, commodity derivative contracts and short-term fixed  price
physical  contracts.  From time to time, the Company  enters  into
commodity  derivative contracts or fixed price physical  contracts
to mitigate the risk associated with the volatility of natural gas
prices.   In April 1997, Penn Virginia executed a contract  for  a
participating forward swap for 5,000 MMbtu's per day with a  floor
price  of $2.10 per MMbtu and a re-entry price of $2.48 per  MMbtu
for  the  period  of May 1997 through October 1999.  In  September
1998,  the  Company completed a second participating forward  swap
for  an  additional 5,000 MMbtu's per day with a  floor  price  of
$2.10  per MMbtu and a re-entry price of $2.35 per MMbtu  for  the
period  of  November 1997 through October 1999.   Currently,  Penn
Virginia  is  not  utilizing any commodity  derivative  contracts;
however, the Company may use contracts in the future to reduce the
risk of price fluctuations.  For additional information, see "Item
7.  -  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations - Oil and Gas."


Coal Royalty and Land Management Operations

Overview

   Penn  Virginia  owned 163,000 acres of coal and timber  bearing
land  in  central  Appalachia at December 31, 1999.   The  Company
earns  coal  royalty revenue, based on long-term lease  agreements
with several coal mining operators which generally require royalty
payments  to  Penn Virginia based on a minimum annual  payment,  a
minimum  dollar royalty per ton and/or a percentage of the  coal's
selling price.  The Company does not operate coal mines.

   The  Company's  timber  assets consist  of  various  hardwoods,
primarily red oak, white oak, yellow poplar and black cherry.  The
Company owns 199 million board feet of standing saw timber.

Coal Production

   Several  operators mined 8.6 million tons  of  coal  from  Penn
Virginia's properties in 1999 and paid an average royalty of $2.05
per  ton,  compared  with 5.3 million tons mined  in  1998  at  an
average royalty of $2.03 per ton.

   At  December  31, 1999, the Company's mineable and merchantable
coal  reserves in central Appalachia were estimated at 488 million
tons.  At  December  31,  1999, the Company's  central  Appalachia
properties  had operators actively mining a total of  31  separate
lease locations.


Timber Production

   The  Company  sold 9.0 MMbf board feet in 1999 for  an  average
price  of  $175 per Mbf, compared with 8.0 MMbf board feet  at  an
average  price  of $185 per Mbf in 1998.  Timber is  harvested  in
advance  of lessee mining to prevent loss of the resource.  Timber
is  sold in competitive bid sales involving individual parcels and
also  on  a contract basis, whereby Penn Virginia pays independent
contractors  to harvest timber while the Company directly  markets
the product.

Investments

   The  Company  holds  equity investments, primarily  in  Norfolk
Southern  Corporation. The Company's 3,307,200 shares  of  Norfolk
Southern Corporation generated dividends of $2.6 million in  1999,
1998  and  1997.  The fair value of the Company's equity portfolio
at  December  31,  1999  was $67.8 million  compared  with  $104.8
million  at December 31, 1998.  See Note 4 (Investments and  Other
Income) of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  for
additional information.


Risks Associated with Business Activities

General

Government Regulations

  Each of Penn Virginia's businesses is subject to extensive rules
and  regulations promulgated by various federal, state  and  local
government  agencies.  Failure  to  comply  with  such  rules  and
regulations  can result in substantial penalties.  The  regulatory
burden  increases the Company's cost of doing business and affects
its profitability. Although the Company believes it is in material
compliance with all rules, regulations and laws, there can  be  no
assurance  that new interpretations of existing rules, regulations
and  laws  will  not adversely affect the Company's  business  and
operations.

Competition

  The energy industry is highly competitive. Many of the Company's
competitors    are   large,   well-established   companies    with
substantially  larger operating staffs, greater capital  resources
and established long-term strategic positions.


Oil and Gas

Prices

   Penn  Virginia's  revenues, profitability and  future  rate  of
growth  are highly dependent on the prevailing prices for oil  and
gas,  which  are affected by numerous factors that  are  generally
beyond  the  Company's  control. Crude oil  prices  are  generally
determined  by global supply and demand.  Natural gas  prices  are
influenced  by  national  and  regional  supply  and  demand.    A
substantial or extended decline in the prices of oil or gas  could
have   a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company's  revenues,
profitability   and   cash   flow   and   could,   under   certain
circumstances,  result in an impairment of the Company's  oil  and
gas properties.

Exploratory Drilling

    Both  development  and  exploratory  drilling  involve  risks.
However, exploratory drilling involves greater risks of dry  holes
or failure to find commercial quantities of hydrocarbons than does
development  drilling.  The  Company  anticipates  the  number  of
exploratory  prospects  drilled in the  short  and  long-term  may
increase,  compared with historical amounts. Consequently,  it  is
likely  that  the  Company  will experience  increased  levels  of
exploration expense in 2000 and beyond.

Transportation

   Penn Virginia's natural gas production is transported to market
primarily   on  two  major  transmission  systems.  Columbia   Gas
Transmission  and  CNG Transmission transport 57  percent  and  30
percent,  respectively, of the Company's natural  gas  production.
Production can be adversely affected by shutdowns of the pipelines
for  maintenance  or  replacement,  as  pipeline  flexibility   is
limited.

Coal Royalty and Land Management

Operating Risks

   Penn  Virginia's  coal royalty stream is  impacted  by  several
factors,  which the Company generally cannot control.  The  number
of  tons  mined  annually is determined by  an  operator's  mining
efficiency,  labor  availability, geologic  conditions,  financial
stability, ability to market coal and ability to arrange  reliable
transportation to the end-user.  Coal emissions are  regulated  by
various  federal and state agencies which affect  the  quality  of
coal that can be burned within compliance guidelines.

Investments

   The  value of the Company's investment portfolio is subject  to
market price fluctuations.

Employees

   Penn  Virginia  had  64 employees at December  31,  1999.   The
Company considers its relations with its employees to be good.

Executive Officers of the Company

     Below  is  a  list  of  executive  officers  of  the  Company
including  their ages and positions held. Each officer is  elected
annually  by the Board of Directors and serves at the pleasure  of
the Board of Directors.

<TABLE>                                                  Office
       NAME           Age           Office               Held Since
<S>    <C>            <C>           <C>                  <C>
A. James Dearlove     52     President and Chief         1996
                               Executive Officer

Steven W. Tholen      49     Vice President and          1995
                               Chief Financial Officer

Keith D. Horton       46     Vice President,             1996
                               Eastern Operations

James O. Idiaquez     52     Vice President,             1998
                               Corporate Development

Nancy M. Snyder       47    Corporate Secretary and      1997
                               General Counsel

Ann N. Horton         41    Principal Accounting         1995
                               Officer and Controller
</TABLE>
   A.  James Dearlove  -  Mr. Dearlove is the President and  Chief
Executive  Officer. He has served in various capacities  with  the
Company  since  1977 including Vice President since  1986,  Senior
Vice  President since 1992 and President since 1994.  Mr. Dearlove
was elected to the Company's Board of Directors effective February
6,  1996. He was appointed Chief Executive Officer in May 1996. He
also  serves  as  director of the Powell  River  Project  and  the
National Council of Coal Lessors.

   Steven  W.  Tholen  -  Mr. Tholen is a Vice President  and  the
Chief   Financial  Officer.  He  joined  the  Company   in   1995.
Previously, he served in various capacities at Cabot Oil  and  Gas
Corporation, most recently as Treasurer.

  Keith D. Horton - Mr. Horton was elected Vice President, Eastern
Operations in February 1999 and has served as an executive officer
for  the Company since 1996.  He also serves as President  of  the
Company's  oil and gas, and coal and land management subsidiaries.
He  has served in various capacities with the Company since  1981.
Mr.  Horton serves as Chairman of the Central Appalachian  Section
of  the Society of Mining Engineers.  He also serves as a director
of  the Virginia Mining Association, Powell River Project and  the
Virginia Coal Council.

   James  O. Idiaquez - Mr. Idiaquez has served as Vice President,
Corporate  Development for the Company since October  1998.   From
1978   to   1998,  Mr.  Idiaquez  served  in  various   management
capacities,  including  corporate planning  and  acquisitions  and
divestitures,  with Burlington Resources, Inc. and  The  Louisiana
Land & Exploration Company.

   Nancy  M. Snyder - Ms. Snyder has served as Corporate Secretary
and   General   Counsel  since  joining  the  Company   in   1997.
Previously,  Ms. Snyder was in private and firm practices  in  the
areas of general corporate and securities law.

   Ann  N. Horton - Mrs. Horton has served as Principal Accounting
Officer and Controller of the Company since 1995.  She has  served
in  various capacities with the Company and its subsidiaries since
1981.

   The following terms have the meanings indicated below when used
in this report.

Bbl   - means a standard barrel of 42 U.S. gallons liquid volume
Bcf   - means one billion cubic feet
Bcfe  - means one billion cubic feet equivalent with one barrel of
oil     or     condensate    converted     to     six     thousand
cubic  feet of natural gas based on the estimated relative  energy
content
Gross  -  acre  or well means an acre or well in which  a  working
interest is owned
Mbbl  - means one thousand barrels
Mbf   - means one thousand board feet
Mcf   - means one thousand cubic feet
MMbf  - means one million board feet
MMbtu - means one million British thermal units
MMcf  - means one million cubic feet
Net    -  acres or wells is determined by multiplying  the   gross
     acres or wells by  the working  interest in those
        gross acres or wells
Proved
Reserves-   means   those  estimated  quantities  of  crude   oil,
       condensate  and natural gas that geological and engineering
       data   demonstrate   with  reasonable   certainty   to   be
       recoverable  in  future  years  from  known  oil  and   gas
       reservoirs under existing economic and operating conditions
ITEM 2 - PROPERTIES

Facilities

    Penn   Virginia  Corporation  is  headquartered   in   Radnor,
Pennsylvania  with  additional  offices  in  Duffield,   Virginia;
Charleston,  West  Virginia;  and  Houston,  Texas.   The  Company
believes its leased properties are adequate for current needs.

Title to Properties

   Penn Virginia believes it has satisfactory title to all of  its
properties in accordance with standards generally accepted in  the
oil and gas and coal royalty and land management industries.
   As  is customary in the oil and gas industry, the Company makes
only  a  cursory  review  of  title  to  farmout  acreage  and  to
undeveloped  oil and gas leases upon execution of  any  contracts.
Prior to the commencement of drilling operations, a thorough title
examination  is  conducted and curative  work  is  performed  with
respect  to significant defects.  To the extent title opinions  or
other  investigations reflect defects, Penn  Virginia  cures  such
title  defects.  If the Company was unable to remedy or  cure  any
title  defect  of a nature such that it would not  be  prudent  to
commence  drilling  operations on a property,  the  Company  could
suffer  a  loss of its investment in the property.  Penn  Virginia
has  obtained title opinions on substantially all of its producing
properties  and believes that it has satisfactory  title  to  such
properties in accordance with standards generally accepted in  the
oil  and  gas  industry.  Prior to completing  an  acquisition  of
producing  oil and gas leases, the Company obtains title  opinions
on  all  material leases.  Penn Virginia's oil and gas  properties
are  subject  to  customary royalty interests, liens  for  current
taxes  and  other  burdens  that  the  Company  believes  do   not
materially  interfere with the use or affect  the  value  of  such
properties.
   Of  the  163,000  acres of coal and timber bearing  land,  Penn
Virginia  owns  70  percent  in fee and  30  percent  in  mineral.
Additionally,  the Company leases over 25,000 acres  of  coal  and
timber bearing land from third parties.

Oil and Gas

Production and Pricing

   The  following  table sets forth production, sales  prices  and
production costs with respect to the Company's properties for  the
years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997.
<TABLE>
                                    1999      1998      1997
<S>                                 <C>       <C>       <C>
Production
 Oil and condensate (Mbbls)           32        30        38
 Natural gas (MMcf)                8,679     8,056     7,755

Average sales price
 Oil and condensate ($/Bbl)        $14.47    $11.17    $17.39
 Natural gas ($/Mcf)                 2.46      2.54      2.81

Production cost
 Operating cost per Mcfe            $0.46     $0.46     $0.42
 Production taxes per Mcfe           0.25      0.28      0.26
  Total production cost per Mcfe    $0.71     $0.74     $0.68

Hedging Summary
 Natural gas prices ($/Mcf):
 Actual price received              $2.50     $2.61     $2.87
   for production
 Effect of hedging activities        (.04)     (.07)     (.06)
 Average price                      $2.46     $2.54     $2.81
</TABLE>
Proved Reserves

   Penn  Virginia had proved reserves of 359,000 barrels of  crude
oil  and  condensate and 185.2 Bcf of natural gas at December  31,
1999.   The  present  value  of the estimated  future  cash  flows
discounted at 10 percent (Pre-tax SEC PV10 Value) at December  31,
1999 was $136 million.   At December 31, 1999, the Company had 240
gross (139 net) proved undeveloped drilling locations.
<TABLE>
                                       Natural  Pre-tax
                   Oil and   Natural     Gas     SEC PV10
                  Condensate   Gas   Equivalents  Value
                   (Mbbls)    (Bcf)     (Bcfe)    ($MM)
<S>                   <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>
1999
 Developed            326       138       140      $116
 Undeveloped           33        47        47        20
 Total                359       185       187      $136

1998
 Developed            313       118       120      $ 73
 Undeveloped           28        46        46         8
 Total                341       164       166      $ 81

1997
 Developed            364       110       112      $110
 Undeveloped           60        61        61        31
 Total                424       171       173      $141
</TABLE>
   The  standardized measure of discounted future net cash  flows,
which  represents the present value of future net  revenues  after
income  taxes  discounted at ten percent, was  $119  million,  $76
million  and  $119 million at December 31, 1999,  1998  and  1997,
respectively.   The  weighted average  prices  used  to  determine
proved  reserves at December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997 were  ($/Bbl)
$21.78, $9.70 and $15.50, respectively, for oil and condensate and
($/Mcf)  $2.69,  $2.14 and $3.11, respectively, for  natural  gas.
For  information  on  the  changes  in  standardized  measure   of
discounted  future  net cash flows, see "Note  17.   Supplementary
Information  on  Oil and Gas Producing Activities (Unaudited)"  in
"Item 8. - Financial Statements and Supplementary Data."

   In  accordance  with  the Securities and Exchange  Commission's
guidelines,  the engineers' estimates of future net revenues  from
the  Company's  properties and the pre-tax SEC PV10 value  thereof
are  made using oil and natural gas sales prices in effect at  the
dates  of such estimates.  The prices are held constant throughout
the  life  of  the properties except where such guidelines  permit
alternate  treatment, including the use of fixed and  determinable
contractual  price escalations.  Net proved oil and  gas  reserves
for  the  three  years ended December 31, 1999 were  estimated  by
Wright  and Company, Inc.  Prices for natural gas and, to a lesser
extent,  oil are subject to substantial seasonal fluctuations  and
prices  for  each  are subject to substantial  fluctuations  as  a
result  of  numerous other factors.  See "Item  7  -  Management's
Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial Condition  and  Results  of
Operations."

   Proved reserves are the estimated quantities of natural gas and
condensate  that geological and engineering data demonstrate  with
reasonable certainty to be recoverable in future years from  known
reservoirs  under  existing  economic  and  operating  conditions.
Proved developed reserves are proved reserves that can be expected
to be recovered through existing wells with existing equipment and
operating  methods.  There are numerous uncertainties inherent  in
estimating quantities of proved reserves and in projecting  future
rates  of  production  and  timing  of  development  expenditures,
including many factors beyond the control of the Company.  Reserve
engineering  is  a  subjective process of  estimating  underground
accumulations of oil and natural gas that cannot be measured in an
exact  manner,  and  the  accuracy of any reserve  estimate  is  a
function  of the quality of available data and of engineering  and
geological  interpretation and judgement.  The quantities  of  oil
and  natural  gas  that are ultimately recovered,  production  and
operating  costs,  the  amount  of timing  of  future  development
expenditures and future oil and natural gas sales prices  may  all
differ from those assumed in these estimates.  Therefore, the pre-
tax SEC PV10 value amounts shown above should not be construed  as
the  current  market value of the estimated oil  and  natural  gas
reserves   attributable   to   the  Company's   properties.    The
information  set forth in the foregoing tables includes  revisions
of  certain  volumetric reserve estimates attributable  to  proved
properties  included  in  the preceding  year's  estimates.   Such
revisions are the result of additional information from subsequent
completions and production history from the properties involved or
the  result of a decrease (or increase) in the projected  economic
life  of  such  properties resulting from  changes  in  production
prices.

Acreage

   The  following  table  sets forth the Company's  developed  and
undeveloped acreage at December 31, 1999. The Company's acreage is
located in the eastern and southern portions of the United States.
<TABLE>
                          Gross Acreage   Net Acreage
                               (in thousands)
<S>                             <C>          <C>
      Developed                 312          162
      Undeveloped               129           50
        Total                   441          212
</TABLE>

Wells Drilled

   The  following  table sets forth the gross and  net  number  of
exploratory  and development wells drilled during the  last  three
years. The number of wells drilled means the number of wells  spud
at any time during the respective year. Net wells equal the number
of  gross wells multiplied by Penn Virginia's working interest  in
each  of the gross wells.  Productive wells represent either wells
which   were   producing  or  which  were  capable  of  commercial
production.
<TABLE>
                    1999           1998           1997
<S>             <C>     <C>    <C>      <C>    <C>      <C>
Development     Gross   Net    Gross    Net    Gross    Net

Productive        61    38.1     56      37.0     53     42.0
Non-productive     2     2.0      3       3.0      1      1.0
                  63    40.1     59      40.0     54     43.0
Exploratory
Productive        16     9.2     15       8.1     31     16.0
Non-productive     3     1.5      3       1.5      5      3.0
                  19    10.7     18       9.6     36     19.0
      Total       82    50.8     77      49.6     90     62.0
</TABLE>

  The four gross (2.0 net) wells under evaluation at the end of
1998 were non-productive.

Productive Wells

  The number of productive oil and gas wells in which Penn
Virginia had an interest at December 31, 1999 is set forth below.
Productive wells are producing wells or wells capable of
commercial production.
<TABLE>
         Operated Wells    Non-Operated Wells      Total
           Gross  Net         Gross  Net         Gross  Net
<S>        <C>    <C>         <C>    <C>         <C>    <C>
  Oil       10     10          6      2           16     12
  Gas      780    656        400     61        1,180    717
   Total   790    666        406     63        1,196    729
</TABLE>
Coal Royalty and Land Management

   Penn Virginia's coal reserves and timber assets at December 31,
1999  covered  163,000 acres, including fee  acreage,  in  central
Appalachia.   The  coal  reserves  are  in  various  surface   and
underground seams.

   Penn  Virginia's  mineable and merchantable coal  reserves  are
estimated  at  488 million tons as of December 31, 1999.  Mineable
and  merchantable  coal reserves means coal that  is  economically
mineable  using existing equipment and methods under  federal  and
state  laws now in effect. Reserve estimates are adjusted annually
for  production, unmineable areas, acquisitions and sales of  coal
in  place.  The  majority of the Company's reserves  are  high  in
energy content, low in sulfur and suitable for either the steam or
metallurgical markets.

   The  amount of coal a lessee can profitably mine at  any  given
time  is  subject  to  several factors and  may  be  substantially
different  from  "mineable  and merchantable  reserves."  Included
among  the  factors that influence profitability are the  existing
market price, coal quality and operating costs.

   The  Company's  timber  assets consist  of  various  hardwoods,
primarily red oak, white oak, yellow poplar and black cherry.   At
December  31,  1999, the Company owned 199 million board  feet  of
standing saw timber.

Coal Reserves

   The following table sets forth the coal reserves that are owned
by  the  Company.  The reserves are estimated  internally  by  the
Company's engineers.
<TABLE>
                                   1999      1998      1997
                                      (in million tons)
<S>                                <C>       <C>       <C>
Beginning of year                 384.7     379.8     357.6
 Production                        (8.6)     (5.3)     (5.4)
 Additions, deletions, revisions  112.3      10.2      27.6
            End of year           488.4     384.7     379.8
</TABLE>

ITEM 3 - LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

   The Company is involved in various legal proceedings arising in
the  ordinary  course of business. While the ultimate  results  of
these  cannot  be  predicted  with certainty,  Company  management
believes  these  claims  will not have a material  effect  on  the
Company's financial position, liquidity or operations.


ITEM 4 - SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

   There  were no matters submitted to a vote of security  holders
during the fourth quarter of 1999.



PART II

ITEM 5 - MARKET FOR THE COMPANY'S COMMON STOCK AND RELATED
STOCKHOLDER
      MATTERS

Common Stock Market Prices And Dividends

  High and low closing stock prices and dividends for the last two
years were:
<TABLE>
                           1999                     1998
                                    Cash                     Cash
                  Sales Price     Dividends    Sales Price Dividends
                 High       Low     Paid      High      Low    Paid
<S>              <C>        <C>     <C>       <C>       <C>    <C>
Quarter Ended:
March 31       $20-3/4   $16-11/16 $0.225   $29-1/4   $26-7/8 $0.225
June 30        $21-11/16 $17-5/16  $0.225   $30       $25-7/8 $0.225
September 30   $23-1/16  $20-1/2   $0.225   $26-11/32 $21-1/8 $0.225
December 31    $21       $16-1/8   $0.225   $23-1/2   $18-3/8 $0.225
</TABLE>

The  Company's  common  stock is traded  on  the  New  York  Stock
Exchange under the symbol PVA.
ITEM 6 - SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

Five Year Selected Financial Data

<TABLE>
Year Ended December 31,  1999     1998      1997(a)     1996(a)    1995(a)
                               (in thousands except per share data)
<S>                      <C>      <C>       <C>         <C>        <C>
Revenues (b)            $47,135   $38,144   $41,132     $34,102    $38,890
Operating income         20,715    10,266    18,719      13,212      5,855
Net income              $14,504   $ 9,591   $16,018     $13,040    $10,084

Per common share:
Net income, basic        $ 1.73    $ 1.15    $ 1.93      $ 1.51     $ 1.18
Net income, diluted        1.71      1.13      1.88        1.50       1.18
Dividends paid           $ 0.90    $ 0.90    $ 0.90      $ 0.90     $ 0.90

Weighted average          8,406     8,310     8,302       8,694      8,538
  shares outstanding

Total assets           $274,011  $256,931  $247,230    $229,514   $206,001

Long-term debt          $78,475   $37,967   $31,903     $21,233    $12,700
Stockholders' equity   $154,343  $170,259  $163,704    $160,211   $147,357
</TABLE>


(a)     All  weighted average share and per share data  have  been
  restated  to  reflect  the two-for-one split  of  the  Company's
  common stock in August 1997.
(b)     Certain  reclassifications between revenues and  operating
  expenses  have  been  made  to  conform  to  the  current   year
  presentation.

SUMMARIZED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA

Quarterly financial data for 1999 and 1998 were as follows:
<TABLE>
                   1999                     1998
              Quarters Ended           Quarters Ended
                     (in thousands, except per share data)
<S>          <C>    <C>     <C>      <C>     <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>
             Mar.31 June 30 Sept.30  Dec.31  Mar.31 June 30 Sept.30 Dec.31(b)
Revenues (c) $9,509 $10,437 $12,306 $14,883  $9,050  $9,941  $9,779  $9,374
Operating     3,835   4,042   5,430   7,408    3,760  4,266   4,335  (2,095)
  Income
  (loss)
Net income   $2,915  $3,165  $3,945  $4,479   $3,152 $3,666  $3,442   $(669)
  (loss)
Net income
 per share,
 basic (a)    $0.35   $0.38    $0.47   $0.53    $0.38  $0.44   $0.41  $(0.08)
Net income
 per share,
 diluted (a)  $0.35   $0.37    $0.46   $0.53    $0.37  $0.43   $0.41  $(0.08)

Weighted average
 shares
 outstanding  8,371   8,410    8,423   8,423     8,278  8,291   8,308   8,354
</TABLE>

(a)   The  sum  of  the quarters may not equal the  total  of  the
      respective  year's net income per share due to  changes  in  the
      weighted average shares outstanding throughout the year.
(b)   Operating  income  for fourth quarter  of  1998  included  a
      noncash  charge relating to impairments of certain oil  and  gas
      properties of $4.6 million ($3.7 million after tax) primarily due
      to  a decline in commodity prices and a restructuring charge  of
      $0.6 million ($0.4 million after tax).
(c)   Certain  reclassifications between  revenues  and  operating
      expenses  have  been  made  to  conform  to  the  current   year
      presentation.

ITEM 7  - MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
          CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations

   The  following review of operations and financial condition  of
Penn  Virginia  Corporation and subsidiaries  should  be  read  in
conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements  and  Notes
thereto.

Overview

   Penn  Virginia's  net income for 1999 was  $14.5  million  with
operating  income of $20.7 million.  The comparable  1998  results
were  net  income  of $9.6 million and operating income  of  $10.3
million.   Revenues  for  1999 were $47.1 million,  a  24  percent
increase over 1998 and net income was $14.5 million, or $1.71  per
share (diluted), a 51 percent increase over the 1998 level of $9.6
million, or $1.13 per share (diluted).  The 1999 increases were  a
direct  result of increased production of natural gas  and  higher
levels   of   coal   royalties.   The  Company's  1998   financial
performance was adversely impacted by a noncash charge relating to
impairments  of  certain oil and gas properties  of  $4.6  million
($3.7  million after tax) primarily due to a decline in  commodity
prices  and  a restructuring charge of $0.6 million ($0.4  million
after tax).

  During 1999, Penn Virginia successfully expanded its oil and gas
operations into Mississippi and the Texas onshore gulf  coast  and
began  an  ambitious  exploration  program.   As  a  result  of  a
strategic coal acquisition, the Company's coal reserves grew by 27
percent to 488 million tons.

   Management believes its natural gas operations will be expanded
over the next several years through a combination of exploitation,
exploration and acquisition of new properties. In July 1999,  Penn
Virginia  acquired certain oil and gas properties  in  Mississippi
for  $13.7 million.  The acquisition, which is 99 percent  natural
gas,  added  23.3  Bcfe in proved reserves and  provides  numerous
future  drilling  locations, which is the  primary  focus  of  the
Company's  2000  drilling program.  The majority of  the  low-risk
developmental drilling locations are in the Selma Chalk  formation
at a depth of 6,900 feet.  In December 1999, the Company purchased
a  20  percent  working  interest in a Texas  onshore  gulf  coast
exploration  project  for $2.4 million.  The  project  is  in  its
initial  phases  and  is  comprised of  a  portfolio  of  drilling
prospects with varying risk/reward characteristics.

   Historically, Penn Virginia has focused most of its  operations
in  the  eastern  United  States and particularly  in  Appalachia.
However,  the  Company  believes continued  growth  opportunities,
especially in oil and natural gas, will be enhanced by a  presence
outside the Appalachian Basin.  In the fourth quarter of 1998, the
Company opened a regional office in Houston, Texas for the purpose
of  establishing a meaningful, non-Appalachian presence in oil and
natural gas.

  The Company continued its aggressive drilling program in 1999 by
drilling  82  gross  (50.8 net) wells.   In  1999,  Penn  Virginia
produced a record 8,871 MMcfe of oil and natural gas, which was an
eight percent increase over 1998.

   Penn  Virginia  participates in the coal  industry  exclusively
through  its royalty position.  The Company leases the  rights  to
mine  its  coal  reserves to various operators who pay  a  minimum
annual  payment,  a  minimum  dollar  royalty  per  ton  and/or  a
percentage  of the sales price.  Since the Company does  not  mine
the  coal, the coal royalty and land management segment  tends  to
have  relatively  high margins.  Coal royalty and land  management
segment  revenues increased $7.1 million, or 49 percent, to  $21.5
million  in  1999.   The  increase was  attributable  to  enhanced
production  from lessees due to the completion of the  unit  train
loadout  facility,  start-up  operations  from  some  lessees  and
acquisitions.

   In April 1999, Penn Virginia completed a $5.2 million state-of-
the-art   coal   loadout  facility  in  Virginia.   The   facility
accomodates  100  rail  car unit trains which  can  be  loaded  in
approximately four hours, thus generating substantial savings  for
the  Company's lessees.  The loadout is primarily utilized by  the
Company's  lessees  and provides them a competitive  advantage  by
reducing    delivery   costs   to   their   principal   customers.
Additionally, the loadout facility has accelerated the  cash  flow
received  by  the  Company, primarily due to increased  production
from lessees.

   In  September  1999,  Penn Virginia  completed  a  $30  million
acquisition  which included over 90 million tons of  high  quality
coal  reserves,  as well as oil and gas leases, timber  assets,  a
short  line railroad and a coal loading dock on the Kanawha River.
The  acquisition  covers  over 24,000 acres  and  complements  the
existing  asset  base of the Company's Coal River Properties.  The
Company  continues to diversify its coal customer base  by  adding
additional  lessees and by searching for additional  coal  reserve
acquisition opportunities.

   At  December  31, 1999, the Company owned 3,307,200  shares  of
Norfolk  Southern stock, which decreased in priced  from  $31.6875
per  share at December 31, 1998 to $20.50 per share, reducing  the
value  of the investment by $37.0 million, or $24.1 million  after
tax.  See Note 4 (Investments and Dividend Income).


Results of Operations

Consolidated Net Income
  Penn Virginia's 1999 net income was $14.5 million, compared with
$9.6  million in 1998 and $16.0 million in 1997. Revenues for 1999
were $47.1 million, a 24 percent increase over 1998 and net income
was  $14.5  million, or $1.71 per share (diluted),  a  51  percent
increase  over the 1998 level of $9.6 million, or $1.13 per  share
(diluted).   The 1999 increases were a direct result of  increased
production  of  natural gas and higher levels of  coal  royalties.
Net  income  for  1998  included  a  noncash  charge  relating  to
impairments  of  certain oil and gas properties  of  $4.6  million
($3.7  million after tax) primarily due to a decline in  commodity
prices  and  a restructuring charge of $0.6 million ($0.4  million
after tax).

  Income before income taxes includes a gain of approximately $2.0
million  on  the sale of non-strategic oil and gas  properties  in
November 1997.

<TABLE>
Selected Financial Data
                                    1999      1998      1997
                                (in millions, except share data)
<S>                                <C>        <C>       <C>
Revenues                           $47.1      $38.1     $41.1
Operating costs and expenses        26.4       27.9      22.4
Operating income                    20.7       10.3      18.7
Net income                          14.5        9.6      16.0
Earnings per share, basic           1.73        1.15      1.93
Earnings per share, diluted         1.71        1.13      1.88

</TABLE>

Oil and Gas Segment
   The  oil  and  gas segment explores for, develops and  produces
crude oil and natural gas in the eastern and southern portions  of
the United States. The Company also owns mineral rights to oil and
gas reserves.
<TABLE>

Selected Financial and Operating Data
                                    1999      1998      1997
                                (in thousands, except as noted)
<S>                               <C>         <C>       <C>
Revenues
 Oil and condensate               $  463      $ 335     $ 661
 Natural gas sales                21,384     20,482    21,849
 Gain on the sale of property        -            2     1,889
 Other                             1,095        289       469
   Total Revenues                 22,942     21,108    24,868

Expenses
 Lease operating expenses          4,090      3,761     3,356
 Exploration expenses              1,699        488     1,439
 Taxes other than income           2,165      2,343     2,069
 General and administrative        2,148      3,153     2,675
   Operating Expenses             10,102      9,745     9,539
 Depreciation, depletion
   and amortization                6,951      6,460     5,920
 Loss on the sale of properties        -          6         4
 Impairment of properties              -      4,641         -
   Total Expenses                 17,053     20,852    15,463

Operating Income                  $5,889      $ 256    $9,405

Production
 Oil and condensate (MBbls)           32         30        38
 Natural gas (MMcf)                8,679      8,056     7,755

Prices
 Oil and condensate ($/Bbl)       $14.47      $11.17     $17.39
 Natural gas ($/Mcf)                2.46        2.54       2.81

Hedging Summary
 Natural gas prices ($/Mcf):
 Actual price received for
    production                $     2.50   $     2.61     $2.87
 Effect of hedging activities       (.04)        (.07)     (.06)
 Average price                     $2.46       $ 2.54    $ 2.81
</TABLE>

   The oil and gas segment had operating income of $5.9 million in
1999 compared with $0.3 million in 1998 and $9.4 million in 1997.

   Revenues. Oil and gas revenues increased $1.9 million, or  nine
percent,  from  1998  to  1999 primarily due  to  a  $0.8  million
increase in natural gas sales and a $0.8 million increase in other
income.  Natural gas production increased eight percent, offset by
a three percent decrease in average price per Mcf.  The production
increase  is  a  result of an acquisition in Mississippi  and  the
Company's 1999 drilling program.  Other operating income increased
$0.8 million due to $0.4 million received for the final settlement
of  a 1995 contract dispute and $0.2 million for reimbursement  of
lost production caused by third party pipeline damages.

   Revenues for the oil and gas segment decreased $3.8 million, or
15  percent,  from  1997 to 1998. The change resulted  from  a  10
percent decrease in average natural gas prices recognized  by  the
Company,  offset  by  a  three  percent  increase  in  production.
Additionally,  a  $2.0 million gain on the sale  of  oil  and  gas
properties was included in 1997 revenues.

   The  Company, from time to time, hedges the price received  for
market-sensitive  production  through  the  use  of   swaps   with
purchased  options. Gains and losses from hedging  activities  are
included  in  natural  gas  revenues when  the  hedged  production
occurs.  The Company recognized a loss of $0.4 million in 1999 and
$0.5 million in 1998 and 1997 on hedging activities.

   Operating  expenses.   Production costs,  consisting  of  lease
operating expense and taxes other than income, increased from $6.1
million  in  1998  to  $6.3 million in 1999.   On  a  Mcfe  basis,
production  costs decreased from $0.74 per Mcfe in 1998  to  $0.71
per Mcfe in 1999.  The decrease on a Mcfe basis resulted from less
tax being paid due to the relocation of the offices of the oil and
gas segment.

  Exploration expenses increased from $0.5 million in 1998 to $1.7
million in 1999.  The increase is attributable to charges relating
to  seven  gross  (3.5 net) nonproductive, exploratory  wells  and
preliminary  field  costs  incurred in  1999.   Additionally,  the
Company's  exploration program included $0.3  million  in  seismic
expenditures.

   General and administrative expenses decreased from $3.2 million
in  1998  to $2.1 million in 1999.  The decrease primarily relates
to   the   Company's  1998  plan  to  reduce  administrative   and
operational  overhead  costs in its oil and  gas  subsidiary.   In
connection with the plan, the Company recorded a pre-tax charge to
general  and administrative expense totaling $0.6 million in  1998
related  to  severance  costs  for  six  employees  and  a   lease
cancellation  penalty.   The Company completed  its  restructuring
plan  in  August 1999.  There were no adjustments to the liability
recorded  in 1998 that resulted in an adjustment to net income  in
1999.

   The  oil  and  gas segment's operating expenses increased  $0.2
million, or two percent, in 1998.  In the fourth quarter of  1998,
the  Company's management approved the aforementioned $0.6 million
plan  to  reduce administrative and operational overhead costs  in
its  oil  and gas subsidiary.  Lease operating expenses  increased
$0.4  million  as a result of increased production and  additional
operating  expenses  associated with  the  Company's  new  coalbed
methane wells.  These 1998 increases were offset by a $0.9 million
decline  in  exploration expenses due to a reduction in  dry  hole
costs.

    Depreciation,  depletion  and  amortization.   Oil   and   gas
depreciation, depletion and amortization increased to $7.0 million
in  1999 but remained relatively constant on a unit basis at $0.79
per  Mcfe in 1999, compared with $6.4 million, or $0.78 per  Mcfe,
in 1998.

   Oil  and gas depreciation, depletion and amortization increased
$0.5  million to $6.4 million in 1998, compared with $5.9  million
in  1997.  The change was attributable to the decrease in  natural
gas  pricing  used  in  the 1998 year-end reserve  reports,  which
caused  negative  reserve revisions and,  consequently,  a  higher
depletion rate using the units-of-production method.

   Impairment of oil and gas properties. In accordance  with  SFAS
No.  121,  the  Company  reviews its oil and  gas  properties  for
impairment whenever events and circumstances indicate a decline in
the recoverability of their carrying value.  In the fourth quarter
of  1998, the Company estimated the expected future cash flows  of
its oil and gas properties and compared such future cash flows  to
the carrying amount of the oil and gas properties to determine  if
the  carrying  amount  was recoverable.  For  those  oil  and  gas
properties  which  the  carrying  amount  exceeded  the  estimated
undiscounted  future cash flows, an impairment was  determined  to
exist;  thus,  the  Company adjusted the carrying  amount  of  the
respective  oil  and  gas  properties  to  their  fair  value   as
determined by discounting their estimated future cash flows.   The
factors  used  to  determine fair value  included,  but  were  not
limited   to,  estimates  of  proved  reserves,  future  commodity
pricing,   future   production  estimates,   anticipated   capital
expenditures  and a discount rate commensurate with the  Company's
internal  rate  of  return on its oil and gas  properties.   As  a
result,  the Company recognized a noncash pre-tax charge  of  $4.6
million  ($3.7  million after tax) related  to  its  oil  and  gas
properties in the fourth quarter of 1998.


Coal Royalty and Land Management Segment

      The  coal and land segment includes Penn Virginia's  mineral
rights to coal reserves, its timber assets and its land assets.
<TABLE>
Selected Financial and Operating Data
                                    1999      1998      1997
                                (in thousands, except as noted)
<S>                               <C>         <C>       <C>
Revenues
  Coal royalties                  $17,624     $10,705   $11,355
  Timber                            1,667       1,600     1,488
  Gain on the sale of property        280          70        94
  Other                             1,976       2,014       682
   Total Revenues                  21,547      14,389    13,619

Expenses
  Operating costs                     221          96        74
  Exploration expenses                268         549       314
  Taxes other than income             506         352       259
  General and administrative        2,623       2,184     1,764
   Operating Expenses               3,618       3,181     2,411
  Depreciation, depletion
   and amortization                 1,269         589       516
   Total Expenses                   4,887       3,770     2,927

Operating Income                  $16,660     $10,619   $10,692

Production
  Royalty coal tons produced by
    lessees (thousands)             8,603       5,278     5,422
  Timber sales (Mbf)                9,020       7,981     7,933

Prices
  Royalty per ton                   $2.05       $2.03     $2.09
  Timber sales price per Mbf       $  175     $   185     $ 172
</TABLE>

   Revenues.   Coal  royalty and land management segment  revenues
were  $21.5  million  in 1999, $14.4 million  in  1998  and  $13.7
million  in 1997, representing a 49 percent increase from 1998  to
1999  and  five  percent increase from 1997  to  1998.   The  $7.1
million  increase in 1999 was attributable to enhanced  production
from  existing  lessees due to the completion of  the  unit  train
loadout, start-up operations for some lessees and acquisitions.

   The  $0.7 million increase from 1997 to 1998 primarily resulted
from  a  $0.8 million receipt for the sale of coal reserves  as  a
result  of  a power line relocation that was recognized  in  other
operating  income.   The  Company, from  time  to  time,  receives
reimbursement for circumstances that inhibit mining reserves in  a
certain location.

   Operating  expenses.   The  coal royalty  and  land  management
segment's  operating  expenses  increased  $0.4  million,  or   13
percent,  to  $3.6  million, compared with $3.2 million  in  1998.
General and administrative expenses increased $0.4 million in 1999
due  to legal fees incurred by the Company to pursue the potential
recovery  of  coal  reserves and the addition of three  additional
employees in the Charleston, West Virginia office relating to  the
Company's   September  1999  acquisition.   Exploration   expenses
decreased  $0.3 million to $0.2 million in 1999 primarily  due  to
increased  1998 costs incurred to maintain a mine on a  terminated
lease.

     The  coal  royalty  and land management  segment's  operating
expenses  increased 28 percent in 1998 to $3.2  million,  compared
with $2.5 million in 1997.  The $0.7 million increase from 1997 to
1998  primarily resulted from a $0.4 million increase  in  general
and  administrative  due  to personnel additions  related  to  the
opening of an office in Charleston, West Virginia during the  last
half  of 1997.  Furthermore, a slight increase in legal costs were
incurred  during 1998 to protect the Company's interests  relating
to a lease termination by a lessee and a lessee bankruptcy.

Corporate and Other

   Dividends.   Dividend income of $2.6 million in  1999  remained
constant,  compared  with $2.6 million in  1998  and  1997.   Penn
Virginia's  holdings  primarily consist  of  3,307,200  shares  of
Norfolk Southern Corporation.


Proved Reserves

   Oil  and Gas.  In 1999, Penn Virginia added 14.2 Bcfe of proved
developed  oil and gas reserves from its 82 gross (50.8 net)  well
drilling  program,  replacing  122  percent  of  1999  production.
The  Company  acquired 23.4 Bcfe of proved oil  and  gas  reserves
(12.8  Bcfe  of proved developed reserves) during 1999  for  $14.1
million.  The acquisition cost was $0.60 per proved Mcfe.

  Penn Virginia's total proved reserves at year-end 1999 increased
21.5  Bcfe,  or  13  percent,  to  187.4  Bcfe  primarily  due  to
acquisitions.  Proved developed reserves increased 20.2  Bcfe,  or
17  percent, to 140.2 Bcfe.  Proved undeveloped reserves increased
1.2  Bcfe  to 47.1 Bcfe.  Proved undeveloped reserves of 9.3  Bcfe
were  drilled  and converted to proved developed  reserves  during
1999.   At  year-end 1999, proved developed reserves comprised  75
percent  of the Company's total proved reserves, compared with  72
percent  at  year-end  1998.   The  Company  has  139  net  proved
undeveloped drilling locations at year-end 1999, compared with 141
locations at year-end 1998.

   Coal Royalty and Land Management.  Penn Virginia's mineable and
merchantable coal reserves were 488 million tons at year end 1999,
compared  with  385  million tons at year-end 1998.   The  Company
purchased  over  90  million tons of coal  reserves  during  1999.
Mineable  and  merchantable  coal  reserves  means  coal  that  is
economically  mineable using existing equipment and methods  under
federal and state laws now in effect.
Market Risk

   Marketable  Equity  Securities.   At  December  31,  1999,  the
Company's  marketable equity securities, consisting  primarily  of
Norfolk Southern Corporation common stock, were recorded at  their
fair  value  of $67.8 million, including net unrealized  gains  of
$65.0  million.  The  closing  stock price  for  Norfolk  Southern
Corporation was $20.50 and $31.69 per share at December  31,  1999
and  1998, respectively.  At February 28, 2000, the closing  price
for Norfolk Southern Corporation was $13.94. The fair value of the
Company's  marketable equity securities is significantly  affected
by  market  price  fluctuations.  See  Note  4  of  the  Notes  to
Consolidated Financial Statements.

   Interest Rate Risk.  The carrying value of Penn Virginia's debt
approximates  fair value.  At December 31, 1999, the  Company  had
$78.5  million  of  long-term debt, primarily  represented  by  an
unsecured  revolving  credit facility  (the  "Revolver")  totaling
$77.7  million.  The Revolver matures in June 2003 and is governed
by  a  borrowing  base  calculation  that  is  redetermined  semi-
annually.   The  Company has the option to elect interest  at  (i)
Libor  plus  a  Eurodollar margin ranging from 100  to  150  basis
points,  based on the percentage of the borrowing base outstanding
or  (ii) the greater of the prime rate or federal funds rate  plus
50  basis points.  As a result, the Company's 2000 interest  costs
will fluctuate based on short-term interest rates relating to  the
Revolver.

   Hedging Activities.  Penn Virginia's price risk program permits
the utilization of fixed-price contracts and financial instruments
(such  as  futures,  forward and option contracts  and  swaps)  to
mitigate  the price risks associated with fluctuations in  natural
gas prices as they relate to the Company's anticipated production.
These  contracts  and/or financial instruments are  designated  as
hedges  and  accounted  for on the accrual basis  with  gains  and
losses being recognized based on the type of contract and exposure
being  hedged.  Realized gains and losses on natural gas financial
instruments  designated as hedges of anticipated transactions  are
treated  as  deferred charges or credits, as  applicable,  on  the
balance  sheet  until recognized.  Net gains and  losses  on  such
financial  instruments, including accrued  gains  or  losses  upon
maturity  or  termination  of  the  contract,  are  recognized  in
operating income concurrently with the hedged transaction.

   In  April  1997,  Penn  Virginia  executed  a  contract  for  a
participating forward swap for 5,000 MMbtu's per day with a  floor
price  of $2.10 per MMbtu and a re-entry price of $2.48 per  MMbtu
for  the  period  of May 1997 through October 1999.  In  September
1997,  the  Company completed a second participating forward  swap
for  an  additional 5,000 MMbtu's per day with a  floor  price  of
$2.10  per MMbtu and a re-entry price of $2.35 per MMbtu  for  the
period  of November 1997 through October 1999.  The Company hedged
34  percent  of its 1999 production and recognized an  opportunity
cost of $0.4 million, which offset oil and gas revenues.  To date,
the  Company  has  not hedged crude oil prices.  At  December  31,
1999,   no   contracts  were  in  place;  however,  Penn  Virginia
constantly  reviews  market conditions and may  alter  its  hedged
positions at any time.


Capital Resources and Liquidity

Cash flows from Operating Activities

   Funding  for  the  Company's activities has  historically  been
provided  by operating cash flows and bank borrowings.   Net  cash
provided  from  operating activities was $25.1  million  in  1999,
compared  with  $19.2 million in 1998 and $19.7 million  in  1997.
The  Company's consolidated cash balance increased to $0.7 million
in 1999 from $0.2 million in 1998.
Cash flows from Investing Activities

   The Company used $58.7 million in investing activities in 1999,
compared  with  $18.3 million in 1998 and $15.8 million  in  1997.
Capital  expenditures, including acquisitions and  noncash  items,
totaled  $60.7 million, compared with $23.6 million  in  1998  and
$23.2  million  in 1997.  The following table sets  forth  capital
expenditures,  including acquisitions and noncash items,  made  by
the Company during the periods indicated.

<TABLE>
                                    Year ended December 31,
                                    1999      1998        1997
  <S>                               <C>       <C>         <C>
  Oil and gas                             (in thousands)
      Acquisitions                  $16,620   $3,557      $ 163
      Development                     9,189    8,527     10,446
      Exploration                     2,587    1,534      3,061
      Support equipment and
           facilities                   209      171        114

  Coal royalty and land management
      Lease acquisitions             30,094    6,260      9,203
      Support equipment and
           facilities                 1,861    3,532        199
      Other                              91       42          6

     Total capital expenditures     $60,651  $23,623    $23,192
</TABLE>

   In  July  1999,  Penn  Virginia acquired certain  oil  and  gas
properties  in  Mississippi for $13.7 million.   The  acquisition,
which  is  99  percent  natural gas, added  23.3  Bcfe  of  proved
reserves and provides numerous future drilling locations, which is
the  primary  focus  of the Company's 2000 drilling  program.   In
December  1999, the Company purchased a 20 percent interest  in  a
Texas  onshore  gulf coast exploration project for  $2.4  million.
The  project  is  in  its initial phases and  is  comprised  of  a
portfolio   of   drilling  prospects  with   varying   risk/reward
characteristics.

   The Company drilled 38.1 net successful development wells,  9.2
net  successful exploratory wells and 3.5 net non-productive wells
in  1999 compared with 37.0 net successful development wells,  8.1
net  successful exploratory wells and 4.5 net non-productive wells
in  1998.  The 2.0 net wells under evaluation at the end  of  1998
were non-productive.

   In  September 1999, the Company completed an acquisition  which
included  over  90 million tons of high quality coal  reserves  as
well  as  oil and gas leases, timber assets, a short line railroad
and  a  coal  loading dock on the Kanawha River in West  Virginia.
The  $30  million  acquisition complements the Company's  existing
Coal  River Properties located on the inland river system in  West
Virginia.

   Capital expenditures for 2000, before lease and proved property
acquisitions, are expected to be $22 to $24 million including  $21
to  $23 million for the oil and gas segment and $1 million for the
coal  royalty  and land management segment. The Company  plans  to
drill  approximately 50 to 60 net development wells and 10  to  20
exploratory  wells. Management continually reviews  the  Company's
drilling  expenditures  and may increase, decrease  or  reallocate
amounts based on industry conditions.

   Penn Virginia is actively seeking oil and gas acquisitions,  as
well  as  coal  reserve acquisitions, both in the  eastern  United
States,  and  in other areas of the U.S.   The Company  opened  an
office  in  Houston, Texas during the fourth quarter of 1998  with
the  primary  purpose  of acquiring oil and gas  properties.   The
Company's acquisition efforts in both the oil and gas segment  and
coal royalty and land management segment are reflected in the 1999
financial results.

   In  1999,  the  Company received payments  on  long-term  notes
receivable  of  $1.7 million and $0.3 million  from  the  sale  of
property and equipment.

   Management believes its cash flow from operations, portfolio of
investments and sources of debt financing are sufficient  to  fund
its 2000 planned capital expenditure program.

Cash flows from Financing Activities

   Net  cash  provided  (used) by financing activities  was  $34.1
million  in 1999, compared with $(1.5) million in 1998 and  $(5.0)
million in 1997.

   Penn  Virginia  has a $120 million unsecured  revolving  credit
facility (the "Revolver") with a final maturity of June 2003.  The
Revolver  contains financial covenants requiring  the  Company  to
maintain  certain levels of net worth, debt-to-capitalization  and
dividend  limitation restrictions, among other requirements.   The
outstanding  balance on the Revolver was $77.7 million  and  $37.1
million  at  December 31, 1999 and 1998, respectively.  Management
believes  its portfolio of investments and sources of funding  are
sufficient to meet short and long-term liquidity needs not  funded
by cash flows from operations.

Other Issues

   Year  2000.   Historically,  most computer  systems,  including
microprocessors embedded into field equipment and other machinery,
utilized software that recognized a calendar year by its last  two
digits.  At January 1, 2000, it was anticipated that these systems
would  require modification to recognize a calendar year  by  four
digits.   The  Year  2000 issue has caused no  disruption  to  the
Company's mission-critical facilities or operations, and  resulted
in no material costs.  Penn Virginia will remain vigilant for Year
2000 related problems that may yet occur.  The Company anticipates
that the Year 2000 problem will not create material disruptions to
its facilities or operations, and will not create material costs.

   Accounting  for Derivative Instruments and Hedging  Activities.
In  June  1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board  ("FASB")
issued  Statement of Financial Accounting Standards  ("SFAS")  No.
133,   "Accounting   for   Derivative  Instruments   and   Hedging
Activities"   ("SFAS  133")  which  establishes   accounting   and
reporting standards for derivative instruments, including  certain
derivative  instruments embedded in other contracts, (collectively
referred  to  as  derivatives) and  for  hedging  activities.   It
requires that an entity recognize all derivatives as either assets
or  liabilities in the statement of financial position and measure
those instruments at fair value.  If certain conditions are met, a
derivative may be specifically designated as  (a) a hedge  of  the
exposure  to  changes in the fair value of a recognized  asset  or
liability or an unrecognized firm commitment,  (b) a hedge of  the
exposure  to changes in the fair value of the exposure to variable
cash  flows  of a forecasted transaction, or  (c) a hedge  of  the
foreign  currency  exposure  of a  net  investment  in  a  foreign
operation,  an unrecognized firm commitment, an available-for-sale
security,    or    a    foreign-currency-denominated    forecasted
transaction.

   In  June  1999,  FASB issued SFAS No. 137  which  deferred  the
effective  date  of SFAS No. 133 for all fiscal  quarters  of  all
fiscal  years beginning after June 15, 2000.  Given its low levels
of  derivative activity, the Company does not expect  adoption  to
have  a  significant  impact on the Company's financial  position,
results of operations or liquidity.

Environmental Matters

   Penn  Virginia's  operating segments  are  subject  to  various
environmental  hazards.  Several federal, state  and  local  laws,
regulations  and  rules govern the environmental  aspects  of  the
Company's business. Noncompliance with these laws, regulations and
rules  can  result in substantial penalties or other  liabilities.
The   Company  does  not  believe  its  environmental  risks   are
materially  different from those of comparable companies  or  that
cost  of  compliance  will  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on
profitability,  capital expenditures, cash  flows  or  competitive
position.  There is no assurance that changes in or  additions  to
laws,  regulations  or  rules  regarding  the  protection  of  the
environment will not have such an impact.  The Company believes it
is  materially in compliance with environmental laws,  regulations
and rules.

   In  conjunction with the leasing of property to coal operators,
all    environmental   and   reclamation   liabilities   are   the
responsibility  of  the lessees. However, if  the  lessee  is  not
financially capable of fulfilling those obligations,  there  is  a
possibility  the appropriate authorities would attempt  to  assign
those  liabilities to the landowner. The Company would  vigorously
contest such an assignment.
Forward-Looking Statements

   Statements  included in this report which  are  not  historical
facts (including any statements concerning plans and objectives of
management  for  future  operations or  economic  performance,  or
assumptions related thereto) are forward-looking statements within
the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as  amended,  and Section 27A of the Securities Act  of  1933,  as
amended.   In addition, Penn Virginia and its representatives  may
from time to time make other oral or written statements which  are
also forward-looking statements.

   Such  forward-looking statements include, among  other  things,
statements regarding development activities, capital expenditures,
acquisitions and dispositions, drilling and exploration  programs,
expected  commencement  dates  of  coal  mining  or  oil  and  gas
production, projected quantities of future oil and gas  production
by  Penn  Virginia, projected quantities of future coal production
by  the Company's lessees producing coal from reserves leased from
Penn  Virginia, costs and expenditures as well as projected demand
or  supply  for  coal  and oil and gas, which  will  affect  sales
levels, prices and royalties realized by Penn Virginia.

    These   forward-looking  statements  are   made   based   upon
management's  current plans, expectations, estimates,  assumptions
and  beliefs concerning future events impacting Penn Virginia  and
therefore  involve  a  number of risks  and  uncertainties.   Penn
Virginia   cautions  that  forward-looking  statements   are   not
guarantees  and  that actual results could differ materially  from
those expressed or implied in the forward-looking statements.

   Important  factors  that  could cause  the  actual  results  of
operations  or  financial  condition of Penn  Virginia  to  differ
include, but are not necessarily limited to:  the cost of  finding
and  successfully  developing oil and gas reserves;  the  cost  of
finding new coal reserves; the ability to acquire new oil and  gas
and  coal reserves on satisfactory terms; the price for which such
reserves can be sold; the volatility of commodity prices  for  oil
and  gas and coal; the risks associated with having or not  having
price  risk management programs; Penn Virginia's ability to  lease
new  and  existing coal reserves; the ability of  Penn  Virginia's
lessees  to  produce sufficient quantities of coal on an  economic
basis  from  Penn Virginia's reserves; the ability of  lessees  to
obtain  favorable contracts for coal produced from  Penn  Virginia
reserves;  Penn  Virginia's ability to  obtain  adequate  pipeline
transportation   capacity  for  its  oil   and   gas   production;
competition among producers in the coal and oil and gas industries
generally  and in the Appalachian Basin in particular; the  extent
to  which the amount and quality of actual production differs from
estimated  mineable and merchantable coal reserves and proved  oil
and  gas reserves; unanticipated geological problems; availability
of  required  materials and equipment; the occurrence  of  unusual
weather or operating conditions including force majeure or events;
the  failure  of equipment or processes to operate  in  accordance
with  specifications or expectations; delays in anticipated start-
up dates; environmental risks affecting the drilling and producing
of oil and gas wells or the mining of coal reserves; the timing of
receipt  of  necessary governmental permits; labor  relations  and
costs;   accidents;   changes   in  governmental   regulation   or
enforcement  practices, especially with respect to  environmental,
health  and  safety matters, including with respect  to  emissions
levels  applicable  to  coal-burning power generators;  risks  and
uncertainties  relating  to  general  domestic  and  international
economic  (including inflation and interest rates)  and  political
conditions; the experience and financial condition of  lessees  of
coal  reserves, joint venture partners and purchasers of  reserves
in transactions financed by Penn Virginia, including their ability
to  satisfy  their royalty, environmental, reclamation  and  other
obligations  to  Penn  Virginia and others; changes  in  financial
market  conditions; changes in the market prices or value  of  the
marketable securities owned by Penn Virginia, including the  price
of  Norfolk Southern common stock and other risk factors  detailed
in  Penn  Virginia's  Securities and Exchange commission  filings.
Many of such factors are beyond Penn Virginia's ability to control
or  predict.   Readers are cautioned not to put undue reliance  on
forward-looking statements.

   While Penn Virginia periodically reassesses material trends and
uncertainties affecting Penn Virginia's results of operations  and
financial   condition  in  connection  with  the  preparation   of
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations  and
Financial Condition and certain other sections contained  in  Penn
Virginia's  quarterly,  annual or other  reports  filed  with  the
Securities and Exchange Commission, Penn Virginia does not  intend
to  review  or  update  any particular forward-looking  statement,
whether  as  a   result  of  new  information,  future  events  or
otherwise.


SIGNATURES

      Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused
this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized.

                                         PENN VIRGINIA CORPORATION

March 22, 2000                         By:  /s/ Steven W. Tholen
                                       (Steven W. Tholen,
                                        Vice President and
                                        Chief Financial Officer)


March 22, 2000                         By:  /s/ Ann N. Horton
                                        (Ann N. Horton, Controller and
                                         Principal Accounting Officer)


Pursuant  to  the  requirements of Section  13  or  15(d)  of  the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has  duly  caused
this  report  to  be  signed  on its behalf  by  the  undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized.


/s/ Robert Garrett           Chairman of the Board           March 22, 2000
  (Robert Garrett)              and Director

/s/ Richard A. Bachmann            Director                  March 22, 2000
  (Richard A. Bachmann)

/s/ Lennox K. Black                Director                  March 22, 2000
  (Lennox K. Black)

/s/ John D. Cadigan                Director                  March 22, 2000
  (John D. Cadigan)

/s/ A. James Dearlove             Director and               March 22, 2000
  (A. James Dearlove)         Chief Executive Officer

/s/ Peter B. Lilly                 Director                  March 22, 2000
  (Peter B. Lilly)

/s/ Marsha R. Perelman             Director                  March 22, 2000
  (Marsha R. Perelman)

/s/ Joe T. Rye                     Director                   March 22, 2000
  (Joe T. Rye)

/s/ John A. H. Shober              Director                   March 22, 2000
  (John A. H. Shober)

<PAGE>

ITEM 8 - FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA


            Penn Virginia Corporation and Subsidiaries

                    Index to Financial Section




Management's Report on Financial Information                29

Reports of Independent Public Accountants                   30

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data                 31


<PAGE>
 Management's Report on Financial Information


  Management of Penn Virginia Corporation is responsible  for  the
preparation and integrity of the financial information included in
this annual report. The financial statements have been prepared in
accordance  with  generally accepted accounting principles,  which
involve the use of estimates and judgments where appropriate.

  The  corporation  has a system of internal  accounting  controls
designed   to  provide  reasonable  assurance  that   assets   are
safeguarded  against loss or unauthorized use and to  produce  the
records  necessary  for the preparation of financial  information.
The  system of internal control is supported by the selection  and
training  of  qualified  personnel, the delegation  of  management
authority  and responsibility, and dissemination of  policies  and
procedures.  There are limits inherent in all systems of  internal
control  based on the recognition that the costs of  such  systems
should  be  related to the benefits to be derived. We believe  the
corporation's systems provide this appropriate balance.

 The corporation's independent public accountants, Arthur Andersen
LLP,  have  developed  an  understanding  of  our  accounting  and
financial controls and have conducted such tests as they  consider
necessary  to  support their opinion on the financial  statements.
Their report contains an independent, informed judgment as to  the
corporation's   reported  results  of  operations  and   financial
position.

  The  Board  of  Directors pursues its  oversight  role  for  the
financial  statements through the Audit Committee, which  consists
solely  of  outside directors. The Audit Committee meets regularly
with  management,  the internal auditor and Arthur  Andersen  LLP,
jointly   and  separately,  to  review  management's  process   of
implementation and maintenance of internal controls, and  auditing
and  financial  reporting  matters. The independent  and  internal
auditors have unrestricted access to the Audit Committee.




A. James Dearlove                       Steven W. Tholen
President and                           Vice President and
Chief Executive Officer                 Chief Financial Officer


<PAGE>

             REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


To the Shareholders of Penn Virginia Corporation:

  We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets  of
Penn   Virginia   Corporation   (a   Virginia   corporation)   and
subsidiaries  as  of December 31, 1999 and 1998, and  the  related
consolidated statements of income, shareholders' equity  and  cash
flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31,
1999.  These  financial statements are the responsibility  of  the
Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an  opinion
on these financial statements based on our audits.

  We  conducted  our audits in accordance with auditing  standards
generally  accepted in the United States. Those standards  require
that  we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance
about  whether  the  financial statements  are  free  of  material
misstatement.  An  audit  includes examining,  on  a  test  basis,
evidence  supporting the amounts and disclosures in the  financial
statements.  An  audit  also  includes  assessing  the  accounting
principles  used and significant estimates made by management,  as
well  as  evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We  believe  that our audits provide a reasonable  basis  for  our
opinion.

  In  our  opinion,  the financial statements  referred  to  above
present  fairly, in all material respects, the financial  position
of  Penn Virginia Corporation and subsidiaries as of December  31,
1999  and 1998, and the results of their operations and their cash
flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31,
1999,  in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted
in the United States.



                                        ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP


Houston, Texas
February 16, 2000

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
            PENN VIRGINIA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME




                                    Year Ended December 31,
                                  1999     1998       1997
                               (in thousands, except share data)
<S>                               <C>       <C>       <C>
Revenues
  Oil and condensate              $ 463     $ 335     $ 661
  Natural gas                    21,384    20,482    21,827
  Coal royalties                 17,624    10,705    11,364
  Timber                          1,667     1,600     1,493
  Dividends                       2,646     2,646     2,646
  Gain on the sale of property      280        72     1,983
  Other                           3,071     2,304     1,158
                                 47,135    38,144    41,132
Expenses
  Operating expenses              4,311     3,857     3,431
  Exploration expenss             2,146     1,189     1,753
  Taxes other than income         2,795     2,788     2,431
  General and administrative      8,775     8,234     8,240
  Loss on the sale of property        -         7         9
  Impairment of oil and gas
      properties                      -     4,641         -
  Depreciation, depletion and
      amortization                8,393     7,162     6,549

                                 26,420    27,878    22,413

Operating Income                 20,715    10,266    18,719

 Other (income) expense:
  Interest expense                3,298     2,017     2,317
  Interest income                (1,354)   (3,421)   (3,534)
  Gain on sale of securities          -       (14)      (50)
  Other                             (63)     (269)     (301)
Income from operations before
   income taxes                  18,834    11,953    20,287

Income tax expense                4,330     2,362     4,269

Net Income             $         14,504    $9,591   $16,018

Net income per share, basic       $1.73     $1.15     $1.93
Net income per share, diluted     $1.71     $1.13     $1.88

Weighted average shares
  outstanding, basic              8,406     8,310     8,302
Weighted average shares
  outstanding, diluted            8,480     8,463     8,500


 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
 statements.
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
            PENN VIRGINIA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                    CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

                                               December 31,
                                              1999       1998
                                     (in thousands, except share data)
<S>                                           <C>        <C>
Assets
Current assets
  Cash and cash equivalents                 $ 657        $ 225
  Accounts receivable                       6,880        5,682
  Current portion of long-term notes
     receivable                               816          364
  Current deferred income taxes               155          577
  Other                                       813          680
   Total current assets                     9,321        7,528

Investments (Note 4)                       67,816      104,819
Long-term notes receivable (Note 5)         3,518        3,079

Property and Equipment
Oil and gas properties, wells and
   equipment, using the successful
   efforts method of accounting           185,048      157,558
Other property and equipment               82,772       52,455
  Less: Accumulated depreciation,
        depletion and amortization         76,553       68,745
Net property and equipment (Note 6)       191,267      141,268

Other assets                                2,089          237

   Total assets                         $ 274,011     $256,931

Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
Current liabilities
  Current maturities of long-term debt
     (Note 7)                               $  34    $      31
  Accounts payable                          1,570        1,397
  Accrued expenses                          5,470        5,039
  Taxes on income                               -          576
   Total current liabilities                7,074        7,043

Other liabilities (Note 11)                 5,854        2,875
Deferred income taxes                      28,265       38,787
Long-term debt (Note 7)                    78,475       37,967
   Total liabilities                      119,668       86,672

Commitments and contingencies (Note 16)

Shareholders' equity
  Preferred stock of $100 par value -
   Authorized 100,000 shares; none issued       -            -
  Common stock of $6.25 par value -
   16,000,000 shares authorized;
    8,921,866 shares issued               55,762         55,762
Other paid-in-capital                      8,096          8,441
Retained earnings                         60,860         53,924
Accumulated other comprehensive income    42,017         65,985
                                         166,735        184,112
Less:498,238 shares in 1999 and
     555,050 in 1998 of common stock
     held in treasury, at cost            11,142         12,403
   Unearned compensation - ESOP            1,250          1,450
   Total shareholders' equity            154,343        170,259

   Total liabilities and shareholders'
     equity                             $274,011      $ 256,931


 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated
                       financial statements.
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
            PENN VIRGINIA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
          CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
               (in thousands, except share data)


                                                                 Accumulated
                                              Other                  Other
                       Shares      Common   Paid-in  Retained  Comprehensive
                       Outstanding Stock    Capital  Earnings      Income
<S>                    <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>
Balance at 12/31/96   4,341,240  $ 27,817   $ 36,138   $43,240     $60,441

Two-for-one common
   stock split        4,341,240    27,817    (27,817)       -          -
Dividends paid
  ($0.90 per share)      -              -           -   (7,445)        -
Exercise of stock
   options               12,464         -          9         -         -
Purchase of treasury
    stock              (420,618)        -          -         -         -
Allocation of ESOP shares     -         -        101         -         -
Net income                    -         -          -     16,018        -
Other comprehensive
  income, net of tax          -         -          -          -      3,059

Balance at 12/31/97    8,274,326   55,634      8,431     51,813     63,500

Dividends paid
  ($0.90 per share)           -         -          -     (7,480)         -
Stock issued as
   compensation            5,357        -         26          -          -
Exercise of stock options 87,133      128       (114)         -          -
Allocation of ESOP shares      -        -         98          -          -
Net income                     -        -          -      9,591          -
Other comprehensive income,
   net of tax                  -        -          -          -      2,485

Balance at 12/31/98    8,366,816    55,762      8,441    53,924     65,985

Dividends paid
 ($0.90 per share)             -        -          -     (7,568)         -
Stock issued as
   compensation            7,878        -         (13)        -          -
Exercise of stock options 48,934        -        (365)        -          -
Allocation of ESOP shares      -        -          33         -          -
Net income                     -        -           -     14,504         -
Other comprehensive loss,
  net of tax                   -        -           -         -     (23,968)

Balance at 12/31/99    8,423,628 $  55,762     $8,096  $  60,860  $  42,017

Penn Virginia Corporation and Subsidiaries Consolidated Statements of
Shareholders' Equity (in thousands,except share data) continued below.

</TABLE>
<TABLE>

                                    Unearned       Total
                       Treasury   Compensation  Stockholders'   Comprehensive
                        Stock         ESOP        Equity        Income (Loss)
<S>                         <C>         <C>          <C>            <C>
Balance at 12/31/96         $(5,575)    $(1,850)     $160,211
Two-for-one common
  stock split                     -           -             -
Dividends paid
  ($0.90 per share)               -           -        (7,445)
Exercise of stock options        279          -           288
Purchase of treasury stock    (8,728)         -        (8,728)
Allocation of ESOP shares         -          200          301
Net Income                        -            -       16,018       $16,018
Other comprehensive income,
   net of tax                     -            -        3,059         3,059

Balance at 12/31/97          (14,024)     (1,650)     163,704        19,077

Dividends paid
  ($0.90 per share)               -            -       (7,480)
Stock issued as
  compensation                   120           -          146
Exercise of stock options      1,501           -        1,515
Allocation of ESOP shares          -          200         298
Net Income                         -           -        9,591        $9,591
Other comprehensive income,
  net of tax                       -           -        2,485         2,485

Balance at 12/31/98          (12,403)      (1,450)    170,259        12,076

Dividends paid
  ($0.90 per share)                -             -     (7,568)
Stock issued as
  compensation                    176            -        163
Exercise of stock options       1,085            -        720
Allocation of ESOP shares           -          200        233
Net Income                          -            -     14,504       $14,504
Other comprehensive loss,
   net of tax                       -            -    (23,968)      (23,968)

Balance at 12/31/99         $(11,142)      $(1,250)  $154,343       $(9,464)




 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated
                       financial statements.
</TABLE>
<TABLE>

            PENN VIRGINIA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
               CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS



                                                 Year ended December 31,
                                                 1999     1998      1997
                                                    (in thousands)

<S>                                              <C>        <C>       <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
 Net income                                      $14,504    $9,591    $16,018
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
  cash provided (used) by operating activities:
 Depreciation, depletion and amortization           8,393    7,162      6,549
 Impairment of oil and gas properties                   -    4,641          -
 Gain on the sale of securities                         -      (14)      (50)
 Gain on the sale of property and equipment          (280)     (65)   (1,983)
 Deferred income taxes                              2,805      923     2,169
 Dry hole expense                                   1,115       58       949
 Interest income                                   (1,306)  (3,336)   (2,833)
 Other                                                 22      597       175
                                                   25,253   19,557    20,994
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
 Accounts receivable                               (1,198)   1,721    (2,548)
 Other current assets                                (133)    (136)     (116)
 Accounts payable and accrued expenses                604   (1,277)      358
 Deferred income                                        -     (279)        -
 Taxes on income                                     (576)     432       136
 Other assets and liabilities and investments       1,105     (781)      881
     Net cash flows provided by operating
     activities                                    25,055   19,237    19,705

Cash flows from investing activities:
 Proceeds from the sale of securities                   -       17        -
 Proceeds from the sale of property and equipment      299      79     3,957
 Payments received on long-term notes receivable     1,670   2,253     3,456
 Producing properties acquired                     (13,921) (3,351)      (82)
 Lease acquisitions                                (32,793) (3,512)   (9,284)
 Capital expenditures                              (13,937)(13,806) (13,826)
         Net cash flows used in investing
         activities                                (58,682)(18,320) (15,779)

Cash flows from financing activities:
 Dividends paid                                     (7,568) (7,480)  (7,445)
 Proceeds from long-term borrowings                 44,500   9,100   19,513
 Repayment of long-term borrowings                  (3,990) (5,100)  (8,917)
 Purchases of treasury stock                             -       -   (8,728)
 Issuance of stock                                   1,117   1,957      589
  Net cash flows provided by (used in)
  financing activities                              34,059  (1,523) (4,988)
  Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents            432    (606) (1,062)
  Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of year        225     831   1,893
  Cash and cash equivalents - end of year    $         657 $   225 $   831

Supplemental disclosures:
 Cash paid during the year for:
  Interest                                          $2,980  $2,065  $2,243
  Income taxes                                      $2,100  $1,100   $ 930

Noncash investing activities:
 Note receivable for sale of property and equipment $1,255  $    -  $     -     Note receivable
exchanged for:
  Other property and equipment                       $   -  $2,954    $   -
  Deferred revenue                                   $   -  $1,296    $   -


 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated
                       financial statements.
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

            PENN VIRGINIA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.   Nature of Operations

  Penn  Virginia  Corporation ("Penn Virginia" or  the  "Company")
explores  for,  develops and produces crude  oil,  condensate  and
natural  gas  in the eastern and southern portions of  the  United
States.

  The  Company  owns  land  and mineral  rights  to  mineable  and
merchantable   coal  reserves  and  timber  located   in   central
Appalachia.  The coal reserves are leased to various operators who
mine  and market the coal. Penn Virginia collects royalties  based
on  the lessee's production and sale of reserves.  Timber is  sold
in  competitive bid sales involving individual parcels and also on
a contract basis, where Penn Virginia pays independent contractors
to harvest timber while the Company directly markets the product.


2.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation
  The  consolidated financial statements include the  accounts  of
Penn  Virginia Corporation and all wholly-owned subsidiaries.  The
Company owns and operates its undivided oil and gas properties and
manages  its  coal reserves through its wholly-owned subsidiaries.
The  Company  accounts for its ownership interest in oil  and  gas
properties  using the proportionate consolidation method,  whereby
the  Company's share of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses
is  included  in the appropriate classification in  the  financial
statements.  Intercompany  balances  and  transactions  have  been
eliminated  in  consolidation.  In the opinion of management,  all
adjustments  have  been reflected that are necessary  for  a  fair
presentation  of  the consolidated financial statements.   Certain
amounts  have  been reclassified to conform to the current  year's
presentation.

New Accounting Standards
  In  June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB")
issued  Statement of Financial Accounting Standards  ("SFAS")  No.
133,   "Accounting   for   Derivative  Instruments   and   Hedging
Activities," which establishes accounting and reporting  standards
for   derivative   instruments,   including   certain   derivative
instruments embedded in other contracts, (collectively referred to
as derivatives) and for hedging activities.  It requires an entity
to  recognize  all derivatives as either assets or liabilities  in
the  statement of financial position and measure those instruments
at fair value.  If certain conditions are met, a derivative may be
specifically designated as  (a) a hedge of the exposure to changes
in  the  fair  value  of a recognized asset  or  liability  or  an
unrecognized  firm  commitment,  (b) a hedge of  the  exposure  to
changes  in the fair value of the exposure to variable cash  flows
of  a  forecasted  transaction, or  (c) a  hedge  of  the  foreign
currency  exposure of a net investment in a foreign operation,  an
unrecognized firm commitment, an available-for-sale security, or a
foreign currency denominated forecasted transaction.

  In  June  1999, the FASB issued SFAS No. 137 which deferred  the
effective  date  of SFAS No. 133 for all fiscal  quarters  of  all
fiscal  years beginning after June 15, 2000. Given its low  levels
of  derivative activity, the Company does not expect  adoption  to
have  a  significant  impact on the Company's financial  position,
results of operations or liquidity.

Use of Estimates
 Preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements
in   conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles
requires management to make estimates and assumptions that  affect
the reported amounts of assets and liabilities in the consolidated
financial  statements  and the reported amounts  of  revenues  and
expenses during the reporting period.  Actual results could differ
from those estimates.

Cash and Cash equivalents
  The  Company  considers all highly liquid investments  purchased
with  an  original maturity of three months or  less  to  be  cash
equivalents.

Investments
  Investments consist of equity securities. The Company classifies
its  equity  securities as available-for-sale.  Available-for-sale
securities   are  recorded  at  fair  value  based   upon   market
quotations.  Unrealized  holding gains  and  losses,  net  of  the
related  tax effect, on available-for-sale securities are excluded
from  earnings  and  are  reported  as  a  separate  component  of
stockholders'  equity  until realized.  A decline  in  the  market
value of any available-for-sale security below cost that is deemed
other  than  temporary, is charged to earnings in  the  period  it
occurs resulting in the establishment of a new cost basis for  the
security.  Dividend  income is recognized when  earned.   Realized
gains  and  losses for securities classified as available-for-sale
are  included  in  earnings  and are derived  using  the  specific
identification method for determining the cost of securities sold.

Notes Receivable
  Notes receivable are recorded at cost, adjusted for amortization
of  discounts or accretion of premium. Discounts and premiums  are
amortized  over  the  life  of  the  notes  receivable  using  the
effective interest rate method.

Oil and Gas Properties
  The Company uses the successful efforts method of accounting for
its oil and gas operations. Under this method of accounting, costs
to  acquire mineral interests in oil and gas properties, to  drill
and  equip development wells including development dry holes,  and
to drill and equip exploratory wells that find proved reserves are
capitalized.   Capitalized costs of producing oil and  gas  fields
are  amortized  using  the  unit-of-production  method  based   on
estimates  of  proved  oil and gas reserves  on  a  field-by-field
basis.   Oil  and gas reserve quantities represent estimates  only
and  there  are numerous uncertainties inherent in the  estimation
process.   Actual  future production may be  materially  different
from  amounts  estimated  and  such differences  could  materially
affect future amortization of proved properties.  Estimated  costs
(net  of  salvage value) of plugging and abandoning  oil  and  gas
wells  are  reported  as  additional  depreciation  and  depletion
expense using the units-of-production method.

  The  costs  of unproved leaseholds are capitalized  pending  the
results  of  exploration  efforts. Unproved  leasehold  costs  are
assessed periodically, on a property-by-property basis, and a loss
is  recognized to the extent, if any, the cost of the property has
been  impaired.  As  unproved  leaseholds  are  determined  to  be
productive,   the   related  costs  are  transferred   to   proved
leaseholds.  Exploratory costs including  exploratory  dry  holes,
annual  delay  rental  and geological and  geophysical  costs  are
charged to expense when incurred.

Other Property and Equipment
  Other  property  and equipment is carried at cost  and  includes
expenditures  for additions and improvements, which  substantially
increase the productive lives of existing assets.  Maintenance and
repair  costs are expensed as incurred. Depreciation  of  property
and equipment is generally computed using the straight-line method
over  their  estimated useful lives, varying from 3  years  to  20
years.  Coal in place is depleted at a rate based upon the cost of
the  mineral  properties and estimated mineable  and  merchantable
tonnage  therein. When an asset is retired or sold, its  cost  and
related  accumulated depreciation are removed from  the  accounts.
The  difference  between  undepreciated  cost  and  proceeds  from
disposition is recorded as gain or loss.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
 In accordance with SFAS No.121, "Accounting for the Impairment of
Long-Lived  Assets and for Long-Lived Assets To Be  Disposed  Of",
the  Company  reviews its long-lived assets to be held  and  used,
including  proved oil and gas properties accounted for  using  the
successful  efforts  method  of  accounting,  whenever  events  or
circumstances indicate that the carrying value of those assets may
not  be  recoverable.  SFAS No.121 requires an impairment loss  be
recognized when the carrying amount of an asset exceeds the sum of
the   undiscounted   estimated  future  cash   flows.    In   this
circumstance, the Company recognizes an impairment loss  equal  to
the  difference between the carrying value and the fair  value  of
the  asset.   Fair value is estimated to be the present  value  of
expected  future net cash flows from proved reserves, utilizing  a
risk-adjusted rate of return.

Concentration of Credit Risk
  Substantially  all  of  the  Company's  accounts  receivable  at
December 31, 1999 result from oil and gas sales and joint interest
billings  to  third party companies in the oil and  gas  industry.
This  concentration  of customers and joint  interest  owners  may
impact  the  Company's overall credit risk, either  positively  or
negatively,  in that these entities may be similarly  affected  by
changes  in economic or other conditions.  In determining  whether
or  not  to  require collateral from a customer or joint  interest
owner,  the  Company analyzes the entity's net worth, cash  flows,
earnings  and  credit  ratings.  Receivables  are  generally   not
collateralized.  Historical credit losses incurred by the  Company
on receivables have not been significant.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments
   The  Company's financial instruments consist of cash  and  cash
equivalents,  marketable securities, natural gas  swaps,  accounts
receivable,  notes  receivables, accounts  payable  and  long-term
debt. The carrying values of cash, marketable securities, accounts
receivables  and  payables, and long-term  debt  approximate  fair
value.  See Note 5 for a discussion of notes receivable.

  The Company, from time to time, enters into derivative financial
instruments  to  mitigate  its  exposure  to  natural  gas   price
volatility.   The  derivative  financial  instruments,  which  are
placed with a major financial institution the Company believes  is
a  minimum  credit  risk, take the form of  swaps  with  purchased
options. These derivative financial instruments are designated  as
hedges and realized gains and losses from the Company's price risk
management activities are recognized in natural gas revenues  when
the associated production occurs.

  The  fair  value  of  open derivative financial  instruments  is
determined  by comparing the New York Mercantile Exchange  forward
prices  at  year-end  with the appropriate  location  differential
adjustment  to the contractual prices designated in the derivative
financial  instruments. The Company had no outstanding  derivative
financial instruments at December 31, 1999.  The fair value of the
Company's open derivative contracts at December 31, 1998 was  $0.1
million.

Oil and Gas Revenues
 Natural gas revenues generally are recorded using the entitlement
method  in which the Company recognizes its ownership interest  in
natural  gas production as revenue. If the Company's sales  exceed
its ownership share of production, the differences are recorded as
deferred revenue.  Natural gas pipeline balancing receivables  are
recorded when the Company's ownership share of production  exceeds
sales.   At  December 31, 1999 and 1998, the Company's receivables
included  $1.3  million and $0.9 million of natural  gas  pipeline
imbalances, respectively.

Royalties
  Coal  royalty income is recognized on the basis of tons sold  by
the  Company's  lessees and the corresponding revenue  from  those
sales. All coal leases are based on an annual minimum payment  due
or a percentage of the gross sales price.

Income Tax
  The  Company  accounts for income taxes in accordance  with  the
provisions  of SFAS No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes."   This
statement requires a company to recognize deferred tax liabilities
and assets for the expected future tax consequences of events that
have  been recognized in a company's financial statements  or  tax
returns.  Using this method, deferred tax liabilities  and  assets
are  determined  based  on the difference  between  the  financial
statement carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities
using enacted tax rates.
<PAGE>
3.
  Acquisitions

   In  September  1999,  the  Company successfully  completed  the
purchase  of  fee mineral and lease rights for coal  reserves  and
related assets in West Virginia.  The $30 million acquisition  was
funded  by borrowings from the Company's revolving credit facility
(the  "Revolver") and accounted for at fair value.  The operations
have been included in the Company's statement of income as of  the
closing  date.   The  following  unaudited  proforma  results   of
operations   have  been  prepared  as  though  the  aforementioned
acquisition had been completed on January 1, 1998.  The  unaudited
proforma  results  of operations consist of the  following  as  of
December 31, 1999 (in thousands, except share data):
<TABLE>

                                           1999        1998
<S>                                        <C>         <C>
Revenues                                   $ 51,528    $44,079

Net   income                               $ 15,005    $10,013

Net  income per share, diluted             $   1.77    $  1.18
</TABLE>

      In  July  1999, Penn Virginia acquired certain oil  and  gas
properties in Mississippi for $13.7 million.  The acquisition  was
funded by borrowings from the Company's Revolver and was accounted
for  at  fair value.  The operations are included in the Company's
statement of income as of the closing date.


4.   Investments and Dividend Income

  The  cost,  gross  unrealized holding gains and  fair  value  of
available-for-sale securities were as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
                                               Gross
                                             Unrealized
                                               Holding         Fair
At December 31, 1999                 Cost      Gains           Value
<S>                                  <C>        <C>             <C>
Available-for-sale
   Norfolk Southern Corporation      $2,839     $64,959         $67,798
   Other                                  -          18              18
                                     $2,839     $64,977         $67,816

At December 31, 1998
 Available-for-sale
   Norfolk Southern Corporation      $2,839    $101,958        $104,797
   Other                                  -          22              22
                                     $2,839    $101,980        $104,819

</TABLE>

   The   Company  owned  3,307,200  shares  of  Norfolk   Southern
Corporation stock at December 31, 1999.  Dividend income from  the
Company's  investment  in Norfolk Southern  Corporation  was  $2.6
million  for  the three years ended December 31,  1999,  1998  and
1997.   The  closing stock price for Norfolk Southern  Corporation
was  $20.50 and $31.6875 per share at December 31, 1999 and  1998,
respectively.
<PAGE>

5.  Notes Receivable

  The  Company has two notes receivable collateralized by property
and  equipment.  During 1999, the Company received a $1.3  million
note  receivable  for  a  portion of the proceeds  relating  to  a
property and equipment sale.

Maturities of notes receivable are as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
                                                        December 31,
                                                       1999      1998
<S>                                                    <C>       <C>
Current                                               $ 816     $ 364
Due after one year through five years                 2,876     1,853
Thereafter                                              642     1,226
                                                     $4,334    $3,443
</TABLE>

  The fair value of the Company's notes receivable at December 31,
1999 and 1998 was $6.9 million and $5.3 million, respectively.


6.   Property and Equipment

 Property and equipment includes (in thousands):

<TABLE>
                                                         December 31,
                                                        1999      1998
<S>                                                     <C>       <C>
Oil and gas properties                                 $185,048   $157,558
Other property and equipment:
 Land                                                     1,813        694
 Timber                                                     188        188
 Coal properties                                         73,081     45,176
 Other equipment                                          7,690      6,397
                                                        267,820    210,013
Less: Accumulated depreciation,
 depletion and amortization                             (76,553)   (68,745)

Net property and equipment                             $191,267   $141,268

</TABLE>

  In  accordance with SFAS No. 121, the Company reviews its proved
oil  and gas properties and other long-lived assets for impairment
whenever  events  and  circumstances indicate  a  decline  in  the
recoverability of their carrying value.  In the fourth quarter  of
1998, the Company estimated the expected future cash flows of  its
oil  and gas properties and compared such future cash flows to the
carrying amount of the oil and gas properties to determine if  the
carrying  amount  was  recoverable.   For  certain  oil  and   gas
properties,   the   carrying   amount   exceeded   the   estimated
undiscounted  future  cash flows; thus, the Company  adjusted  the
carrying amount of the respective oil and gas properties to  their
fair  value  as  determined by discounting their estimated  future
cash  flows.   The factors used to determine fair value  included,
but  were  not  limited to, estimates of proved  reserves,  future
commodity   pricing,  future  production  estimates,   anticipated
capital  expenditures  and a discount rate commensurate  with  the
Company's  internal rate of return on its oil and gas  properties.
As  a  result, the Company recognized a noncash pre-tax charge  of
$4.6  million ($3.7 million after tax) related to its oil and  gas
properties  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  1998.   There  were   no
impairments of oil and gas properties in 1999 or 1997.

7.                        Long-Term Debt

 Long-term debt consists of the following (in thousands):
<TABLE>

                                                     December 31,
                                                    1999      1998
<S>                                                 <C>       <C>
Revolving credit, variable rate of 7.5%
 at December 31, 1999, due in 2003                  $77,650   $37,100
Other                                                   859       898
                                                     78,509    37,998
Less: current maturities                                (34)      (31)
Total long-term debt                                $78,475   $37,967
</TABLE>

Revolving Credit Facility
  In  August 1999, the Company amended and restated its  agreement
with  a  group  of  major U.S. banks for a $120 million  unsecured
revolving  credit facility (the "Revolver") with a final  maturity
of  June  2003.   The  Revolver is governed by  a  borrowing  base
calculation  and will be redetermined semi-annually.  The  Company
has  the  option to elect interest at (i) Libor plus a  Eurodollar
margin  ranging  from  100  to  150 basis  points,  based  on  the
percentage  of the borrowing base outstanding or (ii) the  greater
of the prime rate or federal funds rate plus 50 basis points.  The
Revolver  allows  for  issuance of letters  of  credit  which  are
limited  to  no  more  than $10 million.  The financial  covenants
require  the  Company  to maintain levels of net  worth,  debt-to-
capitalization and dividend limitation restrictions.  The  Company
is currently in compliance with all of its covenants.

Line of Credit
  The  Company  has a $5 million line of credit with  a  financial
institution due in December 2000, renewable annually.  The Company
has  an  option to elect either a fixed rate LIBOR loan,  floating
rate LIBOR loan or base rate loan.

  The  aggregate  maturities applicable  to  outstanding  debt  at
December 31, 1999 are as follows (in thousands):

 2000                              $  34
 2001                                 37
 2002                                 40
 2003                             77,693
 2004                                 46
 Thereafter                          658

8.                                 Accrued Expenses

 Accrued expenses are summarized as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
                                     December 31,
                                    1999      1998
<S>                                <C>       <C>
Pension                            $ 140     $ 453
Compensation                         715       594
Accrued oil and gas royalties        752       392
Taxes other than income              878       873
Post-retirement health care          203       841
Interest                             324         -
Accrued restructuring charges          -       552
Accrued drilling costs             1,086       348
Other                              1,372       986
                                  $5,470    $5,039
</TABLE>

  In  1998,  the  Company's management approved a plan  to  reduce
administrative and operational overhead costs.  In connection with
such a plan, the Company recorded a pre-tax charge to general  and
administrative expense totaling $0.6 million related to  severance
costs for six employees and a lease cancellation fee.  The plan to
reduce administrative and operational overhead costs was completed
in  August  1999.   There  were no adjustments  to  the  liability
recorded in 1998 that resulted in an adjustment to net income  for
1999.

9.                                 Income Taxes

 The provision for income taxes from continuing operations is
comprised of the following (in thousands):
<TABLE>

                                           Year ended December 31,
                                           1999         1998      1997
<S>                                        <C>          <C>      <C>
Current income taxes
 Federal                                   $1,525      $1,341    $1,677
 State                                          -          98       423
 Total current                              1,525       1,439     2,100
Deferred income taxes
 Federal                                    2,426         901     2,438
 State                                        379          22      (269)
 Total deferred                             2,805         923      2,169

Total income tax expense           $        4,330     $ 2,362   $  4,269
</TABLE>

 The difference between the reported income tax expense and income
tax  expense computed by applying the statutory tax rate to income
from operations before income taxes is as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
                                            Year ended December 31,
                                            1999     1998       1997
<S>                                         <C>      <C>        <C>
Computed at statutory tax rate              $6,592   $4,150    $7,100
State income taxes, net of federal income
   tax effect                                  246       78       100
Dividends received deduction                  (648)    (648)     (648)
Non-conventional fuel source credit         (1,471)  (1,525)   (1,510)
Percentage depletion                          (414)    (350)     (416)
Other, net                                      25      657      (357)

 Total income tax expense          $         4,330   $2,362  $  4,269
</TABLE>

  The  tax  effects  of temporary differences that  give  rise  to
significant portions of the net deferred tax liability consist  of
the following (in thousands):

<TABLE>
                                               December 31,
                                              1999      1998
<S>                                           <C>       <C>
Deferred tax assets:
 Other long-term liabilities                 $1,936    $  954
 Alternative minimum tax credits              7,329     6,560
 State tax loss carryforwards                   938       881
 Other                                          565     1,514
   Total deferred tax assets                 10,768     9,909

Deferred tax liabilities:
 Notes receivable                            (1,169)   (1,143)
 Investments                                (22,745)  (35,693)
 Oil and gas properties                     (12,012)  (10,611)
 Other property and equipment                (1,823)         -
 Other                                       (1,129)     (672)
   Total deferred tax liabilities           (38,878)  (48,119)

Net deferred tax liability        $         (28,110) $(38,210)


Deferred tax assets-current                  $  155    $  577
Deferred tax liabilities-noncurrent         (28,265)  (38,787)
                                         $  (28,110)$ (38,210)
</TABLE>

  As  of  December 31, 1999, the Company had available for federal
income   tax   purposes,  alternative  minimum  tax   credits   of
approximately   $7.3   million  which  can  be   carried   forward
indefinitely  as  a  credit  against the  regular  tax  liability.
The  Company  has  various state tax loss carryforwards  of  $10.7
million which, if unused, will expire from 2014 to 2019.


10.Pension Plans and Other Post-retirement Benefits

   The  Company  and  its  wholly-owned  subsidiaries  provided  a
noncontributory, defined benefit pension plan, which was frozen in
1996,  and  early retirement programs (the "Plans")  for  eligible
employees.  Benefits were based on the employee's  average  annual
compensation and years of service.

  The Company sponsors a defined benefit post-retirement plan that
covers  employees hired prior to January 1, 1991 who  retire  from
active  service.  The  plan  provides  medical  benefits  for  the
retirees  and dependents and life insurance for the retirees.  The
medical coverage is noncontributory for retirees who retired prior
to January 1, 1991 and may be contributory for retirees who retire
after December 31, 1990.

  A  reconciliation of the changes in the benefit obligations  and
fair value of assets for the two years ended December 31, 1999 and
1998 and a statement of the funded status at December 31, 1999 and
1998 is as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
                                         Pension           Post-retirement
                                       1999    1998         1999     1998
<S>                                    <C>     <C>         <C>       <C>
Reconciliation of benefit obligation:
Obligation - beginning of year      $  11,701 $11,474      3,112     $3,665
Service cost                                -       -         14         15
Interest cost                             748     792        206        213
Benefits paid                          (1,083) (1,143)      (366)      (297)
Actuarial (gain) loss                    (754)    578       (129)      (484)
Other                                       -       -         99          -
Obligation - end of year               10,612  11,701      2,936      3,112

Reconciliation of fair value of plan assets:
Fair value - beginning of year         10,468   9,653      1,698      1,615
Actual return on plan assets              982   1,604        221        387
Employer contributions                    271     442         26          -
Participant contributions                   -       -          8          3
Benefit payments                       (1,083) (1,143)      (366)      (298)
Administrative expenses                   (44)    (88)        (9)        (9)
Fair value - end of year               10,594  10,468      1,578      1,698

Funded status:
Funded status - end of year               (18) (1,233)    (1,358)    (1,414)
Unrecognized transition obligation         26      30          -          -
Unrecognized prior service cost            55      60         92          -
Unrecognized (gain) loss               (1,189)   (351)      (249)        53

Net amount recognized          $       (1,126)$(1,494) $  (1,515)$   (1,361)
</TABLE>

The  following  table  provides  the  amounts  recognized  in  the
statements of financial position at December 31, 1999 and 1998 (in
thousands):
<TABLE>
                                    Pension           Post-retirement
                                 1999    1998         1999      1998

<S>                              <C>     <C>           <C>      <C>
Accrued benefit liability       $(1,542) $(2,050)      $(1,515) $(1,361)
Other long-term assets               81       91             -        -
Accumulated other comprehensive
    income                          335      465             -         -
Obligation - end of year   $     (1,126) $(1,494)      $(1,515) $(1,361)

</TABLE>
The  following  table  provides the  components  of  net  periodic
benefit  cost  for the plans for the two years ended December  31,
1999 and 1998 (in thousands):
<TABLE>
                                      Pension           Post-retirement
                                  1999      1998         1999      1998
<S>                               <C>       <C>          <C>       <C>
Service cost                     $ 80      $  80         $  14     $ 15
Interest cost                     749        792           206      213
Expected return on plan assets   (949)      (869)          (47)     (43)
Amortization of prior service cost  6          6             7        -
Amortization of transitional
 obligation                         4          4             -         -
Recognized actuarial loss          13          6             -         -
Net periodic benefit cost    $    (97)$       19   $       180  $    185

</TABLE>

The  assumptions used in the measurement of the Company's  benefit
obligation were as follows:
<TABLE>
                                       Pension           Post-retirement
                                      1999    1998        1999      1998
<S>                                   <C>     <C>         <C>       <C>
Discount rate                         7.50%   6.75%       7.50%     6.75 %
Expected return on plan assets        9.50    9.50        3.00      3.00
</TABLE>

  Since  the benefits accrued under the defined benefit plan  were
frozen  in  1996,  it  is  not  necessary  to  assume  a  rate  of
compensation increase.  For measurement purposes, an  8.0  percent
annual rate increase in the per capita cost of covered health care
benefits  was assumed for 1999.  The rate is assumed  to  decrease
gradually  to  5.5  percent  for 2004 and  remain  at  that  level
thereafter.

 Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on
the  amounts reported for post-retirement benefits.  A one percent
change  in  assumed health care cost trend rates  would  have  the
following effects for 1999 (in thousands):
<TABLE>
                                        One percent     One percent
                                         increase         decrease
<S>                                       <C>             <C>
Effect on total of service and
   interest cost components                $ 9            $(8)

Effect on post-retirement benefit
   obligation                              128            (116)

</TABLE>

11.                            Other Liabilities

 Other liabilities are summarized in the following table (in
thousands):
<TABLE>
                                     December 31,
                                    1999      1998
<S>                                 <C>       <C>
Post-retirement health care         $1,312     $ 520
Deferred income                      2,793       842
Pension                              1,402     1,409
Other                                  347       104
                                   $ 5,854    $2,875

</TABLE>
12. Earnings Per Share

   The  following  is  a  reconciliation  of  the  numerators  and
denominators used in the calculation of basic and diluted earnings
per  share ("EPS") for income from continuing operations  for  the
three years ended December 31, 1999.
<TABLE>
                   1999                          1998
           Income      Shares   PerShare      Income     Shares     PerShare
         (Numerator)(Denominator)Amount     (Numerator)(Denominator) Amount
                  (in thousands, except per share amounts)
<S>         <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>          <C>
Basic EPS:
Income from
 continuing
 operations $14,504    8,406       $1.73       $9,591     8,310        $1.15
Dilutive
 Securities:
 Stock options    -       74                       -        153
Diluted EPS:
Income from
 continuing
 operations $14,504    8,480       $1.71      $ 9,591     8,463         $1.13

</TABLE>
<TABLE>
                                                 1997
                                 Income       Shares             Per Share
                              (Numerator)    (Denominator)        Amount
                                (in thousands, except per share amounts)
<S>                            <C>             <C>                <C>
Basic EPS:
Income from continuing
  operations                   $16,018         8,302              $1.93
Dilutive Securities:
Stock Options                        -           198
Diluted EPS:
Income from continuing
operations                     $16,018         8,500              $1.88
</TABLE>


  Antidilutive stock options are precluded from the computation of
diluted EPS; however, such options could potentially dilute  basic
EPS in the future.

13.Stock Option and Stock Ownership Plans

Stock Option Plans
 The Company has several stock option plans (collectively known as
the  "Plans") which allow incentive and nonqualified stock options
to  be  granted to key employees and officers of the  Company  and
nonqualified  stock  options to be granted  to  directors  of  the
Company.  Options granted under the Plans may be exercised at  any
time  after  one year and prior to ten years following the  grant,
subject  to  special  rules that apply  in  the  event  of  death,
retirement  and/or termination of an optionee. The exercise  price
of all options granted under the Plans is at the fair market value
of the Company's stock on the date of the grant.

  The  following table summarizes information with respect to  the
common  stock options awarded under the Plans and grants described
above.
<TABLE>
                    1999                  1998                      1997
             Shares                 Shares                Shares
             Under   Weighted Avg.  Under  Weighted Avg.  Under    Weighted Avg.
            Options  Exercise Price OptionsExercise Price Options Exercise Price
<S>           <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>       <C>
Outstanding,
 Beginning
 of year     1,002,800    $18.65     1,036,500  $18.19      397,950    $33.63
Effect of
 Stock Split         -   $   -               -   $   -      397,950    $16.82
Granted-Options 91,800   $ 20.27        80,600  $25.06      281,600   $ 22.10
Exercised-
  Options       49,000    $16.44        96,901  $18.53       34,000   $ 16.25
Cancelled       31,100    $23.84        17,399  $21.56        7,000    $28.50
Outstanding,
 End
 of year     1,014,500    $18.74     1,002,800  $18.65    1,036,500   $ 18.19

Weighted average of fair
 value of options granted
 during the year         $  6.02                 $8.50                $  7.50

</TABLE>
 The following table summarizes certain information regarding
stock options outstanding at December 31, 1999:
<TABLE>

                    Options Outstanding              Options Exercisable
                          Weighted
                            Avg.       Weighted      Number         Weighted
Range of     Number       Remaining     Avg.        Exercisable        Avg.
Exercise   Outstanding   Contractual   Exercise        at            Exercise
Price      at 12/31/99      Life       Price         12/31/99         Price
<S>           <C>            <C>       <C>           <C>              <C>
$15 to $19    621,600        6.2       $ 16.52       609,800          $16.46
$20 to $24    339,800        7.4       $ 21.55       259,800          $21.92
$25 to $30     53,100        7.9       $ 26.82        53,100          $26.82
</TABLE>

  The  Company  applies the intrinsic value method  for  reporting
compensation  expense  pursuant  to  Accounting  Principles  Board
Opinion No. 25 "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees"  to  its
stock-based compensation plans.   Had compensation expense for the
Company's  stock-based  compensation  plans  been  determined   in
accordance  with the fair value method pursuant to  SFAS  No.  123
"Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation", the Company's  proforma
net income and earnings per share would have been as follows:
<TABLE>
                                               1999      1998        1997
<S>                                            <C>       <C>         <C>
Net Income (in thousands)                     $14,111    $9,022      $14,208
Earnings per share, basic                     $  1.68    $ 1.09      $  1.71
Earnings per share, diluted                   $  1.66    $ 1.07      $  1.67
</TABLE>

 The fair value of the options granted during 1999 is estimated on
the  date  of  grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing  model
with  the following assumptions: a) dividend yield of 4.4  percent
to  4.6  percent b) expected volatility of 38.6 percent, c)  risk-
free  interest rate of 4.8 percent to 4.9 percent and d)  expected
life of eight years.

 The fair value of the options granted during 1998 is estimated on
the  date  of  grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing  model
with  the following assumptions: a) dividend yield of 3.4  percent
to  4.2  percent  b) expected volatility of 37.7 percent  to  38.8
percent, c) risk-free interest rate of 4.7 percent to 5.7  percent
and d) expected life of eight years.

 The fair value of the options granted during 1997 is estimated on
the  date  of  grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing  model
with  the following assumptions: a) dividend yield of 3.6  percent
to  4.1  percent b) expected volatility of 36.8 percent, c)  risk-
free  interest rate of 6.2 percent to 6.7 percent and d)  expected
life of 10 years.

  The effects of applying SFAS No. 123 in this proforma disclosure
are not indicative of future amounts.

Employees' Stock Ownership Plan
  In  1996,  the Board of Directors extended the Employees'  Stock
Ownership  Plan ("ESOP").  All employees with one year of  service
are  participants. The ESOP is designed to enable employees of the
Company to accumulate stock ownership. While there are no employee
contributions, participants receive an allocation of  stock  which
has  been  contributed  by the Company.   Compensation  costs  are
reported  when  such  shares are released to employees.  The  ESOP
borrowed  $2.0  million from the Company  in  1996  and  used  the
proceeds to purchase treasury stock.  Under the terms of the ESOP,
the  Company will make annual contributions over a 10-year period.
At  December  31,  1999, the unearned portion of  the  ESOP  ($1.3
million)   was  recorded  as  a  contra-equity  account   entitled
"Unearned Compensation-ESOP."

Shareholder Rights Plan
  In  February 1998, the Board of Directors adopted a  Shareholder
Rights  Plan designed to prevent an acquirer from gaining  control
of  the Company without offering a fair price to all shareholders.
Each  Right  entitles the holder to purchase from the Company  one
one-thousandth  of  a  share  of  Series  A  Junior  Participating
Preferred  Stock, $100 par value, at a price of  $100  subject  to
adjustment.  The Rights are not exercisable or transferable  apart
from  the common stock until ten days after a person or affiliated
group  has  acquired fifteen percent or more, or  makes  a  tender
offer  for fifteen percent or more, of the Company's common stock.
Each  Right  will entitle the holder, under certain  circumstances
(such  as  a  merger, acquisition of fifteen percent  or  more  of
common  stock of the Company by the acquiring person  or  sale  of
fifty  percent or more of the Company's assets or earning  power),
to  acquire at half the value, either common stock of the Company,
a  combination of cash, other property, or common stock  or  other
securities  of  the  Company, or common  stock  of  the  acquiring
person.  Any  such  event would also result in  any  Rights  owned
beneficially  by  the acquiring person or its affiliates  becoming
null  and  void.  The  Rights expire  in  February  2008  and  are
redeemable  at  any  time until ten days  following  the  time  an
acquiring person acquires fifteen percent or more of the Company's
common stock at $0.001 per Right.


14.   Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

  Comprehensive income represents certain changes in equity during
the reporting period, including net income and other comprehensive
income,  which  includes, but is not limited to, unrealized  gains
from marketable securities and futures contracts, foreign currency
translation adjustments and minimum pension liability adjustments.
Reclassification  adjustments  represent  gains  or  losses   from
investments realized in net income for each respective year.   For
the  three  years  ended  December 31,  1999,  the  components  of
accumulated   other  comprehensive  income  are  as  follows   (in
thousands):
<TABLE>
                                                                Accumulated
                              Net unrealized      Minimum          other
                               holding gain -     pension       comprehensive
                                investments       liability        income
<S>                                <C>             <C>             <C>
Balance at December 31, 1996       $61,215         $ (774)         $60,441
Unrealized holding gain,
   net of tax of $1,370              2,546              -            2,546
Reclassification adjustment,
   net of tax of $17                   (33)             -              (33)
Pension plan adjustment,
   net of tax of $294                    -             546             546
Balance at December 31, 1997        63,728            (228)         63,500

Unrealized holding gain,
   net of tax of $1,383              2,568               -           2,568
Reclassification adjustment,
   net of tax of $5                     (9)              -              (9)
Pension plan adjustment,
   net of tax of $40                     -             (74)            (74)
Balance at December 31, 1998        66,287            (302)         65,985

Unrealized holding loss,
   net of tax of $12,951           (24,052)              -         (24,052)
Pension plan adjustment,
   net of tax of $46                     -              84              84
Balance at December 31, 1999  $     42,235       $    (218)       $ 42,017
</TABLE>

15.                 Segment Information

 Penn Virginia's operations are classified into two operating
segments:

     Oil and Gas - crude oil and natural gas exploration,
development and production.

     Coal Royalty and Land Management - the leasing of mineral
     rights and subsequent collection of royalties and the
     development and harvesting of timber.
<TABLE>
                                 Coal Royalty
                                 and Land           Corporate
                 Oil and Gas     Management         and Other   Consolidated
                                      (in thousands)
<S>                      <C>           <C>               <C>          <C>
December 31, 1999
Revenues                 $22,942       $21,547           $2,646       $47,135
Operating income(loss)     5,889        16,660           (1,834)       20,715
Identifiable assets      120,954        83,975           69,082       274,011
Depreciation, depletion
 and amortization          6,951         1,269              173         8,393
Capital expenditures      28,605        31,955               91        60,651
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
                                        Coal Royalty
                                         and Land     Corporate
                         Oil and Gas    Management    and Other   Consolidated
                                                (in thousands)
<S>                         <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>
December 31, 1998
Revenues                    $21,108       $14,389       $2,647       $38,144
Operating income (loss)         256        10,619         (609)       10,266
Identifiable assets         102,698        63,424       90,809       256,931
Depreciation, depletion
 and amortization             6,460           589          113         7,162
Capital expenditures         13,789         9,792           42        23,623

</TABLE>
<TABLE>
                                       Coal Royalty
                                       and Land      Corporate
                        Oil and Gas    Management    and Other    Consolidated
                                          (in thousands)
<S>                       <C>             <C>          <C>          <C>
December 31, 1997
Revenues                  $24,868         $13,619      $2,645       $41,132
Operating income (loss)     9,405          10,692      (1,378)       18,719
Identifiable assets        99,073          46,950     101,207       247,230
Depreciation, depletion
 and amortization           5,920             516         113         6,549
Capital expenditures       13,784           9,402           6        23,192
</TABLE>

  Operating  income  is  total revenue  less  operating  expenses.
Operating income does not include certain other income items, gain
(loss)  on  sale  of  securities,  unallocated  general  corporate
expenses, interest expense and income taxes.  Identifiable  assets
are those assets used in the Company's operations in each segment.
Corporate assets are principally cash and marketable securities.

  For  the year ended December 31, 1999, two customers of the  oil
and  gas  segment accounted for $9.6 million, or 20  percent,  and
$6.9  million,  or  13  percent,  respectively  of  the  Company's
consolidated net revenues.  For the year ended December 31,  1998,
one  customer  of  the  oil  and gas segment  accounted  for  $4.8
million, or 13 percent, of the Company's consolidated revenues.

16.   Commitments and Contingencies

Rental Commitments
  Minimum  rental  commitments under all non-cancelable  operating
leases, primarily real estate, in effect at December 31, 1999 were
as follows (in thousands):

Year ending December 31,

2000                           $  401
2001                              159
2002                              117
2003                               82
2004                               73
Total minimum payments  $         832

Legal
  The  Company  is involved, from time to time, in  various  legal
proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. While  the
ultimate  results  of these proceedings cannot be  predicted  with
certainty, Company management believes these claims will not  have
a  material effect on the Company's financial position,  liquidity
or operations.

17.  Supplementary Information on Oil and Gas Producing Activities
(Unaudited)

 The following supplementary information regarding the oil and gas
producing  activities of Penn Virginia is presented in  accordance
with  the  requirements of the Securities and Exchange  Commission
(SEC) and the SFAS No. 69 "Disclosures about Oil and Gas Producing
Activities". The amounts shown include Penn Virginia's net working
and royalty interests in all of its oil and gas operations.

Capitalized Costs Relating to Oil and Gas Producing Activities
<TABLE>
                                             Year Ended December 31,
                                       1999         1998           1997
                                             (in thousands)
<S>                                    <C>          <C>            <C>
Proved properties                      $41,084      $35,842        $32,491
Unproved properties                      3,959        1,408          1,202
Wells, equipment and facilities        137,176      117,688        112,339
Support equipment                        2,829        2,620          2,455
                                       185,048      157,558        148,487
Accumulated depreciation and depletion (69,495)     (62,545)       (56,099)

Net capitalized costs                $ 115,553     $ 95,013       $ 92,388

</TABLE>
Costs Incurred in Certain Oil and Gas Activities
<TABLE>
                                          Year Ended December 31,
                                        1999           1998          1997
                                                 (in thousands)
<S>                                      <C>           <C>           <C>
Proved property acquisition costs        $14,069       $3,351        $73
Unproved property acquisition costs        2,551          206         90
Exploration costs                          3,171        2,022      3,346
Development costs and other                9,398        8,698     10,560

Total costs incurred              $       29,189    $  14,277    $14,069

</TABLE>
Results of Operations for Oil and Gas Producing Activities

   The  following  schedule  includes  results  solely  from   the
production  and  sale  of oil and gas and  a  noncash  charge  for
property  impairments.  It  excludes  general  and  administrative
expenses and gains or losses on property dispositions. The  income
tax  expense is calculated by applying the statutory tax rates  to
the  revenues  after  deducting  costs,  which  include  depletion
allowances  and  giving  effect to oil and gas  related  permanent
differences and tax credits.
<TABLE>

                                               Year Ended December 31,
                                         1999         1998          1997
                                                  (in thousands)
<S>                                      <C>         <C>             <C>
Revenues                                 $21,847     $20,817         $22,488
Production costs                           5,092       4,746           5,425
Exploration costs                          1,699         488           1,439
Depreciation and depletion                 6,951       6,460           5,920
Impairment of oil and gas properties            -      4,641                -
                                            8,105      4,482           9,704
Income tax expense                          1,864      1,062           2,807
Results of operations             $         6,241    $ 3,420          $6,897
Oil and Gas Reserves
</TABLE>

  The  following  schedule  presents the  estimated  oil  and  gas
reserves  owned by Penn Virginia. This information  includes  Penn
Virginia's royalty and net working interest share of the  reserves
in  oil  and gas properties.  Net proved oil and gas reserves  for
the  three years ended December 31, 1999 were estimated by  Wright
and Company, Inc.  All reserves are located in the United States.

  There  are  many  uncertainties inherent  in  estimating  proved
reserve quantities, and projecting future production rates and the
timing  of  future development expenditures. In addition,  reserve
estimates  of  new discoveries are more imprecise  than  those  of
properties with a production history. Accordingly, these estimates
are subject to change as additional information becomes available.
Proved oil and gas reserves are the estimated quantities of  crude
oil,  condensate  and natural gas that geological and  engineering
data  demonstrate with reasonable certainty to be  recoverable  in
future  years  from known reservoirs under existing  economic  and
operating  conditions at the end of the respective  years.  Proved
developed oil and gas reserves are those reserves expected  to  be
recovered through existing equipment and operating methods.

  Net  quantities of proved reserves and proved developed reserves
during the periods indicated are set forth in the tables below:
<TABLE>
                                             Oil and             Natural
Proved Developed and                         Condensate           Gas
Undeveloped Reserves:                        (MBbls)             (MMcf)
<S>                                           <C>                 <C>
December 31, 1996                             454                 175,448
Revisions of previous estimates                10                 (10,538)
Extensions, discoveries and other additions     3                  17,848
Production                                    (38)                 (7,755)
Purchase of reserves                            -                     304
Sale of reserves in place                      (5)                 (3,745)
December 31, 1997                             424                 171,562
Revisions of previous estimates               (53)                (11,978)
Extensions, discoveries and other additions      -                  7,885
Production                                    (30)                 (8,056)
Purchase of reserves                             -                  4,495
Sale of reserves in place                        -                    (35)
December 31, 1998                              341                163,873
Revisions of previous estimates                 31                  2,106
Extensions, discoveries and other additions      -                  4,661
Production                                     (32)                (8,679)
Purchase of reserves                            19                 23,237
December 31, 1999                              359                185,198



Proved Developed Reserves:

 December 31, 1997                             364                110,259
 December 31, 1998                             313                118,146
 December 31, 1999                             326                138,283
</TABLE>

  The  following table sets forth the standardized measure of  the
discounted  future net cash flows attributable  to  the  Company's
proved oil and gas reserves. Future cash inflows were computed  by
applying  year-end prices of oil and gas to the  estimated  future
production of proved oil and gas reserves. Natural gas prices were
escalated  only  where  existing  contracts  contained  fixed  and
determinable  escalation clauses.  Contractually provided  natural
gas prices in excess of estimated market clearing prices were used
in  computing the future cash inflows only if the Company  expects
to  continue  to  receive higher prices under legally  enforceable
contract  terms.  Future prices actually received  may  materially
differ from the estimates in the standardized measure.

  Future  production and development costs represent the estimated
future  expenditures (based on current costs) to  be  incurred  in
developing   and   producing   the   proved   reserves,   assuming
continuation  of existing economic conditions. Future  income  tax
expenses  were computed by applying statutory income tax rates  to
the  difference  between pre-tax net cash flows  relating  to  the
Company's proved oil and gas reserves and the tax basis of  proved
oil  and  gas  properties. In addition, the effects  of  statutory
depletion  in  excess of tax basis, available net  operating  loss
carryforwards  and alternative minimum tax credits  were  used  in
computing future income tax expense. The resulting annual net cash
inflows were then discounted using a 10 percent annual rate.
<TABLE>
                                             December 31,
                                      1999          1998          1997
                                             (in thousands)
<S>                                   <C>           <C>          <C>
Future cash inflows                   $ 505,685     $354,567     $539,781
Future production costs                 151,220      123,007      144,129
Future development costs                 30,431       26,128       36,537
                                        324,034      205,432      359,115
Future income tax expense                58,068       28,031       70,033
Future net cash flows                   265,966      177,401      289,082
10% annual discount for estimated
   timing of cash flows                 146,703      101,737      169,987

Standardized measure of discounted
   future net cash flows             $  119,263    $  75,664   $  119,095

</TABLE>
Changes in Standardized Measure of Discounted Future Net Cash
Flows
<TABLE>
                                        Year Ended December 31,
                                        1999          1998          1997
                                                 (in thousands)
<S>                                     <C>           <C>           <C>
Sales of oil and gas, net of
   production costs                     $(16,755)     $(16,071)     $(17,063)
Net changes in prices and production
   costs                                  32,111       (57,646)      (35,686)
Extensions, discoveries and other
   additions                               4,090         4,906        14,318
Development costs incurred during the
   period                                  5,330         5,289         3,070
Revisions of previous quantity estimates   1,709        (6,735)       (9,036)
Purchase of minerals-in-place             20,438         2,896           270
Sale of minerals-in-place                      -           (26)       (4,990)
Accretion of discount                      8,116        14,059        17,548
Net change in income taxes               (11,526)       12,006           701
Other changes                                 86        (2,109)       (3,328)
Net increase (decrease)                   43,599       (43,431)      (34,196)
Beginning of year                         75,664       119,095       153,291

End of year                           $  119,263     $  75,664      $119,095
</TABLE>

ITEM 9 - CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON
ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

  None.


PART III

ITEMS 10, 11, 12 AND 13 - DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE
COMPANY, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY, EXECUTIVE
COMPENSATION, SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND
MANAGEMENT, AND CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

   Except  for  information concerning executive officers  of  the
Company  included as an unnumbered item in Part 1,  in  accordance
with  General Instruction G(3), reference is hereby  made  to  the
Company's definitive proxy statement to be filed within  120  days
after the end of the fiscal year covered by this report.
PART IV

ITEM 14 - EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON
FORM 8-K

          (a)  Financial Statements
          1.    Financial  Statements - The  financial  statements
          filed  herewith  are  listed in the Index  to  Financial
          Statements on page 28 of this report.
     2.   All schedules are omitted because they are not required,
          inapplicable or the information is included in the consolidated
          financial statements or the notes thereto.
    3.    Exhibits
         (3.1)     Articles of Incorporation of the Company.
    (3.2)     Articles of Amendment of Articles of Incorporation of
          the Company.
(3.3)     Amended bylaws of the Company.
         (4)   Rights  Agreement  dated as of  February  11,  1998
          between  Penn  Virginia Corporation and  American  Stock
          Transfer  &  Trust  Company, as Agent  (incorporated  by
          reference  to  Exhibit 1.1 to the Company's Registration
          Statement on Form 8-A filed with Securities and Exchange
          Commission on February 20, 1998. (Commission File No. 0-
          753)).
            (10.1)     Amended and restated Credit Agreement dated July 30,
          1999 among Penn Virginia Corporation and Chase Bank of Texas
          National Association, as Agent and First Union National Bank,
          First National Bank of Chicago and PNC Bank National Association.
            (10.2)     Penn  Virginia Corporation  and  Affiliated
          Companies  Employees' Stock Ownership Plan,  as  amended
          (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  19   to   the
          Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year  ended
          December 31, 1986 (Commission File No. 0-753)).
            (10.3)     Penn  Virginia Corporation  and  Affiliated
          Companies'     Employees'    Retirement/Savings     Plan
          (incorporated  by  reference to  Exhibit  18(b)  to  the
          Company's Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed  with
          the  Securities and Exchange Commission on May 13,  1991
          (Registration No. 33-40430)).
            (10.4)     The Company has adopted a policy concerning
          severance  benefits for certain senior officers  of  the
          Company.  The description of such policy is incorporated
          herein  by  reference to the description of such  policy
          contained  in  the Company's definitive Proxy  Statement
          dated March 27, 2000.
            (10.5)    Penn Virginia Corporation 1994 Stock  Option
          Plan, as amended.
            (10.6)     Penn  Virginia Corporation 1995  Directors'
          Stock Option Plan, as amended.
           (10.7)    Penn Virginia Corporation 1999 Employee Stock
          Incentive Plan.
           (21) Subsidiaries of the Company.
           (23.1)    Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP.
            (27) Financial Data Schedule. (Exhibit 27 is submitted
          as  an  exhibit  only in the electronic format  of  this
          Annual  Report on Form 10-K submitted to the  Securities
          and Exchange Commission.)

(b)       Reports on Form 8-K
                On October 8, 1999, Penn Virginia Corporation filed
          one  report  on  Form  8-K.   The  report  involved   an
          acquisition  on September 24, 1999 and was  filed  under
          "Item 5.  Other Events."


EXHIBIT 3.1


ARTICLE 1.  The name of the corporation is Penn Virginia
Corporation.

ARTICLE 2.  The purposes for which the corporation is organized
are to do any one or more of the following:

     (a) buy, sell, own, lease, process, refine and otherwise deal
in and with coal, oil, gas, timber and minerals and in the lands,
leases and other property related to any of them;

     (b) buy, sell, make, process and otherwise deal in and with
property of any kind and description, for its own account or for
the account of others; and render services of every kind and
description; and

     (c) engage in any other business or activity not prohibited
by law or required to be stated in the Articles of Incorporation.

ARTICLE 3.  The number of directors, not less than three, shall be
fixed by the bylaws, and in the absence of a bylaw fixing the
number, the number shall be 11.

ARTICLE 4.  Stockholders shall not have pre-emptive or other
rights to subscribe for, purchase or receive any proportionate
share of the unissued stock of the corporation.

ARTICLE 5.  The corporation shall have perpetual existence.


ARTICLE 6.  The aggregate number of shares which the corporation
has authority to issue is 16,100,000 shares, divided into two
classes consisting of 100,000 shares of Preferred Stock of the par
value of $100 per share (herinafter called "Preferred Stock") and
16,100,000 shares of Common Stock of the par value of $6.25 per
share (hereinafter called "Common Stock").

The following is a description of each class of shares, and a
statement of the preferences, qualifications, limitations,
restrictions and the special or relative rights granted to or
imposed upon them (except those which the board of directors is
authorized to fix as hereinafter provided):



     A.   PREFERRED STOCK

     (a)Issue in Series.  The shares of Preferred Stock from time
to time may be divided into and issued herein and in the
resolution of the board of directors providing for the issue.  All
shares of any one series of Preferred Stock shall be identical,
and all series of Preferred Stock shall rank equally and be
identical except as permitted hereunder.

     (b)Creation of Series.  The board of directors of the
corporation shall have the authority by resolution to divide the
Preferred Stock into one or more series, and to fix and determine
with respect to each series (i) the rate of dividend, the time of
payment and the dates from which dividends shall be cumulative,
and the extent of participation rights, if any; (ii) any right to
vote with holders of the shares of any other series or class and
any right to vote as a class, either generally or as a condition
to specified corporate action; (iii) the price at and the terms
and conditions on which shares may be redeemed; (iv) the amounts
payable upon shares in the event of voluntary or involuntary
liquidation; (v) sinking fund provisions for the redemption or
purchase of shares; and (vi) the terms and conditions on which
shares may be converted, if the shares of any series are issued
with the privilege of conversion.


          1.   COMMON STOCK

     (c)Dividends.  Holders of Common Stock shall be entitled
to receive such dividends as may be declared by the board of
directors, except that the corporation will not declare, pay
or set apart for any dividend on shares of Common Stock
(other than dividends payable in Common Stock), or directly
or indirectly make any distribution on, redeem, purchase or
otherwise acquire any such shares, if at the time of such
action the corporation is in default with respect to any
dividend payable on or any sinking or purchase fund
requirement relating to shares of Preferred Stock.

      (d)Distribution of Assets.  In the event of the voluntary or
involuntary  liquidation  of the corporation,  holders  of  Common
Stock  shall be entitled to receive pro rata all of the  remaining
assets  of  the  corporation available  for  distribution  to  its
stockholders  after all amounts to which the holders of  Preferred
Stock  are  entitled  have been paid or  set  aside  in  cash  for
payment.

ARTICLE 7.  CERTAIN SIGNIFICANT TRANSACTIONS.

Section 1.Higher Vote for Certain Significant Transactions.

     A.Higher Vote for Certain Significant Transactions.
   In  addition to any affirmative vote required by law  or  these
Articles  of Incorporation, except as otherwise expressly provided
in Section 2 of the Article 7:

(i)any merger or consolidation of the corporation or any Subsidiary
          (as hereinafter defined) with (a) any Related Person (as
          hereinafter defined), or (b) any other corporation
          (whether or not itself a Related Person) which is, or
          after such merger or consolidation would be, an
          Affiliate (as hereinafter defined) of a Related Person;
          or

     (ii)any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer  or
     other  disposition  (in  one  transaction  or  a  series   of
     transactions)to or with any Related Person or  any  Affiliate
     of any Related Person of any assets of the corporation or any
     Subsidiary  having  an  aggregate  Fair  Market   Value   (as
     hereinafter defined) of $1,000,000 or more; or

     (iii)the  issuance  or  transfer by the  corporation  or  any
     Subsidiary  (in one transaction or a series of  transactions)
     of any securities of the corporation or any Related Person or
     any  Affiliate  of any Related Person in exchange  for  cash,
     securities  or  other  property ( or a  combination  thereof)
     having an aggregate Fair Market Value of $1,000,000 or  more;
     or

     (iv)the purchase by the corporation or any Subsidiary (in one
     transaction  or  a series of transactions within  a  two-year
     period)  of  any outstanding shares of capital stock  of  the
     corporation  which  entitle  the  holder  thereof   to   vote
     generally  in the election of directors (the "Voting  Stock")
     in  exchange  for cash, securities or other  property  (or  a
     combination thereof) having an aggregate Fair Market Value of
     $1,000,000 or more; or

     (v)the  adoption of any plan or proposal for the  liquidation
     (partial  or  complete)  or dissolution  of  the  corporation
     proposed by or on behalf of a Related Person or any Affiliate
     of any Related Person; or

     (vi)any reclassification of securities (including any reverse
     stock split), or recapitalization of the corporation, or  any
     merger  or consolidation of the corporation with any  of  its
     Subsidiaries or any other transactions (whether or  not  with
     or  into  or otherwise involving a Related Person) which  has
     the   effect,  directly  or  indirectly,  of  increasing  the
     proportionate share of the outstanding shares of any class of
     equity  or convertible securities of the corporation  or  any
     Subsidiary  which  is  directly or indirectly  owned  by  any
     Related Person or any Affiliate of any Related Person;

shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least
90% of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of
Voting Stock, voting together as a single class.  Such
affirmative vote shall be required notwithstanding the fact
that no vote may be required, or that a lesser percentage may
be specified, by law or in any agreement with any national
securities exchange or otherwise.

     B.  Definition of "Significant Transaction."  The term
"Significant Transaction" as used in this Article 7 shall
mean any transaction which is referred to in any one or more
of clauses (i) through (vi) of paragraph A of this Section 1.


Section 2.  When Higher Vote is Not Required.

The provisions of Section 1 of this Article 7 shall not be
applicable to any particular Significant Transaction, and
such Significant Transaction shall require only such
affirmative vote as is required by law, the Bylaws of the
corporation, and any other provision of these Articles of
Incorporation, if all of the conditions specified in either
of the following paragraphs A and B are met:

     A.Approval by Continuing Directors.  The Significant
Transaction shall have been approved by a majority of the
Continuing Directors (as hereinafter defined) the in office.

     B.Price and Procedure Requirements.  All of the
following conditions shall have been met:

     (i)The aggregate amount of the cash and the Fair Market
Value as of the date of the consummation of the Significant
Transaction of consideration other than cash to be received
per share by holders of the Company's Common Stock in such
Significant Transaction shall be at least equal to the
highest of the following:

      (a)(if applicable)the
      highest per share price (including any brokerage
      commissions, transfer taxes and soliciting dealers'
      fees)paid by the Related Person for any shares of
      Common Stock acquired by it (a)within the two-year
      period immediately prior to the first public
      announcement of the proposal of the Significant
      Transaction (the "Announcement Date") or (b)in the
      transaction in which it became a Related Person,
      whichever is higher;

      (b)the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on
      the Announcement Date or on the date on which the
      Related Person became a Related Person (such latter
      date is referred to in this Article 7 as the
      "Determination Date"), whichever is higher;

      (c)the earnings per
      share of Common Stock for the four full consecutive
      fiscal quarters immediately preceding the Announcement
      Date as to which financial results have been published
      by the corporation, multiplied by the then highest
      price/earnings multiple (if any) of such Related Person
      or any of its Affiliates as customarily computed and
      reported in the financial community;

      (d)(if applicable)the price per share equal to the Fair
      Market Value per share of Common Stock determined
      pursuant to paragraph (B)(I)(b) of this Section 2,
      multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is the
      highest per share price (including any brokerage
      commissions, transfer taxes and soliciting dealers'
      fees)paid by the Related Person for any shares of
      Common Stock acquired by it within the two-year period
      immediately prior to the Announcement Date and the
      denominator of which is the Fair Market Value per share
      of Common Stock on the first day in such two-year
      period upon which the Related Person acquired any
      shares of Common Stock; and

      (e)the highest Fair Market Value per share of Common
      Stock in the one-year period immediately prior to the
      Announcement Date.

      (ii)The consideration to be received by the holders of
      Common Stock in such Significant Transaction shall be
      either cash or the same type of consideration used by
      the Related Person in acquiring the largest portion of
      its holdings of Common Stock prior to the Announcement
      Date.

      (iii)After such Related Person has become a Related
      Person, and prior to the consummation of such
      Significant Transaction:  (a) there shall have been (1)
      no reduction in the annual rate of dividends paid on
      the Common Stock (except as necessary to reflect any
      subdivision of the Common Stock), except as approved by
      a majority of the Continuing Directors, and (2) and
      increase in such annual rate of dividends as necessary
      to reflect any reclassification (including any reverse
      stock split), recapitalization, reorganization or other
      similar corporate transactions which has the effect of
      reducing the number of outstanding shares of Common
      Stock, unless the failure to so increase the annual
      rate is approved by a majority of the Continuing
      Directors; and (b) such Related Person shall not have
      become the beneficial owner of any additional shares of
      Voting Stock except as part of the transaction which
      results in such Related Person becoming a Related
      Person.

      (iv)After such Related Person has become a Related
      Person, such Related Person shall not have received the
      benefit, directly or indirectly (except proportionately
      as a shareholder of the corporation), of any loans,
      advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial
      assistance or any tax credits or other tax advantages
      provided by the Corporation, whether in anticipation of
      or in connection with such Significant Transaction or
      otherwise.

      (v)A proxy or information statement describing the
      proposed Significant Transaction and complying with the
      requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and
      the rules and regulations thereunder (or any subsequent
      provisions replacing such Act, rules or regulations)
      shall be mailed to public shareholders of the
      corporation at least 30 days prior to the consummation
      of such Significant Transaction (whether or not such
      proxy or information statement is required to be mailed
      pursuant to such Act or subsequent provisions).

SECTION 3.  Certain Definitions.

For the purposes of this Article 7:

     A. A "person" shall mean any individual, firm,
corporation or other entity.

     B.  "Related Person" shall mean any person (other than
the corporation or any Subsidiary) who or which:

     (i)is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of
     more than 10% of the voting power of outstanding Voting
     Stock; or

     (ii)is an Affiliate of the corporation and at any time
     within the two-year period immediately prior to the date
     in question was the beneficial owner, directly or
     indirectly, of 10% or more of the voting power of the
     then outstanding Voting Stock;

     (iii)is an assignee of or has otherwise succeeded to any
     shares of Voting Stock which were at any time within the
     two-year period prior to the date in question
     beneficially owned by any Related Person, if such
     assignment shall have occurred in the course of a
     transaction or series of transactions not involving a
     public offering within the meaning of the Securities Act
     of 1933.

If two or more persons shall at any time be "Related
Persons," each Related Person whose involvement in a
transaction causes it to be a Significant Transaction shall
be treated as: (i)"the Related Person" for purposes of the
application of the price and procedure requirements of
paragraph B of section 2 of this Article 7 to such
Significant Transaction, and (ii) as "the Related Person in
question" for purposes of determining whether a person is a
Continuing Director with respect to such Significant
Transaction.

C.A person shall be a "beneficial owner" of any Voting Stock:

     (i)which such person or any of its Affiliates or
     Associates (as hereinafter defined) beneficially owns,
     directly or indirectly, or

     (ii)which such person or any of its Affiliates or
     Associates has (a) the right to acquire (whether such a
     right is exercisable immediately or only after the
     passage of time),pursuant to any agreement, arrangement
     or understanding or upon the exercise of conversion
     rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or
     otherwise, or (b) the right to vote pursuant to any
     agreement, arrangement or understanding; or

     (iii)which are beneficially owned, directly or
     indirectly, by any other person with which such person
     or any of its Affiliates or Associates has any
     agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose
     of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of any shares
     of Voting Stock.

     D.For the purposes of determining whether a person is a
Related Person pursuant to paragraph B of the section 3, the
number of shares of Voting Stock deemed to be outstanding
shall include shares deemed owned by such person through
application of paragraph C of this Section 3 but shall not
include any other shares of Voting Stock which may be
issuable pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or
understanding, or upon exercise of conversion rights,
warrants or options, or otherwise.

     E."Affiliate" or "Associate" shall have the respective
meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General
Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as in effect on March 21, 1984.

     F."Subsidiary" means any corporation of which a majority
of any class of equity security is owned, directly or
indirectly, by the corporation; provided, however, that for
the purposes of the definition of Related Person set forth in
paragraph B of this Section 3, the term "Subsidiary" shall
mean only a corporation of which a majority of each class of
equity security is owned, directly or indirectly, by the
corporation.

     G."Continuing Director" means (i) any person who was a
member of the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board")
as of May 1, 1984, or (ii) any member of the Board who is not
affiliated with the Related Person in question and was a
member of the Board prior to the time that the Related Person
in question became a Related Person, or (iii) a successor of
a Continuing Director who is unaffiliated with the Related
Person in question and is recommended to succeed a Continuing
Director by a majority of Continuing Directors then on the
Board.

     H."Fair Market Value" means: (i) in the case of stock,
the highest closing sale price during the 30-day period
immediately preceding the date in question of a share of such
stock on the Composite Tape for New York Stock
Exchange-Listed Stocks, or if such stock is not quoted on the
Composite Tape, on the New York Stock Exchange, or if such
stock is not listed on such Exchange, on the principal United
States securities exchange registered undeer the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 on which such stock is listed, or, if
such stock is not listed on any such property on the date in
question as determined by the Board in good faith exchange,
the highest closing bid quotation with respect to a share of
such stock during the 30-day preceding the date in question
on the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.
Automated Quotations System or any similar system then in
use, or if no such quotations are available, the fair market
value on the date in question of a share of such stock as
determined by the Board in good faith; and (ii) in the case
of property other than cash or stock, the fair market value
of such property on that date in question as determined by
the Board in good faith.

     I.In the event any significant Transaction involves a
merger in which the corporation is the surviving corporation,
the phrase "consideration other than cash to be received" as
used in paragraph B(i) of Section 2 of this Article shall
include the shares of any other class of outstanding Voting
Stock retained by the holders of such shares.

SECTION 4.Miscellaneous.

     A.The Continuing Directors of the corporation shall have
the power and duty to determine for the purposes of this
Article 7, on the basis of information known to them after
reasonable inquiry, (i)whether a person is a Related Person,
(ii)the number of shares of Voting Stock beneficially owned
by any person, (iii)whether a person is an Affiliate or
Associate of another (iv)whether the assets which are the
subject of any Significant Transaction have, or the
consideration to be received or paid by the corporation or
any Subsidiary for the issuance, transferor purchase of any
securities in any Significant Transaction has, an aggregate
Fair Market Value of $1,000,000 or more, and (v)any other
matter relating to the applicability or effect of this
Article 7.

     B.Nothing contained in this Article 7 shall be construed
to relieve any Related Person from any fiduciary obligation
imposed by law.

     C.In the event any section, paragraph (or portion
thereof) of this Article 7 shall be found to be invalid,
prohibited or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining
provisions of this Article 7 shall be deemed to remain in
full force and effect, and shall be construed as if such
invalid, prohibited or unenforceable provision had been
stricken herefrom or otherwise rendered inapplicable, it
being the intent of the corporation and its shareholders that
each such remaining provision (or portion thereof) of this
Article 7 remain, to the fullest extent permitted by law,
applicable and enforceable as to all shareholders, including
Related Persons, notwithstanding any such finding.

ARTICLE 8. Any provision in these Articles of Incorporation
or in the Bylaws of the corporation to the contrary
notwithstanding, no provision of Articles 7 or 8 of these
Articles shall be altered, amended, supplemented or repealed
by the shareholders of the corporation, and no provision of
the Bylaws or of these Articles of Incorporation inconsistent
with any such provisions shall be adopted by the shareholders
of the corporation, except by the affirmative vote of the
holders of at least 90% of the outstanding shares of capital
stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the
election of directors, considered for this purpose as one
class, provided that an amendment the effect of which is
solely to add additional minimum price or procedural
requirements to those already enumerated in paragraph B of
Section 2 of Article 7 may be adopted in the manner otherwise
prescribed by statute to the other provisions of these
Articles of Incorporation.


EXHIBIT 3.2

                       ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
                                OF
                   THE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                OF
                     PENN VIRGINIA CORPORATION

   Under Section 13.1-639 of the Virginia Stock Corporation Act

          FIRST:    The name of the Corporation is Penn Virginia Corporation

          SECOND:   The amendment adopted is to add a new Paragraph to the
                    end of Article Six to read as follows:

     (e)  Establishment of Series.  There is hereby established a
series of the Company's authorized Preferred Stock, to be
designated as the "Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock,
par value $100 per share."  The designation and number, and
relative rights, preferences and limitations of the Series A
Junior Participating Preferred Stock, insofar as not already fixed
by any other provision of these Articles of Incorporation, shall
be as follows:

          Section 1. Designation and Number of Shares.  The shares
of such series shall be designated as "Series A Junior
Participating Preferred Stock," and the number of shares initially
constituting such series shall be 15,000.

          Section 2.  Dividends and Distributions.

                 (a)  Subject to the prior and superior rights of
the holders of any shares of any series of preferred stock of the
Company ranking prior and superior to the shares of Series A
Junior Participating Preferred Stock, the holders of shares of
Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall be entitled to
receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors out of
funds legally available for the purpose, quarterly dividends
payable in cash on the first day of January, April, July and
October in each year or such other quarterly payment date as shall
be specified by the Board of Directors (each such date being
referred to herein as a "Quarterly Dividend Payment Date'),
commencing o the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date after the
first issuance of a share or fraction of a share of the Series A
Junior Participating Preferred Stock, in an amount per share
(rounded to the nearest cent) equal to the greater of (I) $0.01 or
(ii) subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set
forth, 1,000 times the aggregate per share amount of all cash
dividends, and 1,000 times the aggregate per share amount (payable
in kind) of all non-cash dividends or other distributions other
than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock or a subdivision
of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification  or
otherwise), declared on the Common Stock, $6.25 par value (the
"Common Stock"), of the Company since the immediately preceding
Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, or, with respect to the first
Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, since the first issuance of any
share or fraction of a share of the Series A Junior Participating
Preferred Stock.  In the event the Company shall at any time after
February 11, 1998 (the "Rights Declaration Date") (I) declare any
dividend on Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, (ii)
subdivide the outstanding shares of Common Stock, or (iii) combine
the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of
shares, then in each such case the amount to which holders of
shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock were
entitled immediately prior to such event shall be adjusted by
multiplying such amount by a fraction, the numerator of which is
the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after
such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of
Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such
event.

(b)  The Company shall declare a dividend or distribution on
Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock as provided in
paragraph (a) above immediately after it declares a dividend or
distribution on the Common Stock (other than a dividend payable in
shares of Common Stock); provided, however, that, in the event no
dividend or distribution shall have been declared on the Common
Stock during the period between any Quarterly Dividend Payment
Date and the next subsequent Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, a
dividend of $0.01 per share on the Series A Junior Participating
Preferred Stock shall nevertheless be payable on such subsequent
Quarterly Dividend Payment Date.

                 (c)Dividends shall begin to accrue and be
cumulative on outstanding shares of Series A Junior Participating
Preferred Stock from the Quarterly Dividend Payment Date next
preceding the date of issue of such shares of Series A Junior
Participating Preferred Stock, unless the date of issue of such
shares is prior to the record date for the first Quarterly
Dividend Payment Date, in which case dividends on such shares
shall begin to accrue from the date of issue of such shares, or
unless the date of issue is a Quarterly Dividend Payment Date or
is a date after the record date for the determination of holders
of shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock
entitled to receive a quarterly dividend and before such Quarterly
Dividend Payment Date, in either of which events such dividends
shall begin to accrue and be cumulative from such quarterly
Dividend Payment Date.  Accrued but unpaid dividends shall not
bear interest.  Dividends paid on the shares of Series A Junior
Participating Preferred Stock in an amount less than the total
amount of such dividends at the time accrued and payable on such
shares shall be allocated pro rata on a share-by-share basis among
all such shares at the time outstanding.  The Board of Directors
may fix a record date for the determination of holders of shares
of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock entitled to
receive payment of a dividend or distribution declared thereon,
which record date shall be no more than 30 days prior to the date
fixed for the payment thereof.

          Section 3.  Voting Rights.  The holders of shares of
Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall have the
following voting rights:

                 (a)  Subject to the provision for adjustment
hereinafter set forth, each share of Series A Junior Participating
Preferred Stock shall entitle the holder there to 1,000 votes on
al matters submitted to a vote of the shareholders of the Company.
In the event the Company shall at any time after the Rights
Declaration Date (I) declare any dividend on Common Stock payable
in shares of Common Stock, (ii) subdivide the outstanding Common
Stock, or (iii) combine the outstanding Common Stock into a
smaller number of shares, then in each such case the number of
votes per share to which holders of shares of Series A Junior
Participating Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to
such event shall be adjusted by multiplying such number by a
fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common
Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator
of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding
immediately prior to such event.

          (b)  Except as otherwise provided herein or by law, the
holders of shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock
and the holders of shares of Common Stock shall vote together as
one class on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders of
the Company.

          (c)  (i) If at any time dividends on any Series A Junior
Participating Preferred Stock shall be in arrears in an amount
equal to six (6) quarter dividends thereon, the occurrence of such
contingency shall mark the beginning of a period (herein called a
"default period") which shall extend until such time when all
accrued and unpaid dividends for all previous quarterly dividend
periods and for the current quarterly dividend period on all
shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock then
outstanding shall have been declared and paid or set apart for
payment.  During each default period, all holders of shares of
Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock with dividends in
arrears in an amount equal to six (6) quarterly dividends thereon,
voting as a class together with holders of any other shares of
preferred stock of the Company upon which like voting rights have
been conferred and are then exercisable, irrespective of series,
shall have the right to elect two (2) Directors.

              (ii)  During any default period, such voting right
of the holders of shares of Series A Junior Participating
Preferred Stock may be exercised initially at a special meeting
called pursuant to subparagraph (iii) of this Section 3(c) or at
any annual meeting of shareholders, and thereafter at annual
meetings of shareholders, provided that such voting right shall
not be exercised unless the holders of ten percent (10%) in number
of shares of preferred stock having the voting rights set forth
above that are outstanding shall be present in person or by proxy.
The absence of a quorum of the holders of Common Stock shall not
affect the exercise by the holders of such preferred stock of such
voting right.  At any meting at which the holders of such
preferred stock shall exercise such voting right initially during
an existing default period, they shall have the right, voting as a
class, to elect Directors to fill such vacancies, if any, in the
Board of Directors as may then exist up to two (2) Directors or if
such right is exercised at an annual meeting, to elect two (2)
Directors.  If the number which may be so elected at any special
meeting does not amount to the required number, the holders of
such preferred stock shall have the right to make such increase in
the number of Directors as shall be necessary to permit the
election by them of the required number.  After the holders of
such preferred stock shall have exercised their right to elect
Directors in any default period and during the continuance of such
period, the number of Directors shall not be increased or
decreased except by vote of the holders of such preferred stock as
herein provided or pursuant to the rights of any equity securities
ranking senior to or pari passu with the Series A Junior
Participating Preferred Stock.

                 (iii)  Unless the holders of such preferred stock
shall, during an existing default period, have previously
exercised their right to elect Directors, the Board of Directors
may order, or any shareholder or shareholders owning in the
aggregate not less than ten percent (10%) of the total number of
shares of such preferred stock outstanding, irrespective of
series, may request the calling of a special meeting of the
holders of such preferred stock, which meeting shall thereupon be
called by the President, a Vice President or the Secretary of the
Company.  Notice of such meeting and of any annual meeting at
which holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to vote pursuant to
this Paragraph (c)(iii) shall be given to each holder of record of
such preferred stock by mailing a copy of such notice to him at
his last address as the same appears on the books of the Company.
Such meeting shall be called for a time not earlier than 20 days
and not later than 60 days after such order or request or in
default of the calling of such meeting within 60 days after such
order or request, such meeting may be called on similar notice by
any shareholder or shareholders owning in the aggregate not less
than ten percent (10%) of the total number of shares of such
preferred stock outstanding.  Notwithstanding the provisions of
this Paragraph (c)(iii), no such special meeting shall be called
during the period within 60 days immediately preceding the date
fixed for the next annual meting of the shareholders.

                 (iv)  In any default period, the holders of
Common Stock, and other classes of stock of the Company, if
applicable, shall continue to be entitled to elect the whole
number of Directors until the holders of such preferred stock
shall have exercised their right to elect two (2) Directors voting
as a class, after the exercise of which right (x) the Directors so
elected by the holders of such preferred stock shall continue in
office until their successors shall have been elected by such
holders or until the expiration of the default period, and (y) any
vacancy in the Board of Directors may (except as provided in
Paragraph (c)(ii) of this Section 3) be filled by vote of a
majority of the remaining Directors theretofore elected by the
holders of the class of stock which elected the Director whose
office shall have become vacant.  References in this Paragraph (c)
to Directors elected by the holders of a particular class of stock
shall include Directors elected by such Directors to fill
vacancies as provided in clause (y) of the foregoing sentence.

                 (v)  Immediately upon the expiration of a default
period, (x) the right of the holders of such preferred stock as a
class to elect Directors shall cease, (y) the term of any
Directors elected by the holders of such preferred stock as a
class shall terminate, and (z) the number of Directors shall be
such number as may be provided for in the Certificate or by-laws
irrespective of any increase made pursuant to the provisions of
Paragraph (c)(ii) of this Section 3 (such number being subject,
however, to change thereafter in any manner provided by law or in
the Certificate or by-laws).  Any vacancies in the Board of
Directors effected by the provisions of clauses (y) and (z) in the
preceding sentence may be filled by a majority of the remaining
Directors.

                 (d)  Except as set forth herein, holders of
shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall have
no special voting rights and their consent shall not be required
(except to the extent they are entitled to vote with holders of
Common Stock as set forth herein) for taking any corporate action.

          Section 4.  Certain Restrictions.

                 (a)  Whenever quarter dividends or other
dividends or distributions payable on the Series A Junior
Participating Preferred Stock as provided in Section 2 herein are
in arrears, thereafter and until all accrued and unpaid dividends
and distributions, whether or not declared, on shares of Series A
Junior Participating Preferred Stock outstanding shall have been
paid in full, the Company shall not

                    (i)  declare or pay dividends on, make any
other distributions on, or redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire
for consideration any shares of stock ranking junior (either as to
dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the
Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock;

                    (ii)  declare or pay dividends on or make any
other distributions on any shares of stock ranking on a parity
(either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or
winding up) with the Series A Junior Participating Preferred
Stock, except dividends paid ratably on the Series A Junior
Participating Preferred Stock and all such parity stock on which
dividends are payable or in arrears in proportion to the total
amounts to which the holders of all such shares are then entitled;

                    (iii)  redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire
for consideration shares of any stock ranking on a parity (either
as to dividends or upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up) to
the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock; or

                    (iv)  purchase or otherwise acquire for
consideration any shares of Series A Junior Participating
Preferred Stock, or any shares of stock ranking on a parity with
the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, except in
accordance with a purchase offer made in writing or by publication
(as determined by the Board of Directors) to all holders of such
shares upon such terms as the Board of Directors, after
consideration of the respective annual dividend rates and other
relative rights and preferences of the respective series and
classes, shall determine in good faith will result in fair and
equitable treatment among the respective series or classes.


                 (b)  The Company shall not permit any subsidiary
of the Company to purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration
any shares of stock of the Company unless the Company could, under
Section 4(a) herein, purchase or otherwise acquire such shares at
such time and in such manner.

          Section 5.  Reacquired Shares.  Any Series A Junior
Participating Preferred Stock purchased or otherwise acquired by
the Company in any manner whatsoever shall be retired and
cancelled promptly after the acquisition thereof.  All such shares
shall upon their cancellation become authorized but unissued
preferred stock of the Company and may be reissued as part of a
new series of Preferred Stock to be created by resolution or
resolutions of the Board of Directors.

          Section 6.  Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up.

                 (a)  Upon any liquidation (voluntary or
otherwise), dissolution or winding up of the Company, no
distribution shall be made to the holders of shares of stock
ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation,
dissolution or winding up) to the Series A Junior Participating
Preferred stock unless, prior thereto, the holders of shares of
Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall have received
an amount equal to $1,000 per share, plus an amount equal to
accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions thereon, whether or
not declared, to the date of such payment (the "Series A
Liquidation Preference").  Following  the payment of the full
amount of the Series A Liquidation Preference, no additional
distributions shall be made to the holders of shares of Series A
Junior Participating Preferred Stock unless, prior thereto, the
holders of shares of Common Stock shall have received an amount
per share (the "Common Adjustment") equal to the quotient obtained
by dividing (I) the Series A Liquidation Preference by (ii) 1,000
(as appropriately adjusted as set forth in subparagraph (c) below
to reflect such events as stock splits, stock dividends and
recapitalizations with respect to the Common Stock) (such number
in clause (ii), the "Adjustment Number").  Following the payment
of the full amount of the Series A Liquidation Preference and the
Common Adjustment in respect of all outstanding shares of Series A
Junior Participating Preferred Stock and Common Stock,
respectively, holders of shares of Series A Junior Participating
Preferred Stock and holders of shares of Common Stock shall
receive their ratable and proportionate share of the remaining
assets to be distributed in the ratio of the Adjustment Number to
1 with respect to such Preferred Stock and Common Stock, on a per
share basis, respectively.

                 (b)  In the event, however, that there are not
sufficient assets available to permit payment in full of the
Series A Liquidation Preference and the liquidation preferences of
all other series of preferred stock, if any, which rank on a
parity with the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock,
then such remaining assets shall be distributed ratably to the
holders of such parity shares in proportion to their respective
liquidation preferences.  IN the event, however, that there are
not sufficient assets available to permit payment in full of the
common Adjustment, then such remaining assets shall be distributed
ratably to the holders of shares of Common Stock.

                 (c)  In the event Company shall at any time after
the Rights Declaration Date (i) declare any dividend on Common
Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, (ii) subdivide the
outstanding Common Stock, or (iii) combine the outstanding Common
Stock into a smaller number of shares, then in each such case the
Adjustment Number in effect immediately prior to such event shall
be adjusted by multiplying such adjustment Number by a fraction,
the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock
outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of
which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding
immediately prior to such event.

          Section 7.  Consolidation, Merger, etc.  In case the
Company shall enter into any consolidation, merger, combination or
other transaction in which the shares of Common Stock are
exchanged for or changed into other stock or securities, cash
and/or any other property, then in any such case the shares of
Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall at the same
time be similarly exchanged or changed in an amount per share
(subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth)
equal to 1,000 times the aggregate amount of stock, securities,
cash and/or any other property (payable in kind), as the case may
be, into which or for which each share of Common Stock is changed
or exchanged.  IN the event the Company shall at any time after
the Rights Declaration Date (i) declare any dividend on Common
Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, (ii) subdivide the
outstanding shares of Common Stock, or (iii) combine the
outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of
shares, then in each such case the amount set forth in the
preceding sentence with respect to the exchange or change of
shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall be
adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction the numerator of
which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding
immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the
number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to
such event.

          Section 8.  No Redemption.  The shares of Series A
Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable.

          Section 9.  Ranking.  The Series A Junior Participating
Preferred Stock shall rank junior to all other series of the
Company's Preferred Stock as to the payment of dividends and the
distribution of assets, except that the Series A Junior
Participating Preferred Stock shall rank on a parity with the
Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock of the Company as to
dividends and the distribution of assets.

          Section 10.  Amendment.  The Certificate, including,
without limitation, this resolution, shall not hereafter be
amended, either directly or indirectly, or through merger or
consolidation with another corporation, in any manner that would
materially alter or change the powers, preferences or special
rights of the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock so as
to affect them adversely without the affirmative vote of the
holders of a majority or more of the outstanding shares of Series
A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, voting separately as a
class.

          Section 11.  Fractional Shares.  Series A Junior
Participating Preferred Stock may be issued in fractions of a
share which shall entitle the holder, in proportion to such
holder's fractional shares, to exercise voting rights, receive
dividends, participate in distributions and to have the benefit of
all other rights of holders of shares of Series A Junior
Participating Preferred Stock.

          THIRD:  This amendment of the Articles of Incorporation
was duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation on
February 11, 1998, without shareholder action, which shareholder
action was not required.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed these
Articles of Amendment as of this 11th day of February, 1998.


                              PENN VIRGINIA CORPORATION



                              By_________________________
                                   /s/  Steven W. Tholen
                                   Vice President and Chief
                                   Financial Officer


EXHIBIT 3.3

ARTICLE 1   SHAREHOLDERS

Section 1.   Meetings.

     A.   Annual Meeting.   Unless otherwise fixed by the board of
directors the annual meeting of shareholders for the election of
directors and for other business shall be held on the first Tuesday
of May in each year or, if that day is a legal holiday, on the
first subsequent business day.

     B.   Special Meetings.   Special meetings of the shareholders
may be called at any time by the chief executive officer, or a
majority of the board of directors.

     C.   Place.   Meetings of the shareholders shall be held at
such place in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania or elsewhere, as may be
fixed by the board of directors in the notice of meeting.

     D. Adjournments.  A Public Announcement of an adjournment of
an annual or special meeting shall not commence a new time period
for the giving of shareholder notices provided herein.  For
purposes of these Bylaws, "Public Announcement" includes without
limitation (i) a press release reported by the Dow Jones News,
Associated Press or a comparable national news service, or (ii) a
document filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

     E. Organization.   The Chairman of the Board of Directors,
or, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, such
other officer or board member as the Board of Directors may
designate, shall preside at each meeting of shareholders and may
adjourn the meeting from time to time.  The Secretary or an
Assistant Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting and keep
a record of the proceedings thereof.  The Board of Directors of
the Company shall be entitled to make such rules or regulations
for the conduct of meetings of shareholders as it shall deem
necessary, appropriate or convenient.  Subject to such rules and
regulations of the Board of Directors, if any, the chairman of the
meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such
rules, regulations and procedures, and to do all such acts as, in
the judgement of such chairman, are necessary, appropriate or
convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including
without limitation, establishing an agenda or order of business
for the meeting, establishing rules and procedures for maintaining
order at the meeting and the safety of those present, limiting the
participation in such meeting to shareholders of record of the
Company and their duly authorized and constituted proxies, and
such other persons as the chairman shall permit, restricting entry
to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof,
limiting the time allotted to questions or comments by
participants, and regulating the opening and closing of the polls
for balloting on matters which are to be voted on by ballot.
Unless, and to the extent, determined by the Board of Directors or
the chairman of the meeting, meetings of shareholders shall not be
required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary
procedure.


Section 2.   Notice.

Written notice of the time and place of all meetings of
shareholders and of the purpose of each special meeting of
shareholders shall be given to each shareholder entitled to vote
thereat at least ten days before the date of the meeting, unless a
greater period of notice is required by law in a particular case.


Section 3.   Voting.

     A.   Voting Rights.  Except as otherwise provided herein, or
in the Articles of Incorporation, or by law, every shareholder
shall have the right at every shareholders' meeting to one vote for
every share standing in his name on the books of the Company which
is entitled to vote at such meeting.  Every shareholder may vote
either in person or by proxy.

     B.   Election of Directors.  At each annual meeting the
shareholders shall elect at least seven but not more than ten
directors who shall constitute the entire Board.

     C. Nomination of Directors.  Nominations for the election of
directors may be made by the Board of Directors or by any
shareholder (a "Nominator") entitled to vote in the election of
directors.  Such nominations, other than those made by the Board
of Directors, shall be made in writing pursuant to timely notice
delivered to or mailed and received by the Secretary of the
Company as set forth in this Section 3C.  To be timely in
connection with an annual meeting of shareholders, a Nominator's
notice, setting forth the name and address of the person to be
nominated, shall be delivered to or mailed and received at the
principal executive offices of the Company not less than 90 days
nor more than 180 days prior to the earlier of the date of the
meeting or the corresponding date on which the immediately
preceding year's annual meeting of shareholders was held;
provided, however, that with respect to the annual meeting of
shareholders to be held in 1998, notice by the shareholder to be
timely must be delivered not later than the tenth day following
the day on which Public Announcement of the date of such meeting
is first made by the Company.  To be timely in connection with any
election of a director at a special meeting of the shareholders, a
Nominator's notice, setting forth the name and address of the
person to be nominated, shall be delivered to or mailed and
received at the principal executive offices of the Company not
later than the close of business on the tenth day following the
day on which notice of the date of the meeting was mailed or
Public Announcement of such meeting was made, whichever first
occurs.  At such time, the Nominator shall also submit written
evidence, reasonably satisfactory to the Secretary of the Company,
that the Nominator is a shareholder of the Company and shall
identify in writing (i) the name and address of the Nominator,
(ii) the number of shares of each class of capital stock of the
Company of which the Nominator is the beneficial owner, (iii) the
name and address of each of the persons, if any, with whom the
Nominator is acting in concert and (iv) the number of shares of
capital stock of which each such person with whom the Nominator is
acting in concert is the beneficial owner pursuant to which the
nomination or nominations are to be made.  At such time, the
Nominator shall also submit in writing (i) the information with
respect to each such proposed nominee that would be required to be
provided in a proxy statement prepared in accordance with
Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, and (ii) a notarized affidavit executed by each such
proposed nominee to the effect that, if elected as a member of the
Board of Directors, he will serve and that he is eligible for
election as a member of the Board of Directors.  Within 30 days
(or such shorter time period that may exist prior to the date of
the meeting) after the Nominator has submitted the aforesaid items
to the Secretary of the Company, the Secretary of the Company
shall determine whether the evidence of the Nominator's status as
a shareholder submitted by the Nominator is reasonably
satisfactory and shall notify the Nominator in writing of such
determination.  If the Secretary of the Company finds that such
evidence is not reasonably satisfactory, or if the Nominator fails
to submit the requisite information in the form or within the time
indicated, such nomination shall be ineffective for the election
at the meeting at which such person is proposed to be nominated.
The presiding person at each meeting of shareholders shall, if the
facts warrant, determine and declare at the meeting that a
nomination was not made in accordance with the procedures
prescribed by these Bylaws, and if he should so determine and so
declare, the nomination shall be disregarded.  The requirements of
this Section 3C shall be in addition to any other requirements
imposed by these Bylaws, by the Company's Articles of
Incorporation or by law and in no event shall the periods
specified herein be in derogation of other time periods required
by law.

Section 4.   Quorum.

The presence, in person or by proxy, of the holders of a majority
of the outstanding shares of stock of the Company entitled to vote
at a meeting shall constitute a quorum.  If a quorum is not
present, no business shall be transacted except to adjourn to a
future time.


Section 5.  Shareholder Proposals.

No proposal by a shareholder may be voted upon at a meeting of
shareholders unless the proposing shareholder shall have delivered
or mailed in a timely manner (as set forth herein) and in writing to
the Secretary of the Company (A) notice of such proposal, (B) the
text of the proposed alteration, amendment or repeal, if such
proposal relates to a proposed change to the Company's Articles of
Incorporation or Bylaws, (C) evidence reasonably satisfactory to the
Secretary of the Company of such shareholder's status as such and of
the number of shares of each class of capital stock of the Company
of which such shareholder is the beneficial owner, (D) a list of the
names and addresses of other beneficial owners of shares of the
capital stock of the Company, if any, with whom such shareholder is
acting in concert, and the number of shares of each class of capital
stock of the Company beneficially owned by each such beneficial
owner and (E) an opinion of counsel, which counsel and the form and
substance of which opinion shall be reasonably satisfactory to the
Board of Directors of the Company, to the effect that the Articles
of Incorporation or Bylaws resulting from the adoption of such
proposal would not be in conflict with the laws of the Commonwealth
of Virginia if such proposal relates to a proposed change to the
Company's Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws.  To be timely in
connection with an annual meeting of shareholders, a shareholder's
notice and other aforesaid items shall be delivered to or mailed and
received at the principal executive offices of the Company not less
than 90 nor more than 180 days prior to the earlier of the date of
the meeting or the corresponding date on which the immediately
preceding year's annual meeting of shareholders was held; provided,
however, that with respect to the annual meeting of shareholders to
be held in 1998, notice by the shareholder to be timely must be
delivered not later than the tenth day following the day on which
Public Announcement of the date of such meeting is first made by the
Company.  To be timely in connection with the voting on any such
proposal at a special meeting of the shareholders, a shareholder's
notice and other aforesaid items shall be delivered to or mailed and
received at the principal executive offices of the Company not later
than the close of business on the tenth day following the day on
which such notice of date of the meeting was mailed or Public
Announcement was made whichever first occurs.  Within 30 days (or
such shorter period that may exist prior to the date of the meeting)
after such shareholder shall have submitted the aforesaid items to
the Secretary of the Company, the Secretary shall determine whether
the items to be ruled upon by the Secretary are reasonably
satisfactory and shall notify such shareholder in writing of such
determination.  If such shareholder fails to submit a required item
in the form or within the time indicated, or if the Secretary
determines that the items to be ruled upon by the Secretary are not
reasonably satisfactory, then such proposal by such shareholder may
not be voted upon by the shareholders of the Company at such meeting
of shareholders.  The presiding person at each meeting of
shareholders shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at
the meeting that a proposal was not made in accordance with the
procedures prescribed by these Bylaws, and if he should so determine
and so declare the proposal shall be disregarded.  The requirements
of this Section 5 shall be in addition to any other requirements
imposed by these Bylaws, by the Company's Articles of Incorporation
or by law and in no event shall the periods specified herein be in
derogation of other time periods required by law.


ARTICLE 2   DIRECTORS

Section 1.   Term of Office.

Each director elected at an annual meeting of the shareholders
shall hold office until the next annual meeting, unless properly
removed or disqualified, and until such further time as his
successor is elected and has qualified.


Section 2.    Powers.

The business of the Company shall be managed by the board of
directors which shall have all powers conferred by law and these
bylaws.  The board of directors shall elect, remove or suspend
officers, determine their duties and compensations, and require
security in such amounts as it may deem proper.


Section 3.   Meetings.

     A.   Regular Meetings.  Regular meetings shall be held at such
times as the board shall designate by resolution.  Notice of
regular meetings need not be given.

     B.   Special Meetings.  Special meetings of the board may be
called at any time by the chief executive officer and shall be
called by him upon the written request of one-third of the
directors.  Written notice of the time, place and the general
nature of the business to be transacted at each special meeting
shall be given to each director at least three days before such
meeting.

     C.   Place.  Meetings of the board of directors shall be held
at such place as the board may designate or as may be designated in
the notice calling the meeting.
Section 4.    Quorum.

A majority of the number of directors in office immediately before
the meeting begins shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of
business at any meeting and, except as provided in Article VII, the
acts of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which
a quorum is present shall be the acts of the board of directors.


Section 5.   Vacancies.

Vacancies in the board of directors shall be filled by vote of a
majority of the remaining members of the board though less than a
quorum.  Such election shall be for the balance of the unexpired
term or until a successor is duly elected by the shareholders and
has qualified.



ARTICLE 3   BOARD COMMITTEES

Section 1.   Executive Committee.

The board of directors by resolution of a majority of the number of
directors then in office may designate three or more directors to
constitute an executive committee, which, to the extent provided in
such resolution, shall have and may exercise all the authority of
the board of directors except to approve an amendment of the
Company's articles of incorporation or a plan of merger or
consolidation.  If an executive committee is so designated it will
elect one of its members to be its chairman.


Section 2.   Compensation and Benefits Committee.

The board of directors by resolution of a majority of the number of
directors then in office may designate three or more outside
directors to constitute a compensation and benefits committee,
which shall have such power and authority as may be provided in
such resolution.


Section 3.   Other Committees.

The board of directors by resolution of a majority of the number of
directors then in office may create or disband other committees, as
deemed to be proper.


ARTICLE 4   OFFICERS

Section 1.   Election.

At its first meeting after each annual meeting of the shareholders,
the board of directors shall elect a president, treasurer and
secretary, and such other officers as it deems advisable.  Any two
or more offices may be held by the same person except the offices
of president and secretary.


Section 2.   Chairman and President.

     A.   Chairman.  The chairman shall preside at all meetings of
the board and of the shareholders.  If so designated by the board
of directors, the chairman shall be the chief executive officer.

     B.   President.  The president shall be either the chief
executive officer or the chief operating officer of the Company, as
designated by the board of directors.  The president shall have
such duties as the board of directors and the chairman of the
Company shall prescribe.


Section 3.   Other Officers.

The duties of the other officers shall be those usually related to
their offices, except as otherwise prescribed by resolution of the
board of directors.


Section 4.   General.

In the absence of the chairman and president, the person who has
served longest as vice president or any other officer designated by
the board shall exercise the powers and perform the duties of the
chief executive officer or chief operating officer or both.

The chief executive officer or any officer or employee authorized
by him may appoint, remove or suspend agents or employees of the
Company and may determine their duties and compensation.

ARTICLE 5  INDEMNIFICATION

Section 1.   Right to Indemnification.

Subject to Section 3, the Company shall indemnify any person who was
or is a party or threatened to be a party to any threatened, pending
or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal,
administrative or investigative, and whether formal or informal, and
whether or not by or in the right of the corporation, by reason of
the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the Company, or,
while a director or officer of the Company, is or was serving at the
request of the Company as a director, officer, partner, trustee,
administrator, employee or agent of another corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other
enterprise, for expenses (including attorney's fees), judgments,
fines, penalties, including any excise tax assessed with respect to
an employee benefit plan, and amounts paid in settlement actually
and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit
or proceeding, to the fullest extent and manner permitted by the
Virginia Corporation Law as the same exists or may hereafter be
amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent
that such amendment permits the Company to provide broader
indemnification rights than permitted prior to such amendment).


Section 2.    Advance of Expenses.

Subject to Section 3, expenses incurred by a director or officer of
the Company in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or
proceeding shall be paid by the Company in advance of the final
disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an
undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer to repay
such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not
entitled to be indemnified by the Company.


Section 3.    Procedure for Determining Permissibility.

The procedure for determining the permissibility of indemnification
pursuant to Article 5 (including the advance of expenses), shall be
that set forth in Section 13.1-701.B of the Virginia Corporation
Law, provided that, if there has been a change in control of the
Company between the time of the action or failure to act giving
rise to the claim for indemnification and such claim, then at the
option of the person seeking indemnification, the permissibility of
indemnification shall be determined by special legal counsel
selected jointly by the Company and the person seeking
indemnification.  The reasonable expenses of any director or
officer in prosecuting a successful claim for indemnification, and
the fees and expenses of any special legal counsel engaged to
determine permissibility of indemnification, shall be borne by the
Company.


Section 4.   Contractual Obligation; Inuring of Benefit.

The obligations of the Company to indemnify a person under this
Article V, including the obligation to advance expenses, shall be
considered contractual obligations of the Company to such person,
subject only to the determination of permissibility as set forth in
the preceding Section, and no modification or repeal of any
provision of this Article V shall affect, to the detriment of such
person, the obligations of the Company in connection with a claim
based on any act or failure to act occurring before such
modification or repeal.  The obligations of the Company to
indemnify a person under this Article V, including the obligation
to advance expenses, shall inure to the benefit of the heirs,
executors and administrators of such person.


Section 5.   Insurance and Other Indemnification.

The board of directors of the Company shall have the power but
shall not be obliged to (a) purchase and maintain, at the Company
expense, insurance on behalf of the Company and its director,
officers, employees and agents against liabilities asserted against
any of them, including the Company's obligations to indemnify and
advance expenses, to the extent that power to do so is not
prohibited by applicable law, and (b) give other indemnification to
the extent not prohibited by applicable law.



ARTICLE 6  CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

Section 1.  Share Certificates.

Every shareholder of record shall be entitled to a share
certificate representing the shares held by him. Every share
certificate shall bear the corporate seal and the signature of the
president or a vice president and the secretary or an assistant
secretary or treasurer of the Company.


Section 2.    Transfers.

Shares of stock of the Company shall be transferable on the books of
the Company only by the registered holder or by duly authorized
attorney.  A transfer shall be made only upon surrender of the share
certificate.  Any restrictions which are deemed to be imposed on the
transfer of the Company's securities by the Shareholder Rights
Agreement dated as of February 11, 1998 between the Company and
American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as it may be amended from
time to time, or by any successor or replacement rights plan or
agreement, are hereby authorized.



ARTICLE 7  AMENDMENTS

These bylaws may be changed at any regular or special meeting of
the board of directors by the vote of a majority of the number of
directors in office immediately before the meeting or at any annual
or special meeting of shareholders by the vote of the shareholders
entitled to vote as required by law.  Notice of any such meeting of
shareholders shall set forth the proposed change or a summary
thereof.

EXHIBIT 10.1
               AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

          AMENDED  AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as of  July
30,  1999, among PENN VIRGINIA CORPORATION, a Virginia corporation
(the  "Borrower"), the Banks (as hereinafter defined), FIRST UNION
NATIONAL BANK (f/k/a First Union National Bank of North Carolina),
a  national  banking  association ("First Union")  acting  in  its
capacity as syndication Agent for the Banks (in such capacity, the
"Syndication  Agent"),  THE  FIRST NATIONAL  BANK  OF  CHICAGO,  a
national  banking  association ("First National")  acting  in  its
capacity  as documentation agent for the Banks (in such  capacity,
the   "Documentation  Agent"),  CHASE  BANK  OF  TEXAS,   NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION  (f/k/a Texas Commerce Bank National  Association),  a
national  banking association ("Chase") acting in its capacity  as
agent for the Banks (in such capacity, the "Agent"), and PNC BANK,
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association ("PNC").

                     PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS

          WHEREAS,  this Agreement is an amendment and restatement
of  that certain Credit Agreement (the "Initial Credit Agreement")
dated  as  of  August 2, 1996 among the Borrower, the Banks  party
thereto, and Agent;

          WHEREAS,  Borrower  and  its  Subsidiaries  (as   herein
defined)  have requested that the Banks increase for the Borrower,
the  amount  of  the revolving credit facility set  forth  in  the
Initial  Credit  Agreement,  on  the  terms  and  subject  to  the
conditions stated herein, the proceeds of which will be  used  (i)
to  provide  working capital to the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries
for   exploration   and  production,  (ii)  to   finance   capital
expenditures and acquisitions of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries
and  (iii)  to  provide letters of credit for the account  of  the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries;

          WHEREAS,  Borrower owns, either directly or  indirectly,
one  hundred percent (100%) of the issued and outstanding  capital
stock  of  each  of  Concord Land Company, a Delaware  corporation
("Concord"),  Lexington  Land  Company,  a  Delaware   corporation
("Lexington"), Penn Virginia Holding Corp., a Delaware corporation
("PVHC"),   Penn   Virginia  Equities  Corporation,   a   Delaware
corporation  ("Equities"), Penn Virginia Oil & Gas Corporation,  a
Virginia  corporation  ("PVOG"), Penn  Virginia  Coal  Company,  a
Virginia  corporation  ("PVCC"),  and  Savannah  Land  Company,  a
Delaware corporation ("Savannah");

          WHEREAS, the Banks are willing, upon and subject to  the
terms  and conditions stated herein, to make such revolving credit
facility available to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

          NOW  THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the
mutual  covenants herein contained, the parties  hereto  agree  as
follows:

                           ARTICLE I

                DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

     SECTION 1.1.  Certain Defined Terms.  As used in this  Credit
Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

     "ABR  Borrowing"  shall mean a Borrowing  comprised  of  ABR
Loans.

     "ABR  Loan"  shall  mean any Revolving Credit  Loan  bearing
interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate  Base
Rate in accordance with the provisions of Article II.

     "Accommodation  Obligation," as applied to the  Borrower  or
any  of  its Subsidiaries, shall mean any Contractual Obligation,
contingent  or  otherwise, of the Borrower or such Subsidiary  of
the Borrower with respect to any Indebtedness or other obligation
or  liability of another, including, without limitation, any such
Indebtedness,  obligation  or liability  directly  or  indirectly
guarantied,  endorsed  (other  than  endorsements  of  negotiable
instruments for collection or deposit in the ordinary  course  of
business),  co-made or discounted or sold with  recourse  by  the
Borrower  or  such Subsidiary of the Borrower, or in  respect  of
which  the  Borrower  or  such  Subsidiary  of  the  Borrower  is
otherwise  directly  or indirectly liable, including  Contractual
Obligations   (contingent  or  otherwise)  arising  through   any
agreement  to  purchase,  repurchase, or otherwise  acquire  such
Indebtedness,  obligation or liability or any security  therefor,
or to provide funds for the payment or discharge thereof (whether
in   the  form  of  loans,  advances,  stock  purchases,  capital
contributions  or  otherwise), or to maintain  solvency,  assets,
level  of  income,  or other financial condition,  or  any  "keep
well,"  "take-or-pay," "throughput" or other similar  arrangement
or to make payment other than for value received.

     "Advance  Payment Contract" shall mean any contract  whereby
the  Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries either (a)  receives  or
becomes  entitled to receive (either directly or indirectly)  any
payment  (an "Advance Payment") to be applied toward  payment  of
the  purchase  price of Hydrocarbons produced or to  be  produced
from  Oil and Gas Interests owned by the Borrower or any  of  its
Subsidiaries and which Advance Payment is paid or to be  paid  in
advance  of  actual delivery of such production  to  or  for  the
account  of the purchaser regardless of such production,  or  (b)
grants  an  option or right of refusal to the purchaser  to  take
delivery of such production in lieu of payment, and, in either of
the  foregoing instances, the Advance Payment is, or  is  to  be,
applied  as  payment in full for such production  when  sold  and
delivered  or is, or is to be, applied as payment for  a  portion
only of the purchase price thereof or of a percentage or share of
such   production;  provided  that  inclusion  of  the   standard
provisions  in any gas sales or purchase contract or any  similar
contract shall not, in and of itself, constitute such contract as
an Advance Payment Contract for the purposes hereof.

     "Affiliate"  shall  mean,  when used  with  respect  to  any
Person, each other Person that directly or indirectly controls or
is controlled by or is under common control with such Person.  As
used in this definition, "control" means the possession, directly
or  indirectly,  of  power to direct or cause  the  direction  of
management  or policies (whether through ownership of  securities
or  partnership  or  other ownership interests,  by  contract  or
otherwise) and shall include, without limitation, any Person  who
beneficially owns more than fifty percent (50%) of the equity  of
the  other  Person and, as to any general or limited partnership,
any general partner thereof.

     "Agent" shall have the meaning assigned to that term in  the
introduction  to  this  Credit Agreement and  shall  include  any
successor agent appointed in accordance with Section 9.6 of  this
Credit Agreement.

     "Alternate  Base Rate" shall mean, for any day, a  rate  per
annum  (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1?100  of  1%)
equal to the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day
and  (b)  the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such  day
plus  1?2 of 1%.  For purposes hereof:  "Prime Rate" shall  mean,
as  of  a  particular date, the prime rate of interest per  annum
most  recently announced by the Agent, automatically  fluctuating
upward  or  downward with and at the time specified in each  such
announcement without notice to the Borrower or any other  Person;
each change in the Prime Rate shall be effective on the date such
change  is  announced;  which  Prime  Rate  may  not  necessarily
represent the Agent's lowest or best rate actually charged  to  a
customer; "Federal Funds Effective Rate" shall mean, for any day,
the  weighted  average  of the rates on overnight  Federal  funds
transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System  arranged
by  Federal  funds brokers, as published by the  Federal  Reserve
Bank of New York for such day on the next succeeding Business Day
or,  if  such  rate is not so published for any day  which  is  a
Business Day, the average of the quotations for the day  of  such
transactions  received  by  the Agent from  three  federal  funds
brokers of recognized standing selected by it.  If for any reason
the  Agent  shall have determined (which determination  shall  be
conclusive absent manifest error) that it is unable to  ascertain
the  Federal  Funds  Effective Rate for  any  reason,  including,
without  limitation, the inability or failure  of  the  Agent  to
obtain sufficient quotations in accordance with the terms hereof,
the  Alternate  Base Rate shall be determined without  regard  to
clause  (b)  of  the  first  sentence  of  this  definition,   as
appropriate,  until  the  circumstances  giving  rise   to   such
inability no longer exist.  Any change in the Alternate Base Rate
due  to a change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective
Rate  shall be effective on the effective date of such change  in
the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate, respectively.

     "Applicable Eurodollar Margin" shall mean, with  respect  to
each Eurodollar Borrowing:

     (a)   on  each  day  on  which the  Utilized  Percentage  of
Borrowing  Base  is  less than fifty percent (50%),  one  percent
(1.00%) per annum;

     (b)   on  each  day  on  which the  Utilized  Percentage  of
Borrowing  Base is equal to or greater than fifty  percent  (50%)
but  less  than  seventy-five percent (75%), one and  one-quarter
percent (1.25%) per annum;

     (c)   on  each  day  of  which the  Utilized  Percentage  of
Borrowing  Base is equal to or greater than seventy-five  percent
(75%), one and one-half percent (1.50%) per annum.

     "Approved  Petroleum Engineer" shall mean Wright &  Company,
Inc.  or  such  other reputable firm(s) of independent  petroleum
engineers as shall be approved by the Majority Banks.

     "Available  Borrowing Base" shall mean the  Total  Borrowing
Base minus the Existing Debt.

     "Available  Commitment" shall mean at any  time,  an  amount
equal to the Available Borrowing Base in effect at that time, or,
if  the  Borrower  has  notified  the  Agent  of  its  Designated
Borrowing  Base  pursuant to the provisions of Section  3.3,  the
Available Designated Borrowing Base in effect at that time.

     "Available  Designated  Borrowing  Base"  shall   mean   the
Designated Borrowing Base minus Existing Debt.

     "Bank"  shall mean each of the financial institutions  whose
name appears on the signature pages to this Credit Agreement  and
the  Persons  which from time to time become a  party  hereto  in
accordance with Section 10.9.

     "Bankruptcy  Code" shall mean the Bankruptcy Reform  Act  of
1978 as codified under 11 U.S.C. 101, et seq.

      "Benefit Plan" shall mean any employee benefit plan subject
to  Title  IV  of ERISA maintained by the Borrower or  any  ERISA
Affiliate  with  respect  to which the  Borrower  or  such  ERISA
Affiliate has a fixed or contingent liability.

     "Board"  shall  mean the Board of Governors of  the  Federal
Reserve System of the United States.

     "Borrower" shall mean Penn Virginia Corporation, a  Virginia
corporation.

     "Borrowing" shall mean a borrowing comprised of simultaneous
Revolving  Credit Loans of the same Type made to the Borrower  on
the  same  date  by the Banks, (or resulting from conversions  or
continuations on a given date pursuant to Section 2.4),  and,  in
the case of Eurodollar Loans, having the same Eurodollar Interest
Period,  distributed  ratably  among  the  Banks  in  the  manner
described in Article II. A Borrowing is an "ABR Borrowing" if the
Revolving  Credit Loans comprising such Borrowing are ABR  Loans,
and  a  "Eurodollar  Borrowing" if  the  Revolving  Credit  Loans
comprising such Borrowing are Eurodollar Loans.

     "Borrowing  Base Assets" shall mean, collectively,  the  (i)
Oil  and Gas Interests, (ii) Coal Interests, (iii) dividends with
respect  to the Norfolk Common Stock and (iv) any other  property
owned  by  the  Borrower or Restricted Subsidiary (x)  which  the
Borrower   has  requested  that  the  Banks  consider  in   their
determination  of  the Total Borrowing Base  and  (y)  which  the
Banks, in their sole discretion, have considered for purposes  of
determining the Total Borrowing Base (as evidenced by a notice to
such effect delivered by the Agent to the Borrower).

     "Borrowing Base Deficiency" shall mean, as of any date,  the
amount, if any, by which the Utilized Credit on such date exceeds
the Available Commitment in effect on such date.

     "Borrowing  Base  Asset  Reports"  shall  mean  the  reports
required  to  be delivered to the Banks pursuant to  Section  3.1
which  shall include the Reserve Report, the Coal Reserve  Report
and   a  report  setting  forth  the  aggregate  amount  of   all
outstanding Consolidated Debt.

     "Borrowing Base Notice" shall mean a written notice sent  to
the  Borrower by the Agent pursuant to Section 3.2 notifying  the
Borrower  of the Total Borrowing Base and the Available Borrowing
Base.

     "Borrowing Base Period" shall mean (a) initially, the period
from  the  Effective  Date through November  30,  1999;  and  (b)
thereafter, each six month period beginning on June 1 or December
1 of each year.

     "Borrowing Date" shall mean, with respect to each Borrowing,
the  Business  Day upon which the proceeds of such Borrowing  are
made available to the Borrower by the Banks.

     "Borrowing  Request"  shall  mean,  with  respect  to   each
Borrowing,  a request made pursuant to Section 2.2 which  request
shall be in the form of Exhibit A.

     "Business Day" shall mean any day (other than a day which is
a  Saturday,  Sunday or legal holiday in the State  of  Texas  on
which  banks  are open for business in Houston, Texas;  provided,
however, that, when used in connection with a Eurodollar Loan  or
Eurodollar Borrowing, the term "Business Day" shall also  exclude
any  day  on  which  banks are not open for  dealings  in  dollar
deposits in the interbank eurodollar market.

     "Capital  Lease" shall mean, when used with respect  to  any
Person,  any  lease in respect of which the obligations  of  such
Person constitute Capitalized Lease Obligations.

     "Capitalized Lease Obligations" shall mean, when  used  with
respect  to  any Person, without duplication, all obligations  of
such  Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of  (or
other  arrangement conveying the right to use) real  or  personal
property, or a combination thereof, which obligations shall  have
been  or should be, in accordance with GAAP,  capitalized on  the
books of such Person.

     "Cash Equivalents" shall mean, when used in connection  with
the  Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower, such  Borrower's
or such Subsidiary's Investments in:

          (a)  Government Securities due within one year from the
     date of acquisition thereof;

          (b)  Readily marketable direct obligations of any State
     of  the  United States or any political subdivision  of  any
     such  State  given on the date of such investment  a  credit
     rating of at least A2 by Moody's Investors Service, Inc.  or
     A  by S&P, in each case due within one year from the date of
     acquisition thereof;

          (c)   Certificates of deposit issued by,  money  market
     deposit accounts with, eurodollar deposits through, bankers'
     acceptances  of,  and  repurchase  and  reverse   repurchase
     agreements covering Government Securities executed by a Bank
     or  any other bank doing business in and incorporated  under
     the  laws  of  the United States or any state thereof  whose
     deposits  are  insured through the FDIC,  or  any  successor
     thereto,  and having (either itself or its holding  company)
     on the date of such Investment combined capital, surplus and
     undivided profits of at least $400,000,000, or any  offshore
     branch  of such bank, in each case maturing within one  year
     from the date of acquisition thereof;

          (d)   Certificates of deposit issued by,  money  market
     deposit accounts with, eurodollar deposits through, bankers'
     acceptances  of,  and  repurchase  and  reverse   repurchase
     agreements covering Government Securities executed by  First
     American Bank, N.A. having an aggregate market value at  any
     one  time not in excess of $3,000,000, in each case maturing
     within one year from the date of acquisition thereof;

          (e)   Commercial paper of a Bank or such Bank's holding
     company  or of any other bank or bank holding company  given
     on the date of such Investment a credit rating of at least P-
     1  by Moody's Investors Service, Inc. and A-1 by S&P, or  of
     corporations  doing business in and incorporated  under  the
     laws of the United States or any state thereof given on  the
     date  of such Investment a credit rating of at least P-1  by
     Moody's  Investors Service, Inc. and A-1  by  S&P,  in  each
     case,  maturing within one year from the date of acquisition
     thereof; and

          (f)  "Money-market mutual funds" investing at least 95%
     of  the  mutual  fund  assets in instruments  of  the  types
     described in subparagraphs (a) through (e) above.

     "Chase"   shall   mean   Chase  Bank  of   Texas,   National
Association, a national banking association.
     "Closing Date" shall mean July 30, 1999.

     "Coal  Interests" shall mean any and  all  rights,
estates,  titles and interests in the Coal Leases,  all
royalty   interests,  net  profits  interests,  carried
interests  and  any  and all other interests  in  coal,
whether any of the same be real or personal, now  owned
or   hereafter   acquired  by  the  Borrower   or   its
Subsidiaries,   directly   or   indirectly,   and   all
properties,  rights  and  interests  covered   thereby,
whether  arising by contract, by order, or by operation
of laws, which now or hereafter include all or any part
of the foregoing.

     "Coal  Leases" shall mean those coal mining leases
described on Schedule 5.6 hereto.

     "Coal Reserve Report" shall mean a report in  form
and  substance  satisfactory to each Bank,  which  Coal
Reserve  Report shall be dated as of the next preceding
December  31,  and shall (i) review the  material  coal
reserves  attributable  to  the  Coal  Leases  of   the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries (and showing any material
additions  to  or  deletions from  the  Coal  Interests
covered by the previous Coal Reserve Report and made by
the Borrower and its Subsidiaries since the date of the
previous  Coal  Reserve Report),  (ii)  set  forth  the
quality  of the coal reserves attributable to the  Coal
Interests  covered in said Coal Reserve  Report,  (iii)
contain a reasonably detailed five (5) year forecast of
the  rate of production and net income with respect  to
the  coal reserves covered by said Coal Reserve  Report
as  of  the date of such Coal Reserve Report, (iv)  set
forth  the  current material terms of all  Coal  Leases
with  respect to the Coal Interests described  in  said
Coal Reserve Report, (v) contain a status report on all
material   permits  relevant  to  the  Coal   Interests
described  in  said Coal Reserve Report, and  (vi)  set
forth the capital expenditure plans of PVCC.  Each Coal
Reserve  Report shall be prepared by personnel  of  the
Borrower  and  its  Subsidiaries,  which  Coal  Reserve
Report   shall  provide  the  current  status  of   the
information set forth in the immediately preceding Coal
Reserve Report.

     "Code"  shall mean Internal Revenue Code of  1986,
as  amended  from  time to time,  and  the  regulations
promulgated thereunder.

     "Commitment" shall mean, when used with  reference
to any Bank at the time any determination thereof is to
be  made, the commitment of such Bank to extend  credit
to  the  Borrower by means of Revolving  Credit  Loans,
which  subject  to Sections 2.9 and 8.2,  shall  be  an
amount equal to the amount set forth opposite the  name
of  such  Bank under the heading "Amount of Commitment"
on Schedule 1.1 to this Credit Agreement.

     "Commitment  Fee  Rate"  shall  have  the  meaning
specified in Section 2.5(a) hereof.

     "Commitment  Percentage" shall mean, with  respect
to each Bank, the percentage determined by dividing its
Commitment by the Total Commitment.

     "Commitment  Transfer  Supplement"  shall  mean  a
Commitment Transfer Supplement entered into by  a  Bank
and  an  Eligible Assignee, and accepted by the  Agent,
substantially in the form of Exhibit B attached hereto.

     "Communications" shall have the meaning  specified
in Section 10.2.

     "Concord"  shall  mean  Concord  Land  Company,  a
Delaware  corporation and a wholly-owned Subsidiary  of
Borrower.

       "Consolidated" shall refer to the  consolidation
of  any  Person,  in  accordance with  GAAP,  with  its
properly  Consolidated  Affiliates.   Reference  to   a
Person's  Consolidated financial statements,  financial
position, financial condition, liabilities, etc.  refer
to  the  consolidated  financial statements,  financial
position,  financial  condition, liabilities,  etc.  of
such  Person  and its properly Consolidated Affiliates;
provided,   however,   that   such   consolidation   of
Unrestricted  Subsidiaries shall be excluded  from  the
financial calculations contained in Section 7.15.

     "Consolidated Assets" shall mean, when  used  with
respect    to   the   Borrower   and   its   Restricted
Subsidiaries,  all items which should be classified  as
assets on the Consolidated financial statements of  the
Borrower  delivered  to the Agent pursuant  to  Section
6.1, all as determined in conformity with GAAP.

     "Consolidated  Capitalization"  shall  mean,  when
used  with  respect to the Borrower and its  Restricted
Subsidiaries,  an  amount  equal  to  the  sum  of  (i)
Consolidated Equity plus (ii) Consolidated Funded Debt.

     "Consolidated Cash Flow" shall mean, with  respect
to  the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for  a
particular period, without duplication, the sum of  (i)
Consolidated  Net  Income of such  Person  during  such
fiscal  period  plus  (ii) the Borrower's  Consolidated
depreciation,  depletion, amortization and  other  non-
cash items reducing Consolidated Net Income during such
period, all determined in accordance with GAAP.

     "Consolidated  Debt  Service"  shall  mean,   with
respect to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries
for   a   particular  period,  the  sum  of   (i)   the
Consolidated Interest Expense, including all fees  paid
with respect to letters of credit, of the Borrower  and
its Restricted Subsidiaries paid during such period  by
the  Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries plus (ii)
the  total scheduled principal payments on Consolidated
Funded  Debt  owing by the Borrower and its  Restricted
Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis, paid during  such
period, all as determined in accordance with GAAP.

     "Consolidated EBITDA" shall mean, for a particular
period,  an amount equal to (a) all amounts  which,  in
accordance    with   generally   accepted    accounting
principles  consistently applied, would be included  as
Consolidated income from continuing operations  of  the
Borrower   and   its  Restricted  Subsidiaries   on   a
Consolidated    basis   before   income    taxes    and
extraordinary items, if any, for such period, plus  (b)
the   aggregate   amount  which,  in  accordance   with
generally  accepted accounting principles  consistently
applied,  was  deducted in determining the Consolidated
operating  income  from  continuing  operations   under
clause    (a)   in   respect   of   interest   expense,
depreciation,  depletion, amortization and  other  non-
cash  items reducing said Consolidated operating income
of   the   Borrower  and  its  Restricted  Subsidiaries
determined on a Consolidated basis for such period.

     "Consolidated Equity" shall mean, with respect  to
the  Borrower  and  its  Restricted  Subsidiaries,   at
anytime,  the Consolidated Assets of the Borrower  less
the Consolidated Liabilities of the Borrower.

     "Consolidated  Funded Debt"  shall  mean,  without
duplication  and with respect to the Borrower  and  its
Restricted Subsidiaries, at anytime, Debt in any of the
following categories:

     (a)  Debt of such Person for borrowed money or for
          the  deferred purchase price of  property  or
          services;

      (b) Debt  of such Person which is evidenced by  a
          note,  bond, debenture or similar instrument,
          but  excluding  bonds or deposits  posted  in
          favor of the United States of America or  any
          state   securing   reclamation   obligations,
          obligations to plug abandoned wells  or  seal
          abandoned  mines or obligations to  clean  up
          and  restore the land on which such wells  or
          mines are located;

     (c)  all   obligations   of  such   Person   under
          Capitalized Lease Obligations;

     (d)  all obligations of such Person in respect  of
          letters  of credit and acceptances issued  or
          created  for  the  account  of  such  Person,
          except     letters of credit in favor of  the
          United   States  of  America  or  any   state
          securing reclamation obligations, obligations
          to  plug  abandoned wells or  seal  abandoned
          mines  or obligations to clean up and restore
          the  land  on which such wells or  mines  are
          located;

     (e)  all  liabilities secured by any Lien  on  any
          property  owned  by such Person  even  though
          such  Person  has  not assumed  or  otherwise
          become liable for the payment thereof;

     (f)  all  obligations  to pay production  payments
          and to make capital contributions under joint
          venture or other similar agreements; and

     (g)  all  Accommodation Obligations of such Person
          with  respect  to  Consolidated  Funded  Debt
          described  in  subclauses  (a)  through   (f)
          above.

     "Consolidated Interest Expense" shall  mean,  with
respect    to   the   Borrower   and   its   Restricted
Subsidiaries, for any fiscal period, the  aggregate  of
all  costs, fees and expenses paid by the Borrower  and
its  Restricted Subsidiaries in such fiscal period  for
Consolidated  Funded  Debt,  which  are  classified  as
interest   expense   on   the  Consolidated   financial
statements   of   the  Borrower  and   its   Restricted
Subsidiaries,  all  as determined  in  conformity  with
GAAP.

     "Consolidated Liabilities" shall mean,  when  used
with   respect  to  the  Borrower  and  its  Restricted
Subsidiaries, all items which should be  classified  as
liabilities on the Consolidated financial statements of
the Borrower delivered to the Agent pursuant to Section
6.1, all as determined in conformity with GAAP.

     "Consolidated  Net  Income" shall  mean,  for  any
period, the net earnings (or loss) after taxes  of  the
Borrower   and   its  Restricted  Subsidiaries   on   a
Consolidated  basis  for  such  period  determined   in
conformity with GAAP.

     "Consolidated Tangible Net Worth" shall mean, with
respect    to   the   Borrower   and   its   Restricted
Subsidiaries, at any time, the Consolidated  Equity  of
the   Borrower,  at  such  time,  less  the  Borrower's
Consolidated Intangible Assets with a value of  greater
than  $1,000,000  at such time.  For purposes  of  this
definition, "Intangible Assets" shall mean  the  amount
(to  the  extent reflected in determining  Consolidated
Equity)  of all unamortized debt discount and  expense,
unamortized   deferred  charges,   goodwill,   patents,
trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights  and
organization expenses.

     "Contractual Obligation" as applied to any Person,
shall   mean  any  provision  of  any  stock  or  other
securities  issued  by that Person  or  any  indenture,
mortgage,   deed   of  trust,  contract,   undertaking,
document,  instrument or other agreement or  instrument
to  which that Person is a party or by which it or  any
of  its  properties is bound, or to which it or any  of
its   properties   is   subject   (including,   without
limitation,  any  restrictive covenant  affecting  such
Person or any of its properties).

     "Credit  Agreement" shall mean  this  Amended  and
Restated  Credit Agreement dated as of July  30,  1999,
among  the  Borrower, the Agent and  the  each  of  the
Banks,  as  said  agreement may be  amended,  modified,
supplemented, and/or extended from time to time.

     "Debt"   shall  mean,  as  to  any   Person,   all
indebtedness,  liabilities  and  obligations  of   such
Person,  whether  matured or unmatured,  liquidated  or
unliquidated, primary or secondary, direct or indirect,
absolute,  fixed  or  contingent, and  whether  or  not
required  to  be  considered  pursuant  to  GAAP.  Debt
includes,   without   limiting  the   foregoing,    (a)
indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money  or  for
the deferred purchase price of property or services  or
which  is  evidenced  by  a note,  bond,  debenture  or
similar     instrument,    (including     Environmental
Liabilities  or  liabilities  to  the  PBGC),  (b)  all
obligations  of  such  Person under  Capitalized  Lease
Obligations,  (c)  all obligations of  such  Person  in
respect of letters of credit and acceptances issued  or
created  for  the  account  of  such  Person,  (d)  all
liabilities  secured by any Lien on any property  owned
by  such Person even though such Person has not assumed
or otherwise become liable for the payment thereof, (e)
all  Accommodation Obligations of such Person, (f)  all
obligations  to  pay production payments  and  to  make
capital  contributions  under joint  venture  or  other
similar  agreements,  (g) all net payments  or  amounts
owing  by such Person in respect of Hedge Transactions,
interest  rate protection agreements, foreign  currency
exchange agreements, commodity swap agreements or other
interest,   exchange   rate   or   commodity    hedging
arrangements,  and  (h)  liabilities  in   respect   of
Unfunded Vested Liabilities. The Debt of a Person shall
include the Debt of any partnership or joint venture in
which such Person is a general or venture partner.  The
Debt  of  a Person shall not include (i) trade payables
and   expense  accruals  incurred  or  assumed  in  the
ordinary  course  of  such Person's business,  provided
such payables have not remained unpaid for a period  of
ninety (90) days after the same became due unless  such
Person  is diligently contesting same in good faith  or
(ii)  bonds,  letters of credit or deposits  posted  in
favor  of  the  United States of America or  any  state
securing reclamation obligations, obligations  to  plug
abandoned  wells or seal abandoned mines or obligations
to clean up and restore the land on which such wells or
mines are located.

     "Debtor  Relief  Laws" shall mean  the  Bankruptcy
Code and all other applicable dissolution, liquidation,
conservatorship,  bankruptcy, moratorium,  readjustment
of   debt,   compromise,  rearrangement,  receivership,
insolvency,  reorganization, or similar  debtor  relief
laws  from time to time in effect affecting the  rights
of creditors generally.

     "Default" shall mean any Event of Default and  the
occurrence  of any event or condition which would  with
the  giving of any requisite Default Notice and/or  the
passage of time or both constitute an Event of Default.

     "Default  Rate"  shall  mean  the  interest   rate
described in Section 2.8.

     "Designated Borrowing Base" shall have the meaning
assigned to that term in Section 3.3.

     "Determination Date" shall mean (a) each  December
1  and  June  1,  and (b) with respect to  any  Special
Determination, the first day of the first  month  which
is  not  less  than twenty (20) Domestic Business  Days
following   the  date  of  a  request  for  a   Special
Determination.

     "Distribution" shall mean any dividend payable  in
cash  or property with respect to any shares of capital
stock of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower
(other  than  dividends payable in shares of  the  same
class  of  common, preferred or other capital stock  as
the  shares upon which the dividend is being paid), any
other  distribution made with respect to any shares  of
capital stock of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of  the
Borrower, or any purchase, redemption or retirement of,
or  other payment with respect to, or sinking or  other
analogous    fund   for   the   purchase,   redemption,
defeasance,  retirement or other  acquisition  of,  any
shares  of  capital  stock  of  the  Borrower  or   and
Subsidiary of the Borrower.

     "Documentation  Agent"  shall  have  the   meaning
assigned  to  that  term in the  introduction  to  this
Credit Agreement.

     "Dollars" and the symbol "$" shall mean the lawful
currency of the United States.

     "Effective Date" shall mean the date on which  all
of  the  conditions  precedent to  the  making  of  the
Revolving  Credit Loans set forth in  Section  4.1  are
first  satisfied or waived by the Banks and the initial
Revolving Credit Loans are made.

     "Eligible Assignee" shall mean any of (i)  a  Bank
or  any  Affiliate  of a Bank; (ii) a  commercial  bank
organized under the laws of the United States,  or  any
state   thereof  having  total  assets  in  excess   of
$1,000,000,000; (iii) a commercial bank organized under
the  laws of any other country which is a member of the
OECD,  or  a political subdivision of any such  country
having   total  assets  in  excess  of  $1,000,000,000,
provided  that  such bank is acting  through  its  main
office or a branch or agency located in the country  in
which it is organized or another country which is  also
a  member of the OECD having total assets in excess  of
$1,000,000,000; (iv) the central bank  of  any  country
which is a member of the OECD or (v) a finance company,
insurance  company  or other financial  institution  or
fund  having  total assets in excess of $1,000,000,000,
provided  that a holder, either directly or indirectly,
of  capital  stock or of any right to  acquire  capital
stock  of the Borrower or any Affiliate of the Borrower
shall not be an Eligible Assignee.

     "Environmental  Laws" shall  mean  any  applicable
federal,   state,   or   local  statute,   law,   rule,
regulation, ordinance, code, permit, consent, approval,
license,  written policy or rule of common law  now  or
hereafter  in  effect and in each case as amended,  and
any  judicial or administrative interpretation thereof,
including   any   judicial  or  administrative   order,
injunction,  consent  decree  or  judgment,  or   other
authorization  or  requirement  whenever   promulgated,
issued  or  modified,  including  the  requirement   to
register  underground storage tanks, well plugging  and
abandonment  requirements,  and  oil  and   gas   waste
disposal requirements relating to:

          (i)      emissions,    discharges,    spills,
     migration,   movement,  releases   or   threatened
     releases  of  pollutants, contaminants,  Hazardous
     Materials,  or  hazardous or  toxic  materials  or
     wastes  into  or  onto soil,  land,  ambient  air,
     surface   water,   ground   water,   watercourses,
     publicly  owned  treatment  works,  drains,  sewer
     systems, wetlands or septic systems;

          (ii)  the  use, treatment, storage, disposal,
     handling,   manufacturing,   transportation,    or
     shipment   of  Hazardous  Materials  or  hazardous
     and?or  toxic  wastes, material, products  or  by-
     products  containing Hazardous  Materials  (or  of
     equipment   or   apparatus  containing   Hazardous
     Materials); or

            (iii)    otherwise relating to pollution or
     the protection of human health or the environment,
     including,  without limitation, the  Comprehensive
     Environmental    Response,    Compensation,    and
     Liability  Act of 1980, 42 U.S.C.  9601  et  seq.,
     as amended, the Resource Conservation and Recovery
     Act,  42  U.S.C.   6901 et seq., as  amended,  the
     Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49  U.S.C.
       1801  et seq., as amended, the Clean Water  Act,
     33  U.S.C.   1251 et seq., as amended,  the  Toxic
     Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C.  2601  et  seq.,
     as  amended,; the Clean Air Act, 42  U.S.C.   7401
     et  seq.,  as amended, the federal Water Pollution
     Control  Act, 33 U.S.C. 1251 et seq., as  amended,
     the  Safe Drinking Water Act, 42 U.S.C.   300f  et
     seq., as amended, the Atomic Energy Act, 42 U.S.C.
       2011  et  seq.,  as  amended,  the  Natural  Gas
     Pipeline  Safety Act of 1968, 49  U.S.C.  1671  et
     seq.,   as   amended,  the  Federal   Insecticide,
     Fungicide  and Rodenticide Act, 7 U.S.C.   136  et
     seq., as amended, and the Occupational Safety  and
     Health  Act,  29 U.S.C.  651 et seq., as  amended,
     and  all  comparable statutes  of  the  States  of
     Kentucky,  Pennsylvania, Tennessee,  Virginia  and
     West    Virginia,   and   all   comparable   local
     governmental regulations in such states, and other
     environmental, conservation or protection laws  in
     effect in any jurisdiction where any real Property
     of  the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower
     is located.

     "Environmental   Liabilities"  shall   mean   with
respect   to  any  Person,  any  and  all  liabilities,
responsibilities, losses, sums paid  in  settlement  of
claims,   obligations,  charges,  actions  (formal   or
informal),   claims  (including,  without   limitation,
claims  for  personal injury or for  real  or  personal
property  damage),  liens, administrative  proceedings,
damages (including, without limitation, loss or  damage
resulting  from the occurrence of an Event of Default),
punitive   damages,   consequential   damages,   treble
damages,    penalties,   fines,   monetary   sanctions,
interest, court costs, response and remediation  costs,
stabilization  costs, encapsulation  costs,  treatment,
storage,  or disposal costs, groundwater monitoring  or
environmental  sampling costs, other causes  of  action
and  any  other costs and expenses (including,  without
limitation,   reasonable  attorneys',   experts',   and
consultants'   fees,   costs   of   investigation   and
feasibility  studies  and disbursements  in  connection
with  any  investigative,  administrative  or  judicial
proceeding)  ,  whether direct or  indirect,  known  or
unknown,  absolute  or  contingent,  past,  present  or
future arising under, pursuant to or in connection with
any  Environmental Law, or any other binding obligation
of  such  Person  requiring abatement of  pollution  or
protection of human health and the environment.

     "Environmental Lien" shall mean a Lien in favor of
any  Governmental Authority for (i) any liability under
Environmental  Laws or (ii) damages  arising  from,  or
costs  incurred  by  such  Governmental  Authority   in
response  to,  a  Release or threatened  Release  of  a
Hazardous Substance into the environment.

     "Equities"  shall  mean  Penn  Virginia   Equities
Corporation, a Delaware corporation and a wholly  owned
Subsidiary of the Borrower.

     "ERISA"  shall  mean  the United  States  Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from
time  to  time, together with all rules and regulations
promulgated with respect thereto.

     "ERISA  Affiliate" shall mean any (i)  corporation
which  is  a  member  of the same controlled  group  of
corporations (within the meaning of Section  414(b)  of
the  Code) as the Borrower, (ii) partnership  or  other
trade  or business (whether or not incorporated)  under
common control (within the meaning of Section 414(c) of
the  Code) with the Borrower, (iii) member of the  same
affiliated service group (within the meaning of Section
414(m)  of  the  Code) as the Borrower  or  (iv)  other
Person  required to be aggregated with the Borrower  or
an  ERISA Affiliate thereof, as defined above, pursuant
to Section 414(o) of the Code.

      "Eurocurrency Liabilities" shall have the meaning
assigned to that term in Regulation D.

     "Eurodollar  Borrowing"  shall  mean  a  Borrowing
comprised of Eurodollar Loans.

     "Eurodollar  Interest  Period"  shall  mean,  with
respect to each Eurodollar Borrowing, a period of  one,
two, three or six months, as specified in the Borrowing
Request  submitted pursuant to Section 2.2 with respect
thereto,  beginning on and including the date specified
in  such  Borrowing Request (which must be  a  Business
Day)   and   ending  on  the  date  which   corresponds
numerically to such beginning date one, two,  three  or
six  months  thereafter  (or  if  such  month  has   no
numerically  corresponding date, on the  last  Business
Day  of  such  month);  provided that  each  Eurodollar
Interest  Period which would otherwise  end  on  a  day
which  is  not  a Business Day shall end  on  the  next
succeeding  Business  Day unless such  next  succeeding
Business  Day is the first Business Day of  a  calendar
month,  in  which case such Eurodollar Interest  Period
shall  end  on  the  Business Day next  preceding  such
numerically corresponding day.  No Eurodollar  Interest
Period  may  be  elected  which  would  end  after  the
Maturity Date.

     "Eurodollar Loan" shall mean any Revolving  Credit
Loan bearing interest at a rate determined by reference
to   the   Eurodollar  Rate  in  accordance  with   the
provisions of Article II.

     "Eurodollar Rate" shall mean, with respect to each
Eurodollar   Loan  comprising  part  of  a   Eurodollar
Borrowing  and  with respect to the related  Eurodollar
Interest  Period,  the  rate  of  interest  per   annum
(rounded  upward  to the nearest 1/16 of  one  percent)
determined pursuant to the following formula:

                                Eurodollar (Unadjusted)
     Eurodollar  Rate      =        1.00  -  Eurodollar
     Reserve Percentage

     "Eurodollar Reserve Percentage" of any  Bank  with
respect  to  any  Eurodollar Interest  Period  for  any
Eurodollar  Loan of such Bank shall mean,  the  reserve
percentage  (expressed  as  a  decimal)  equal  to  the
maximum  aggregate reserve requirements (including  all
basic,  emergency,  supplemental,  marginal  and  other
reserves  and  taking  into  account  any  transitional
adjustments  or  other  scheduled  changes  in  reserve
requirements) specified under regulations  issued  from
time  to  time by the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve  System  and  then  applicable  to  assets   or
liabilities  consisting  of and including  Eurocurrency
Liabilities  having  a  term  approximately  equal   or
comparable to such Eurodollar Interest Period.

     "Eurodollar (Unadjusted)" shall mean, with respect
to  each  day  during each Eurodollar  Interest  Period
pertaining   to  each  Eurodollar  Loan  comprising   a
Eurodollar Borrowing, the rate per annum equal  to  the
rate  at which Chase is offered Dollar deposits  at  or
about  11:00  A.M., Houston, Texas time,  two  Business
Days prior to the beginning of such Eurodollar Interest
Period  in  the interbank eurodollar market  where  the
eurodollar and foreign currency and exchange operations
in  respect  of  its Eurodollar Loans  are  then  being
conducted  for  delivery  on  the  first  day  of  such
Eurodollar  Interest  Period for  the  number  of  days
comprised  therein and in an amount comparable  to  the
amount  of  the Eurodollar Borrowing to be  outstanding
during such Eurodollar Interest Period.

     "Event   of   Default"  shall  have  the   meaning
specified in Section 8.1.

     "Existing  Debt"   shall  mean,  at  the  time  of
determination, the aggregate principal then outstanding
on Consolidated Funded Debt described in Schedule 7.1.

     "Existing  Litigation"  shall  mean  all  actions,
suits,  proceedings,  governmental  investigations   or
arbitration disclosed in Schedule 5.10 hereto.

     "Existing  Plans" shall have the meaning specified
in Section 7.9.

     "FDIC"  shall  mean the Federal Deposit  Insurance
Corporation (or any successor).

     "Federal  Funds  Effective Rate"  shall  have  the
meaning  specified  in  the  definition  of  the   term
"Alternate Base Rate".

     "Fiscal  Quarter" shall mean a three-month  period
ending  on  the  last day of December, March,  June  or
September of any year.

     "Fiscal  Year"  shall  mean a twelve-month  period
ending on December 31 of any year.

     "GAAP"  shall  mean generally accepted  accounting
principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements
of  the  Accounting Principles Board  of  the  American
Institute   of   Certified   Public   Accountants   and
statements   and   pronouncements  of   the   Financial
Accounting  Standards Board or in such other statements
by   such  other  entity  as  may  be  approved  by   a
significant segment of the accounting profession, which
are consistent with those applied in the preparation of
the financial statements of the Borrower referred to in
Section 5.9(a).

     "Gas Balancing Agreement" shall mean any agreement
or arrangement whereby any Person having an interest in
any  Hydrocarbons to be produced from the Oil  and  Gas
Interests  of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries  has  a
right  to  take  more than its proportionate  share  of
production therefrom.

     "Government   Securities"   shall   mean   readily
marketable direct full faith and credit obligations  of
the   United   States  or  obligations  unconditionally
guaranteed  by the full faith and credit of the  United
States  (or  by any agency thereof to the  extent  such
obligations are backed by the full faith and credit  of
the United States).

     "Governmental    Approval"    shall    mean    any
authorization,   consent,  approval,  license,   lease,
ruling,  permit, certification, exemption, filing  for,
or  registration by or with any Governmental  Authority
required  by  the  Borrower or any  Subsidiary  of  the
Borrower in connection with (i) the execution, delivery
and  performance of the Loan Documents by any  of  such
Persons  and  the  borrowing of any  funds  under  this
Credit  Agreement, (ii) the validity or  enforceability
of  the Loan Documents and the exercise by the Agent or
any  Bank of its rights and remedies thereunder, and/or
(iii)  the  acquisition,  maintenance,  ownership   and
operation of the Borrowing Base Assets.

     "Governmental Authority" shall mean any nation  or
government,  any federal, state, province, city,  town,
municipality,   county,  local   or   other   political
subdivision  thereof  or thereto  and  any  department,
commission, board, bureau, instrumentality,  agency  or
other   entity   exercising   executive,   legislative,
judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of  or
pertaining to government.

     "Hazardous  Substances" shall mean  (1)  hazardous
materials,  hazardous wastes, and hazardous  substances
including,   but  not  limited  to,  those  substances,
materials  and  wastes  listed  in  the  United  States
Department of Transportation Hazardous Materials Table,
49  C.F.R..  172.101,  as amended,  or  listed  by  the
federal  Environmental Protection Agency  as  hazardous
substances under or pursuant to 40 C.F.R. Part 302,  as
amended,  or  substances,  materials,  contaminants  or
wastes   which  are  or  become  regulated  under   any
Environmental Law, including without limitation,  those
substances,  materials,  contaminants  or   wastes   as
defined   in   the   following   statutes   and   their
implementing  regulations:   the  Hazardous   Materials
Transportation  Act,  49  U.S.C.  1801  et   seq.,   as
amended, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42
U.S.C.  6901  et  seq., as amended,  the  Comprehensive
Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act,
42   U.S.C.  9601  et  seq.,  as  amended;  the   Toxic
Substances  Control Act, 15 U.S.C.  2601  et  seq.,  as
amended; the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. 7401 et seq.,  as
amended,  the federal Water Pollution Control  Act,  33
U.S.C.  1251  et  seq.,  as amended,  the  Occupational
Safety  and  Health  Act,  2 U.S.C.  651  et  seq.,  as
amended,  the Safe Drinking Water Act, 42  U.S.C.  300f
et seq., as amended and the Natural Gas Pipeline Safety
Act  of  1968, 49 U.S.C. 1671 et seq., as amended;  (2)
all   substances,  materials,  contaminants  or  wastes
listed  in  all  comparable statutes of the  States  of
Kentucky,  Pennsylvania, Tennessee, Virginia  and  West
Virginia and in comparable local Requirements of Law in
such  states; (3) acid gas, sour water streams or  sour
water  vapor  streams  containing hydrogen  sulfide  or
other forms of sulfur, sodium hydrosulfide and ammonia;
(4)  Hydrocarbons; (5) natural gas, synthetic gas,  and
any  mixtures thereof; (6) asbestos and?or any material
which  contains 1% or more, by weight, of any  hydrated
mineral   silicate,  including  but  not   limited   to
chrysotile,     amosite,    crocidolite,     tremolite,
anthophylite and?or actinolite, whether friable or non-
friable;  (7)  PCB's,  or PCB containing  materials  or
fluids;  (8) radon; (9) naturally occurring radioactive
material,  radioactive substances or waste;  (10)  salt
water  and other oil and gas wastes and (11) any  other
hazardous  or  noxious substance, material,  pollutant,
emission, or solid, liquid or gaseous waste.

     "Hedge   Transaction"  shall  mean  a  transaction
pursuant   to  which  the  Borrower  or  any   of   its
Subsidiaries fix the price to be received by  them  for
future production of Hydrocarbons, including price swap
agreements under which the Borrower or its Subsidiaries
agree  to  pay  a  price  for  a  specified  amount  of
Hydrocarbons  determined by reference to  a  recognized
market  on  a specified future date and the contracting
party agrees to pay the Borrower or its Subsidiaries  a
fixed   price  for  the  same  or  similar  amount   of
Hydrocarbons.

     "Highest  Lawful  Rate"  shall  mean,  as   of   a
particular  date  and  as  to  any  Bank,  the  maximum
nonusurious interest rate that may under applicable law
then  be  contracted for, charged or received  by  such
Bank in connection with its Revolving Credit Loans.

     "Hostile  Acquisition" shall mean any  transaction
in  which the Borrower or its Subsidiaries, directly or
indirectly, purchases or offers to purchase or acquire,
in  any  transaction  or  series  of  transactions,  an
aggregate  of  5% or more of the equity  securities  or
controlling  interest of any Person, for  any  type  of
consideration,  without the prior  written  consent  of
such  Person  or  such Person's Board of  Directors  or
controlling body.

     "Hydrocarbons"  shall  mean oil,  gas,  casinghead
gas,   condensate,  distillate,  liquid   hydrocarbons,
gaseous   hydrocarbons  and  all  products   separated,
settled  and  dehydrated  therefrom  and  all  products
refined   therefrom,  including,  without   limitation,
kerosene,  liquified petroleum gas, refined lubricating
oils,  diesel  fuel, drip gasoline,  natural  gasoline,
helium, sulfur and all other minerals.

     "Immaterial Oil and Gas Interests" shall have  the
meaning assigned to that term in Section 5.6 hereof.

     "Initial Borrowing Base Asset Reports" shall  mean
(i)  the  Reserve  Report  covering  the  Oil  and  Gas
Interests of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries prepared
as  of  December  31,  1998, by the Approved  Petroleum
Engineer, and (ii) the Coal Reserve Report covering the
Coal  Interests  of the Borrower and  its  Subsidiaries
prepared  as of December 31, 1998, by the personnel  of
the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, complete and correct
copies of which have been furnished by the Borrower  to
the Banks.

     "Initial  Credit Agreement" shall mean the  Credit
Agreement  dated  as  of  August  2,  1996,  among  the
Borrower, the Agent and the each of the Banks  thereto,
as   said   agreement   may   be   amended,   modified,
supplemented, and/or extended from time to time.

     "Initial Financial Statements" shall mean (i)  the
audited annual Consolidated financial statements of the
Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries dated as  of
December  31,  1998 and (ii) the quarterly Consolidated
financial   statement   of   the   Borrower   and   its
Subsidiaries  dated  as of March 31,  1999,  copies  of
which Initial Financial Statements have heretofore been
delivered by the Borrower to the Banks.

     "Interest  Payment  Date"  shall  mean  any   date
interest  is due pursuant to the provisions of  Section
2.7(b) hereof.

     "Investment"  shall  mean,  as  applied   to   the
Borrower or a Subsidiary of the Borrower, any direct or
indirect  purchase or other acquisition by the Borrower
or  such  Subsidiary of stock, partnership interest  or
other  equity  interest, or of  a  beneficial  interest
therein,  of  any  other  Person,  and  any  direct  or
indirect  loan,  advance  (other  than  deposits   with
financial  institutions  available  for  withdrawal  on
demand,  prepaid  expenses, advances to  employees  and
similar  items made or incurred in the ordinary  course
of  business), or capital contribution by the  Borrower
or  such Subsidiary to any other Person, including  all
Debt  and accounts owed by that other Person which  are
not current assets or did not arise from sales of goods
or  services to the Borrower or such Subsidiary in  the
ordinary  course  of  business.   The  amount  of   any
Investment shall be determined in conformity with GAAP.

     "IRS"  shall mean the Internal Revenue Service  or
any successor agency.

     "Issuing Bank" shall mean Chase.

     "Lending Office" shall mean, with respect to  each
Bank,   the   branch  or  branches  (or  Affiliate   or
Affiliates) from which such Bank's Eurodollar Loans  or
ABR  Loans,  as the case may be, are made or maintained
and  for the account of which payments of principal of,
and  interest on, such Bank's Eurodollar Loans  or  ABR
Loans are made.

     "Letter of Credit" shall mean a Standby Letter  of
Credit  requested  to  be issued under  the  Letter  of
Credit Commitment.

     "Letter  of  Credit Application"  shall  mean  the
application to the Issuing Bank by the Borrower for the
issuance of a Standby Letter of Credit in substantially
the form of Exhibit C hereto.

     "Letter  of  Credit Commitment"  shall  mean  with
respect  to  each Bank, the lesser of (a)  such  Bank's
Commitment  Percentage  of  $10,000,000  and  (b)  such
Bank's Commitment.

     "Letter of Credit Exposure" of any Bank shall mean
such  Bank's  aggregate participation in  the  unfunded
portion of Letters of Credit outstanding at any time.

     "Lexington" shall mean Lexington Land  Company,  a
Delaware  corporation and a wholly-owned Subsidiary  of
PVCC.

     "Lien" shall mean, with respect to any asset,  (a)
any   mortgage,  deed  of  trust,  production  payment,
deposit, lien, charge, pledge, security interest, claim
or  encumbrance  of  any  kind  (whether  voluntary  or
involuntary,  affirmative  or  negative,  and   whether
imposed  or  created by operation of law or  otherwise)
upon  such  asset, (b) the interest of a  vendor  or  a
lessor  under  any conditional sale agreement,  capital
lease  or  other title retention agreement relating  to
such  asset  and  (c)  in the case of  securities,  any
purchase option, call or similar right of a third party
with respect to such securities but excluding any right
of   offset  which  arises  without  agreement  in  the
ordinary course of business.

     "Loan Documents" shall mean this Credit Agreement,
each of the Notes, the Subsidiary Guaranty, the Letters
of  Credit,  the  Letter  of  Credit  Applications  and
reimbursement   agreements   executed   in   connection
therewith, each Compliance Certificate, each Notice  of
Conversion or Continuance, each Borrowing Request,  all
Reserve Reports, all Borrowing Base Asset Reports,  all
legal  opinions and when executed and delivered by  the
parties  thereto,  all other agreements,  certificates,
instruments  and documents executed in connection  with
the  Credit  Agreement, as the  same  may  be  amended,
modified, supplemented or extended from time to time.

     "Loan(s)" shall mean all Revolving Credit Loans.

     "Majority  Banks" shall mean those  Banks  holding
more  than  66-2?3% of the Utilized Credit, or,  if  no
Utilized Credit is outstanding, at least 66-2?3% of the
Total Commitment.

     "Margin  Stock"  shall have the meaning  given  to
such term under Regulation U.

     "Material  Adverse  Effect"  shall  mean   (a)   a
material  adverse  effect  on  the  business,   assets,
operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of the
Borrower  and  its Subsidiaries taken as a  whole,  (b)
material  impairment of the ability of the Borrower  or
any  of  its Subsidiaries to perform timely any of  its
respective Obligations under any Loan Document to which
it is or will be a party, or (c) material impairment of
the  rights of or benefits available to the Banks under
any Loan Document.

     "Material   Contract"  shall  mean  any  contract,
agreement or instrument to which the Borrower or any of
its  Restricted Subsidiaries is a party (i) which calls
for  payments to or from the Borrower or any Subsidiary
of  the  Borrower of an amount in excess of  $2,000,000
during  any  twelve month period or  (ii)  pursuant  to
which  the  Borrower or any Subsidiary of the  Borrower
acquires  any right to an interest in real or  personal
property  or a right to obtain services if the Borrower
or such Subsidiary's inability to obtain any such right
could  reasonably be expected to result in  a  Material
Adverse Effect.

     "Material  Restricted  Subsidiaries"  shall   mean
those  certain  Restricted Subsidiaries with  Borrowing
Base Assets greater than $2,000,000.

     "Maturity Date" shall mean June 30, 2003,  or  the
earlier date of termination in whole of the Commitments
or  as extended pursuant to the provisions contained in
Section 2.21 hereof.

     "Multiemployer  Plan" shall mean a  "multiemployer
plan"  as  defined in Section 4001(a)(3)  of  ERISA  to
which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is making  or
accruing  an obligation to make contributions,  or  has
within any of the preceding five (5) plan years made or
accrued an obligation to make contributions.

     "Norfolk Common Stock" shall mean the common stock
of  the  Norfolk  Southern Corporation,  par  value  of
$1.00.

     "Notes"  shall mean the promissory  notes  of  the
Borrower dated the Effective Date payable to the  order
of each Bank, substantially in the form of Exhibit D.

     "Notice of Conversion or Continuation" shall  mean
a  Notice of Conversion or Continuation in the form  of
Exhibit  E  signed  by  a Responsible  Officer  of  the
Borrower.

     "Obligations"   shall   mean   all    obligations,
liabilities  and indebtedness of every  nature  of  the
Borrower  and its Subsidiaries from time to time  owing
to  any  Bank  under  any Loan Document  to  which  the
Borrower  or  such  Subsidiary is a  party,  including,
without limitation, (a) the due and punctual payment of
(x)  the  principal of and interest  on  the  Revolving
Credit  Loans,  Letters  of  Credit  and  reimbursement
obligations  under Letter of Credit Applications,  when
and  as due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, upon
one  or  more  dates set for prepayment  or  otherwise,
including,  to the extent permitted by applicable  law,
interest  that  accrues after the commencement  of  any
proceeding  by or against the Borrower or  any  of  its
Subsidiaries  under the Bankruptcy Code and  all  other
applicable  Debtor  Relief  Laws  and  (y)  all   other
monetary   obligations   of  the   Borrower   and   its
Subsidiaries  to  any Bank under this Credit  Agreement
and  each  of  the other Loan Documents  to  which  the
Borrower  or such Subsidiary is a party, including  any
and  all fees, costs, expenses and indemnities and  (b)
the   due   and  punctual  performance  of  all   other
obligations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries  under
this  Credit Agreement and each other Loan Document  to
which  the  Borrower  or such Subsidiary  is  a  party.
"Obligation" means any part of the Obligations.

     "Oil  and  Gas Interests" shall mean any  and  all
rights,  estates, titles and interests in any  oil  and
gas   wells,   oil,  gas,  sulfur  and  other   mineral
leaseholds  and  fee interests, all overriding  royalty
interests,  mineral interests, royalty  interests,  net
profits  interests, oil payments, production  payments,
carried  interests and any and all other  interests  in
Hydrocarbons,  whether  any of  the  same  be  real  or
personal,  now  owned  or  hereafter  acquired  by  the
Borrower  or  its Subsidiaries, directly or  indirectly
together  with rights, titles and interests created  by
or   arising   under  the  terms  of  any  unitization,
communitization,    and    pooling    agreements     or
arrangements, and all properties, rights and  interests
covered thereby, whether arising by contract, by order,
or by operation of laws, which now or hereafter include
all or any part of the foregoing.

     "Opinion of the Borrower's Counsel" shall mean the
favorable written legal opinion of Nancy Snyder,  legal
counsel to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, dated  as
of   the  Closing  Date,  and  in  form  and  substance
satisfactory to the Agent.

     "Participants" shall have the meaning assigned  to
that term in Section 10.9 hereof.

     "PBGC"  shall  mean the Pension  Benefit  Guaranty
Corporation or any entity succeeding to all or  any  of
its functions under ERISA.

     "Permitted Liens" shall mean with respect  to  the
Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower:

     (a)  Liens (if any) securing the Notes in favor of
the Banks;

     (b)   Inchoate  Liens incident to construction  or
maintenance  of  real property or with respect  to  the
conduct of the Borrower's business with respect to  the
Coal  Interests and the Oil and Gas Interests, or Liens
incident  to  construction  or  maintenance   of   real
property,  now or hereafter filed of record  for  which
adequate  reserves with respect thereto are  maintained
on  its  books  in accordance with GAAP and  which  are
being diligently contested in good faith by appropriate
proceedings   and  have  not  proceeded  to   judgment,
provided   that,  by  reason  of  nonpayment   of   the
obligations  secured  by  such  Liens,  no  such   real
property  is  subject to a material  risk  of  loss  or
forfeiture prior to judgment;

     (c)   Liens  for  taxes  and assessments  on  real
property which are not yet past due, or Liens for taxes
and  assessments  on real property for  which  adequate
reserves  with  respect thereto are maintained  on  its
books  in  accordance  with GAAP and  which  taxes  and
assessments  are  being diligently  contested  in  good
faith by appropriate proceedings and have not proceeded
to  judgment, provided that, by reason of nonpayment of
the  obligations secured by such Liens,  no  such  real
property  is  subject to a material  risk  of  loss  or
forfeiture prior to judgment;

     (d)  Imperfections and irregularities in title  to
any  property which in the aggregate do not  materially
impair  the  marketability or use of such property  for
the  purposes  for  which it is or  may  reasonably  be
expected to be held;

     (e)  Easements, exceptions, reservations, or other
agreements  for  the  purpose of  pipelines,  conduits,
cables,  wire  communication  lines,  power  lines  and
substations,   streets,  trails,  walkways,   drainage,
irrigation,   water,  and  sewerage  purposes,   dikes,
canals,  ditches,  the removal of oil,  gas,  coal,  or
other minerals, and other like purposes affecting  real
property  which  in  the aggregate  do  not  materially
burden or impair the marketability or use of such  real
property  for  the  purposes for which  it  is  or  may
reasonably be expected to be held;

     (f)    Non-consensual  Liens   imposed   by   Law,
including     carrier's,    mechanics',     landlord's,
warehousemen's or other similar Liens, other than those
described in clauses (b) or (c) above, arising  in  the
ordinary course of business with respect to obligations
which  are  not  delinquent  or  are  being  diligently
contested  in  good  faith by appropriate  proceedings,
provided  that, if delinquent, adequate  reserves  with
respect   thereto  are  maintained  on  its  books   in
accordance  with GAAP and, by reason of nonpayment,  no
property  is  subject to a material  risk  of  loss  or
forfeiture prior to judgment;

     (g)   Liens consisting of pledges or deposits made
in  the ordinary course of business in compliance  with
workers' compensation, unemployment insurance and other
social security laws or regulations;

     (h)   Liens consisting of deposits of property  to
secure  the performance of bids, trade contracts (other
than  for  Debt), leases (other than Capitalized  Lease
Obligations), statutory obligations, surety and  appeal
bonds,  performance bonds and other  obligations  of  a
like   nature  incurred  in  the  ordinary  course   of
business;

      (i)  Lease burdens payable to third parties which
are   either   (i)  deducted  in  the  calculation   of
discounted  present value of the Oil and Gas  Interests
covered  in  the  Reserve  Reports  including,  without
limitation, any royalty, overriding royalty, net profit
interests,  production  payment,  carried  interest  or
reversionary working interest which has been  disclosed
to   the   Agent  in  writing,  or  (ii)  which  burden
properties  which  are  not  included  in  the  Reserve
Reports or the Coal Reserve Reports;

     (j)   Liens  arising under operating,  pooling  or
unitization agreements of a scope and nature  customary
in the oil and gas industry;

     (k)   Liens arising under, in connection  with  or
related  to farm-out, farm-in, joint operating or  area
of  mutual  interest  agreements or  other  similar  or
customary   arrangements,  agreements   or   interests,
incurred in the ordinary course of business and to  the
extent  such Liens are limited in recourse to  (x)  the
properties subject to such interests or agreements, (y)
the  Hydrocarbons produced from such properties and (z)
the proceeds of such Hydrocarbons;

     (l)   Purchase money Liens upon or in any property
acquired by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries  in
the  ordinary course of business to secure the deferred
portion of the purchase price of such property  or  any
indebtedness  incurred to finance  the  acquisition  of
such  property provided, however, that (i) no such Lien
shall  be  extended to cover property  other  than  the
property  being acquired (ii) the Debt secured  thereby
is permitted pursuant to Section 7.1(h);

     (m)  All other non-consensual Liens arising in the
ordinary course of the Borrower's or such Subsidiaries'
business  or  incidental  to  the  ownership  of  their
properties;

provided that no Permitted Lien referred to above shall
(i)  secure any Debt except for Debt permitted pursuant
to  subparagraphs (a), (e) or (h) of Section 7.1 hereof
or  (ii)  in the aggregate materially detract from  the
marketability of the material Borrowing Base Assets  or
materially  impair the use thereof in the operation  of
the business of the Borrower or such Subsidiary.

     "Person"  shall  mean an individual,  partnership,
corporation  (including a business trust), joint  stock
company,   trust,  unincorporated  association,   joint
venture  or  other  entity,  or  a  foreign  state   or
political  subdivision thereof or any  agency  of  such
state or subdivision.

     "Prime  Rate" shall have the meaning specified  in
the definition of the term "Alternate Base Rate."

     "Proved    Developed   Behind   Pipe   Hydrocarbon
Reserves" shall mean Proved Hydrocarbon Reserves  which
are  recoverable from zones behind casing  in  existing
wells, which will require additional completion work or
a future recompletion prior to the start of production.

     "Proved    Developed   Non-Producing   Hydrocarbon
Reserves"  shall mean the summation of Proved Developed
Behind  Pipe Hydrocarbon Reserves and Proved  Developed
Shut-in Hydrocarbon Reserves.

     "Proved  Developed Producing Hydrocarbon Reserves"
shall mean those Proved Hydrocarbon Reserves which  are
recoverable  from completion intervals  currently  open
and  producing  to market.  Improved recovery  reserves
are  considered to be producing only after an  improved
recovery   project  has  been  installed  and   is   in
operation.

     "Proved  Developed  Shut-in Hydrocarbon  Reserves"
shall   mean  Proved  Hydrocarbon  Reserves  that   are
recoverable from completion intervals open  as  of  the
date  of estimation, but which are not producing as  of
such date.

     "Proved  Hydrocarbon Reserves"  shall  mean  those
recoverable  Hydrocarbons which have been proved  to  a
high   degree  of  certainty  by  reason  of   existing
production,  adequate testing, or in certain  cases  by
adequate  core data and other engineering and  geologic
information  on  zones which are  present  in  existing
wells  or  in known reservoirs.  Reserves that  can  be
produced   economically  through  the  application   of
established  improved recovery techniques are  included
in   the  proved  classification  when  (a)  successful
testing  by  a  pilot project or the operation  of  any
installed  program  in that reservoir  or  one  in  the
immediate  area with similar rock and fluid  properties
provides support for the engineering analysis on  which
the  project  or  program was  based,  and  (b)  it  is
reasonably certain the project will proceed.   Reserves
to  be  recovered by improved recovery techniques  that
have   yet   to   be   established   through   repeated
economically  successful applications are  included  in
the proved category only after successful testing by  a
pilot  project or after the operation of  an  installed
program  in  the  reservoir provides  support  for  the
engineering  analysis on which the project  or  program
was  based.  Improved recovery includes all methods for
supplement  natural  reservoir including  (1)  pressure
maintenance, (2) cycling and (3) secondary recovery  in
its  original  sense.  Improved recovery also  includes
the  enhanced  recovery methods  of  thermal,  chemical
flooding,  and  the  use  of  miscible  and  immiscible
displacement fluids.

     "Proved  Reserves" shall mean the meaning assigned
to that term in the definition of "Reserve Report".

     "Proved  Undeveloped Hydrocarbon  Reserves"  shall
mean  Proved  Hydrocarbon Reserves that are recoverable
(i)  by  new  wells  on  undrilled  acreage,  (ii)   by
replacement  wells on previously drilled and  producing
acreage or (iii) from existing wells where a relatively
large expenditure is required for recompletion and from
acreage  where the application of an improved  recovery
technique  is planned and the costs required  to  place
the  project in operation are relatively large.  Proved
Undeveloped  Hydrocarbon Reserves on undrilled  acreage
shall  be  limited  to those drilling units  offsetting
productive   units  that  are  reasonably  certain   of
production  when drilled.  Proved Hydrocarbon  Reserves
for   other  undrilled  units  are  Proved  Undeveloped
Hydrocarbon  Reserves only where it can be demonstrated
with  certainty that there is continuity of  production
from the existing productive formation.

     "PVCC"  shall mean Penn Virginia Coal  Company,  a
Virginia  corporation and a wholly owned Subsidiary  of
the Borrower.

     "PVHC"  shall mean Penn Virginia Holding Corp.,  a
Delaware  corporation and a wholly-owned Subsidiary  of
Borrower.

     "PVOG"  shall  mean  Penn  Virginia  Oil   &   Gas
Corporation, a Virginia corporation and a wholly  owned
Subsidiary of the Borrower.

     "Register"  shall  have the meaning  specified  in
Section 10.9(f) hereof.

     "Regulation  D"  shall mean Regulation  D  of  the
Board (respecting reserve requirements), as the same is
from  time to time in effect, and all official  rulings
and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

     "Regulation  U"  shall mean Regulation  U  of  the
Board (respecting margin credit extended by banks),  as
the  same  is  from  time to time in  effect,  and  all
official  rulings  and  interpretations  thereunder  or
thereof.

     "Regulation  X"  shall mean Regulation  X  of  the
Board  (respecting borrowers who obtain margin credit),
as  the  same is from time to time in effect,  and  all
official  rulings  and  interpretations  thereunder  or
thereof.

     "Release" shall mean any release, spill, emission,
leak,    injection,   deposit,   disposal,   discharge,
dispersal,  leaching  or  migration  of  any  Hazardous
Substance  into the environment or into or out  of  any
real property of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of  the
Borrower,   including   the   movement   of   Hazardous
Substances through or in the air, soil, surface  water,
groundwater  and?or land in violation of  Environmental
Laws.

     "Remedial Action" shall mean actions required by a
Governmental Agency to (i) clean up, remove,  treat  or
in  any  other way address Hazardous Substances in  the
environment,  (ii)  prevent the Release  or  threat  of
Release  or  minimize the further Release of  Hazardous
Substances  so  they  do  not migrate  or  endanger  or
threaten  to endanger public health or welfare  or  the
environment  or (iii) perform pre-remedial studies  and
investigations and post-remedial monitoring and care.

     "Reportable  Event" shall mean any of  the  events
described in Section 4043 or Section 4068(f)  of  ERISA
for which the thirty (30) day notice requirement of  29
C.F.R.  2615.3 has not been waived.

     "Requirements  of  Law" shall  mean  any  federal,
state or local law, rule or regulation, permit or other
binding  determination  of any  Governmental  Authority
applicable  to the Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries
or any of their respective properties or assets.

     "Reserve  Report" shall mean a report in form  and
substance  satisfactory  to each  Bank,  which  Reserve
Report shall be dated as of the next preceding December
31  or June 30, as the case may be, and shall review at
least  80% of the Proved Reserves attributable  to  the
Oil   and  Gas  Interests  of  the  Borrower  and   its
Subsidiaries (and showing any material additions to  or
deletions from the Oil and Gas Interests covered by the
previous  Reserve Report made by the Borrower  and  its
Subsidiaries  since  the date of the  previous  Reserve
Report), shall set forth the Proved Developed Producing
Hydrocarbon  Reserves,  Proved  Developed  Behind  Pipe
Hydrocarbon   Reserves,   Proved   Developed    Shut-In
Hydrocarbon Reserves and Proved Undeveloped Hydrocarbon
Reserves  (the "Proved Reserves") attributable  to  the
Oil  and Gas Interests and a projection of the rate  of
production  and net income with respect to  the  Proved
Reserves as of the date of such Reserve Report, all  in
accordance  with  the  guidelines  published   by   the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission.   Each   Reserve
Report to be submitted prior to  March 31 in each  such
year  shall  be  prepared  by  the  Approved  Petroleum
Engineer.  The Majority Banks shall have the  right  to
approve of the composition of the Oil and Gas Interests
covered  in  the Reserve Report to be prepared  by  the
Approved Petroleum Engineer.  Each Reserve Report to be
submitted  prior  to  October 1 in  each  year  may  be
limited  to  information prepared by personnel  of  the
Borrower  or  its  Subsidiaries, which  Reserve  Report
shall provide the current status of the information set
forth in the immediately preceding Reserve Report.

     "Responsible  Officer"  shall  mean,  as  to   any
Person,   its   Chairman,   Vice-Chairman,   President,
Executive  Vice President(s), Senior Vice  President(s)
or  Vice President duly authorized to act on behalf  of
such Person.

     "Restricted   Subsidiary   "   shall   mean   each
Subsidiary of the Borrower that, at the particular time
in  question,  (i)  owns  directly  or  indirectly  any
material assets or any interest in any other Restricted
Subsidiary and (ii) has been designated as a Restricted
Subsidiary  by the Borrower or has not been  designated
as  an  Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Borrower  either
(i)  on Schedule 5.16 hereto or (b) in accordance  with
the terms and provisions of this Credit Agreement.  The
Unrestricted  Subsidiaries on the  Effective  Date  are
listed   on   Schedule  5.16  hereto.    A   Restricted
Subsidiary shall remain such (even if it no longer owns
directly  or  indirectly any interest  in  any  of  the
material assets or any interest in any other Restricted
Subsidiary)   until  designated  as   an   Unrestricted
Subsidiary  in accordance with the terms and provisions
of this Agreement.

     "Revolving Credit Loan(s)" shall have the  meaning
provided in Section 2.1(a).

     "S&P" shall mean Standard & Poor's Corporation.

     "Savannah"  shall mean Savannah  Land  Company,  a
Delaware  corporation and a wholly-owned Subsidiary  of
PVCC.

     "Special Determination" means any determination of
the Borrowing Base pursuant to Section 3.4.

     "Standby Letter of Credit" shall mean a Letter  of
Credit   which   represents  an   obligation   to   the
beneficiary  on  the part of the Issuing  Bank  (a)  to
repay  money  borrowed by or advanced  to  or  for  the
account  of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries  or
(b)  to  make  payment on account of  any  indebtedness
undertaken  by the Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries
or (c) to make payment on account of any default by the
Borrower  or any of its Subsidiaries in the performance
of an obligation.

     "Subordinated  Intercompany  Notes"  shall   mean,
collectively,  (i)  that certain subordinate  advancing
promissory  note  dated February  11,  1998  issued  by
Borrower  payable  to  the order  of  Savannah  in  the
original principal sum of $75,000,000,(ii) that certain
subordinate  advancing promissory note  dated  February
11,  1998  issued  by  PVCC payable  to  the  order  of
Savannah  in the original principal sum of $75,000,000,
(iii) that certain subordinate promissory note dated as
of  December  31, 1998 issued by PVCC  payable  to  the
order  of  PVHC  in  the  original  principal  sum   of
$40,918,000,   and   (iv)  that   certain   subordinate
promissory note dated as of December 31, 1998 issued by
PVOG  payable  to  the order of PVHC  in  the  original
principal sum of $42,156,000.

     "Subsidiary"  shall  mean  as  of  any   date   of
determination  and  with respect  to  any  Person,  any
corporation, partnership, joint venture or other entity
whether now existing or hereafter organized or acquired
of  which  the securities, partnership units  or  other
ownership  interests having ordinary voting  power,  in
the  absence  of contingencies, to elect a majority  of
the  board  of  directors or other  persons  performing
similar  functions  (including that  of  a  general  or
venture partner) are at the time directly or indirectly
owned by such Person and?or one or more Subsidiaries of
such Person.

     "Subsidiary    Guarantors"shall   mean    Concord,
Equities, Lexington, PVCC, PVOG, PVHC, and Savannah and
any  such  other  Person who has been accepted  by  the
Banks  to guarantee and has guaranteed some or  all  of
the  Obligations,  including  all  Material  Restricted
Subsidiaries  of  the Borrower which now  or  hereafter
execute  and  deliver an Instrument of Joinder  of  the
Subsidiary  Guaranty in the form of Exhibit  C  to  the
Subsidiary  Guaranty  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of
Section 6.11.

     "Subsidiary  Guaranty" shall mean the guaranty  of
the  Obligations  executed by each  Subsidiary  of  the
Borrower in favor of the Agent for the benefit  of  the
Banks  to secure the Obligations substantially  in  the
form of Exhibit F, either as originally executed or  as
the  same  may  from  time  to  time  be  supplemented,
modified, amended, renewed, extended or supplanted.

     "Swing  Loans" shall have the meaning assigned  to
such term in Section 7.1(g).

     "Syndication   Agent"  shall  have   the   meaning
assigned  to  that  term in the  introduction  to  this
Credit Agreement.

     "Termination  Event" shall mean (i)  a  Reportable
Event  with respect to any Benefit Plan (other  than  a
"reportable event" that is not subject to the provision
for 30 days notice to the PBGC); (ii) the withdrawal of
the Borrower from a Benefit Plan during a plan year  in
which  the  Borrower  was a "substantial  employer"  as
defined  in  Section  4001(a)(2) of  ERISA;  (iii)  the
imposition  of  an  obligation on  the  Borrower  under
Section  4041  of  ERISA  to provide  affected  parties
written notice of intent to terminate a Benefit Plan in
a  distress termination described in Section 4041(c) of
ERISA;  (iv) the institution by the PBGC of proceedings
to  terminate  a Benefit Plan; (v) any other  event  or
condition which would constitute grounds under  Section
4042   of  ERISA  for  the  termination  of,   or   the
appointment  of  a trustee to administer,  any  Benefit
Plan;  or (vi) the occurrence of an event described  in
Section  4068(f)  of ERISA with respect  to  a  Benefit
Plan.

     "Total   Borrowing  Base"  shall  mean,   at   the
particular  time in question, the amount determined  by
the Agent and the Majority Banks in accordance with the
provisions of Article III.

     "Total  Commitment"shall mean $120,000,000 as  the
same  may  be  reduced from time to  time  pursuant  to
Section 2.9.

     "Type,"  when  used in respect  to  any  Revolving
Credit  Loan  or  Borrowing,  refers  to  the  Rate  by
reference  to  which interest on such Revolving  Credit
Loan  or on the Revolving Credit Loans comprising  such
Borrowing  is determined.  For purposes hereof,  "Rate"
shall  include  the Eurodollar Rate and  the  Alternate
Base Rate.

     "Unavailable  Commitment" shall have  the  meaning
specified in Section 2.5(d) hereof.

     "Unavailable  Fee  Rate" shall  have  the  meaning
specified in Section 2.5(d) hereof.

     "Unfunded  Vested  Liabilities" shall  mean,  with
respect to any Benefit Plan at any time, the amount (if
any)  by  which  (i) the present value  of  all  vested
nonforfeitable benefits under such Benefit Plan exceeds
(ii)  the fair market value of all Benefit Plan  assets
allocable  to such benefits, all determined as  of  the
then  most recent valuation date for such Benefit Plan,
but  only  to the extent that such excess represents  a
potential liability of an ERISA Affiliate to  the  PBGC
or such Benefit Plan under Title IV of ERISA.

     "United States" and "U.S." each shall mean  United
States of America.

     "Unrestricted   Subsidiary"   shall   mean    each
Subsidiary  of the Borrower which is (i) designated  as
an  Unrestricted Subsidiary on Schedule 5.16 hereto  or
(ii)  designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary  by  the
Borrower   at  any  time  after  the  Effective   Date;
provided,  however,  that  a  Subsidiary  may  not   be
designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary by Borrower if
(i)  at  the  time of such designation there  exists  a
Borrowing  Base  Deficiency or a Default  or  Event  of
Default or (ii) such designation would trigger either a
Borrowing Base Deficiency or a Default or an  Event  of
Default.  An Unrestricted Subsidiary shall remain  such
until   designated  as  a  Restricted   Subsidiary   in
accordance  with  the  terms  and  provisions  of  this
Agreement.

     "Unused  Availability" shall mean at any time,  an
amount  equal to the Available Commitment in effect  at
that time, minus the Utilized Credit.

     "Utilized Credit" shall mean, at any time, without
duplication,  the  sum of (i) the  aggregate  principal
amount then outstanding on Revolving Credit Loans, plus
(ii) the aggregate principal amount then outstanding on
Swing  Loans, plus (iii) the aggregate Letter of Credit
Exposure,  plus  (iv) the aggregate amount  of  payment
theretofore  made  by the Issuing Bank  in  respect  to
Letters of Credit and not theretofore reimbursed by the
Borrower  to  the  Issuing Bank or deemed  a  Revolving
Credit Loan pursuant to Section 2.3(d).

     "Utilized Percentage of Borrowing Base" shall mean
on  any date an amount equal to (i) the Utilized Credit
on  such day minus the aggregate principal amount  then
outstanding  on  Swing  Loans  divided  by   (ii)   the
Available Borrowing Base on such day.

     "Withholding   Taxes"  shall  have   the   meaning
provided in Section 2.17(a).

     SECTION 1.2.  Accounting Terms.  All terms  of  an
accounting  or financial nature shall be  construed  in
accordance with GAAP, as in effect from time  to  time;
provided,  however, that, for purposes  of  determining
compliance with any covenant set forth in Article  VII,
such  terms shall be construed in accordance with  GAAP
as  in  effect  on  the date of this Credit  Agreement,
applied on a basis consistent with the application used
in  the  audited  financial statements referred  to  in
Section 5.9(a).

     SECTION 1.3.  Interpretation.

     (a)  In  this  Credit Agreement,  unless  a  clear
     contrary intention appears:

          (i)   the singular number includes the plural
     number and vice versa;

          (ii)   reference to any gender includes  each
          other gender;

          (iii)   the  words  "herein,"  "hereof"   and
          "hereunder" and other words of similar import
          refer to this Credit Agreement as a whole and
          not  to  any  particular Article, Section  or
          other subdivision;

          (iv)   reference to any Person includes  such
          Person's  successors  and  assigns  but,   if
          applicable,  only  if  such  successors   and
          assigns   are   permitted  by   this   Credit
          Agreement,  and reference to a  Person  in  a
          particular capacity excludes such  Person  in
          any  other capacity or individually, provided
          that  nothing in this clause (iv) is intended
          to  authorize  any assignment  not  otherwise
          permitted by this Credit Agreement;

           (v)  reference to any agreement, document or
          instrument means such agreement, document  or
          instrument   as   amended,  supplemented   or
          modified and in effect from time to  time  in
          accordance  with  the terms thereof  and,  if
          applicable,  the terms hereof, and  reference
          to any Note includes any Note issued pursuant
          hereto in extension or renewal thereof and in
          substitution or replacement therefor;

          (vi)  unless the context indicates otherwise,
          reference  to any Article, Section,  Schedule
          or  Exhibit  means  such Article  or  Section
          hereof or such Schedule or Exhibit hereto;

          (vii)    the  words  "including"  (and   with
          correlative    meaning    "include")    means
          including, without limiting the generality of
          any description preceding such term;

          (viii)  with respect to the determination  of
          any  period  of time, the word  "from"  means
          "from  and including" and the word "to" means
          "to but excluding;" and

          (ix)   reference  to any law  means  such  as
          amended, modified, codified or reenacted,  in
          whole or in part, and in effect from time  to
          time.

     (b)  The  Article and Section headings herein  and
the  Table  of  Contents are for convenience  only  and
shall  not  affect  the  construction  of  this  Credit
Agreement.

     (c) No provision of this Credit Agreement shall be
interpreted  or  construed against  any  Person  solely
because that Person or its legal representative drafted
such provision.

                           ARTICLE II

                     REVOLVING CREDIT LOANS

     SECTION 2.1.  Revolving Credit Loans.  (a) Subject
to  the  terms  and  conditions and  relying  upon  the
representations and warranties set forth herein and  in
the  other  Loan Documents, each Bank agrees, severally
and  not jointly, to make its Commitment Percentage  of
loans  to  the  Borrower (collectively, the  "Revolving
Credit  Loans"), at any time and from time to  time  on
and  after the Effective Date and up to, but excluding,
the   Maturity  Date,  provided,  a  Bank's  Commitment
Percentage  of  the aggregate amount  of  the  Utilized
Credit  at  any one time shall not exceed  such  Bank's
Commitment  and provided, further, that  the  aggregate
amount  of the Utilized Credit shall at no time  exceed
the  lesser  of  the  (i)  Total  Commitment  and  (ii)
Available  Commitment. Except as otherwise provided  in
this Credit Agreement, the Revolving Credit Loans shall
mature  and be due and payable in full on the  Maturity
Date.  Subject to the terms and provisions hereof,  the
Borrower  may  borrow,  repay and  reborrow  hereunder.
Each  Borrowing  shall be made in accordance  with  the
procedures set forth in Section 2.2 and shall be in  an
aggregate  principal amount (x) in the case of  an  ABR
Borrowing, $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000  in
excess thereof (or, if then Unused Availability is less
than  $500,000, such lesser amount) and (y) in the case
of  a  Eurodollar  Borrowing,  $1,000,000  or  a  whole
multiple  of $500,000 in excess thereof.  The Revolving
Credit  Loans  may from time to time be (i)  Eurodollar
Loans,  (ii) ABR Loans, or (iii) a combination thereof,
as determined by the Borrower and notified to the Agent
in accordance with Sections 2.2 and 2.4.

     b)   Subject  to  the  terms  and  conditions  and
relying upon the representations and warranties  herein
set forth, the Issuing Bank agrees to issue Letters  of
Credit upon the request of the Borrower for the account
of  the  Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower  at
any  time  and  from  time to time  on  and  after  the
Effective Date and up to, but excluding, the earlier of
the Maturity Date and the termination of the Letter  of
Credit Commitments in accordance with the terms hereof.
Each  Bank  (other  than  the Issuing  Bank)  severally
agrees,  on  the  terms and conditions hereinafter  set
forth,  to  purchase participations in the  Letters  of
Credit  issued by the Issuing Bank pursuant to  Section
2.3  in  an aggregate amount not to exceed such  Bank's
Letter  of  Credit  Commitment.   Notwithstanding   the
foregoing,  the aggregate undrawn face  amount  of  all
Letters  of  Credit at any time outstanding  shall  not
exceed  the  aggregate Letter of Credit Commitments  of
all  the Banks, and no Letter of Credit will be  issued
if  immediately after such issuance the Utilized Credit
would  exceed the Available Commitment then in  effect.
On  each  day  during  the period commencing  with  the
issuance  by the Issuing Bank of any Letter  of  Credit
and  until such Letter of Credit shall have expired  or
been  terminated,  and, irrespective  of  whether  such
Letter of Credit has expired or terminated, if same has
been  drawn upon and the amount so drawn has  not  been
reimbursed to the Issuing Bank, the Commitment of  each
Bank  shall  be deemed to be utilized for all  purposes
hereof  in  an  amount equal to such Bank's  Commitment
Percentage of the undrawn face amount of such Letter of
Credit,  plus  the aggregate amount of all unreimbursed
drawings.

     SECTION  2.2.   Borrowing Procedure for  Revolving
Credits.

     (a)   In  order  to  effect  a  Borrowing(s),  the
Borrower shall submit a Borrowing Request in writing or
by  telecopy (or telephone notice promptly confirmed in
writing  or by telecopy) to the Agent, (i) in the  case
of  a  Eurodollar Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m.,
Houston, Texas time, three (3) Business Days before the
Borrowing  Date specified in the Borrowing Request  for
such  proposed Eurodollar Borrowing(s) and (ii) in  the
case  of  an ABR Borrowing, not later than 12:00  noon,
Houston, Texas time, on the Borrowing Date specified in
the  Borrowing Request for such proposed ABR Borrowing.
Such  Borrowing Request shall be irrevocable and  shall
in each case refer to this Credit Agreement and specify
(w)  whether the Borrowing(s) then being requested  are
to  be Eurodollar Borrowing(s), or ABR Borrowing(s), or
a  combination thereof, (x) the Borrowing Date of  such
Borrowing(s) (which shall be a Business Day),  (y)  the
aggregate principal amount of such Borrowing(s) and (z)
in  the  case of Eurodollar Borrowings, the  Eurodollar
Interest   Periods  with  respect   thereto.    If   no
Eurodollar   Interest  Period  with  respect   to   any
Eurodollar  Borrowing(s)  is  specified  in  any   such
Borrowing Request, then the Borrower shall be deemed to
have  selected a Eurodollar Interest Period of one  (1)
month's duration.  The Agent shall promptly advise  the
Banks  of any Borrowing Request given pursuant to  this
Section 2.2 and of each Bank's Commitment Percentage of
the  requested  Borrowing(s) by telecopy (or  telephone
notice promptly confirmed in writing or by telecopy).

     (b)    Each  Bank  may  at  its  option  make  any
Eurodollar Loan by causing any Lending Office  of  such
Bank  to  make such Eurodollar Loan; provided, however,
that  any exercise of such option shall not affect  the
obligation  of  the Borrower to repay  such  Eurodollar
Loan  in  accordance  with the  terms  of  this  Credit
Agreement and the applicable Notes.

      (c) No later than 1:00 p.m., Houston, Texas time,
on  the  Borrowing  Date specified  in  each  Borrowing
Request, each Bank will make available to the Agent its
Commitment   Percentage   of  the   Revolving   Credits
comprising  the Borrowing(s) requested to  be  made  on
such  date, in Dollars and immediately available funds.
Upon fulfillment of the applicable conditions set forth
in Article IV, the Agent will make the proceeds of each
Borrowing  so  requested available to the  Borrower  by
crediting the amounts so received to a general  deposit
account  maintained by the Borrower with Chase Bank  of
Texas, National Association, on the Borrowing Date  or,
if  a  Borrowing shall not occur on such Borrowing Date
because any condition precedent herein specified  shall
not have been met, the Agent will return the amounts so
received   to   the  respective  Banks   as   soon   as
practicable.  All Borrowings shall be made by the Banks
pro  rata  in  accordance with such  Bank's  Commitment
Percentage  of  the Revolving Credits  comprising  such
Borrowing.  Unless the Agent shall have received notice
from a Bank prior to the date of any proposed Borrowing
Date  that  such  Bank will not make available  to  the
Agent   such  Bank's  Commitment  Percentage  of   such
Borrowing, the Agent may assume that such Bank has made
its  Commitment Percentage available to  the  Agent  on
such  Borrowing Date in accordance with this  paragraph
(c)  and  the  Agent, in reliance upon such assumption,
may,  (but  under no circumstances shall the  Agent  be
obligated  to) make available to the Borrower  on  such
Borrowing Date a corresponding amount.  If and  to  the
extent   that  such  Bank  shall  not  have  made   its
Commitment  Percentage of such Borrowing  available  to
the  Agent, such Bank and the Borrower severally  agree
to   repay  to  the  Agent  forthwith  on  demand  such
corresponding  amount together with  interest  thereon,
for  each  day  from  the  date  such  amount  is  made
available to the Borrower until the date such amount is
repaid to the Agent at (i) in the case of the Borrower,
the  interest rate applicable to the Revolving  Credits
comprising such Borrowing and (ii) in the case of  such
Bank,  the Federal Funds Effective Rate.  If such  Bank
shall  repay  to  the Agent such corresponding  amount,
such  amount  shall  constitute such Bank's  Commitment
Percentage  of  such  Borrowing for  purposes  of  this
Credit Agreement.

     (d)  No Eurodollar Borrowing may be made if, after
giving effect to such Eurodollar Borrowing, there would
be  more than six (6) Eurodollar Borrowings outstanding
at such time.

     SECTION 2.3.  Issuing the Letters of Credit.   (a)
In  order to effect the issuance of a Letter of Credit,
the  Borrower  shall submit a Borrowing Request  and  a
Letter of Credit Application in writing by telecopy  to
the  Agent (who shall promptly notify the Issuing Bank)
not later than 12:00 noon, Houston, Texas time, two (2)
Business  Days  before the date  of  issuance  of  such
Letter  of  Credit.   Each such Borrowing  Request  and
Letter  of  Credit Application shall be signed  by  the
Borrower, specify the Business Day on which such Letter
of Credit is to be issued, and specify the availability
for  Letters  of  Credit under  the  Letter  of  Credit
Commitment and the Available Commitment as of the  date
of  issuance  of such Letter of Credit and  the  expiry
date  thereof which shall not be later than the earlier
of  (i) twelve (12) months from the date of issuance of
such  Letter  of  Credit and (ii)  the  Maturity  Date;
provided,  however,  that  the  Borrower  may   request
evergreen Letters of Credit that automatically renew on
their expiry date for an additional one year period  so
long  as the final expiry date thereof is on or  before
the Maturity Date.

          (b)    Upon  satisfaction of  the  applicable
terms  and  conditions set forth  in  Article  IV,  the
Issuing Bank shall issue such Letter of Credit  to  the
specified  beneficiary  not later  than  the  close  of
business,   Houston,  Texas  time,  on  the   date   so
specified.   The Agent shall provide the  Borrower  and
each  Bank  with  a copy of each Letter  of  Credit  so
issued.   Each such Letter of Credit shall (i)  provide
for   the  payment  of  drafts,  presented  for   honor
thereunder  by the beneficiary in accordance  with  the
terms  thereon,  at  sight  when  accompanied  by   the
documents described therein and (ii) be subject to  the
Uniform  Customs  and Practice for Documentary  Credits
(1993  Revision),  International  Chamber  of  Commerce
Publication  No.  500,  (and any  subsequent  revisions
thereof  approved  by a Congress of  the  International
Chamber  of  Commerce) (the "UCP")  and  shall,  as  to
matters  not governed by the UCP, be governed  by,  and
construed and interpreted in accordance with, the  laws
of the State of Texas.

            (c)       Upon  the issuance date  of  each
Letter  of  Credit, the Issuing Bank shall  be  deemed,
without  further  action by any party hereto,  to  have
sold  to each other Bank, and each other Bank shall  be
deemed, without further action by any party hereto,  to
have  purchased from the Issuing Bank, a participation,
to  the extent of such Bank's Commitment Percentage, in
such  Letter of Credit, the obligations thereunder  and
in the reimbursement obligations of the Borrower due in
respect  of drawings made under such Letter of  Credit.
If  requested by the Issuing Bank, the other Banks will
execute any other documents reasonably requested by the
Issuing   Bank  to  evidence  the  purchase   of   such
participation.

        (d)  Upon  the  presentment of  any  draft  for
honor  under  any  Letter of Credit by the  beneficiary
thereof  which  the  Issuing  Bank  determines  is   in
compliance  with the conditions for payment thereunder,
the  Issuing  Bank shall promptly notify the  Borrower,
the  Agent and each Bank of the intended date of  honor
of  such  draft  and the Borrower hereby  promises  and
agrees, at the Borrower's option, to either (i) pay  to
the  Agent for the account of the Issuing Bank, by 1:00
p.m.,  Houston, Texas time, on the date payment is  due
as  specified in such notice, the full amount  of  such
draft in immediately available funds or (ii) request  a
Revolving  Credit  Loan pursuant to the  provisions  of
Sections  2.1 and 2.2 of this Credit Agreement  in  the
full  amount of such draft, which request shall specify
that  the  Borrowing Date is to be the date payment  is
due  under  the  Letter of Credit as specified  in  the
Issuing Bank's notice.  If the Borrower fails timely to
make  such  payment  because a  Revolving  Credit  Loan
cannot  be made pursuant to Section 2.1(a) and  Article
IV,   each   Bank  shall,  notwithstanding  any   other
provision  of  this  Credit  Agreement  (including  the
occurrence and continuance of a Default or an Event  of
Default),  make available to the Agent for the  benefit
of  the  Issuing Bank an amount equal to its Commitment
Percentage  of  the  presented draft  on  the  day  the
Issuing Bank is required to honor such draft.  If  such
amount  is not in fact made available to the  Agent  by
such  Bank  on such date, such Bank shall  pay  to  the
Agent  for  the account of the Issuing Bank, on  demand
made  by  the Issuing Bank, in addition to such amount,
an amount equal to the product of (i) the average daily
Federal  Funds  Effective Rate  per  annum  during  the
period  referred  to in clause (iii) of  this  sentence
times   (ii)  the  amount  of  such  Bank's  Commitment
Percentage  of  the  presented draft  times  (iii)  the
number  of  days that elapse from the day  the  Issuing
Bank  honors such draft to the date on which the amount
equal  to  such  Bank's Commitment  Percentage  of  the
presented  draft becomes immediately available  to  the
Issuing Bank divided (iv) by 360.  Upon receipt by  the
Agent  from the Banks of the full amount of such draft,
notwithstanding  any  other provision  of  this  Credit
Agreement (including the occurrence and continuance  of
a  Default  or an Event of Default) the full amount  of
such  draft shall automatically and without any  action
by  the  Borrower,  be  deemed  to  have  been  an  ABR
Borrowing  as  of the date of payment  of  such  draft.
Nothing  in  this  paragraph (d) or elsewhere  in  this
Credit   Agreement   shall  diminish   the   Borrower's
obligation  under this Credit Agreement to provide  the
funds for the payment of, or on demand to reimburse the
Issuing  Bank  for payment of, any draft presented  to,
and  duly honored by, the Issuing Bank under any Letter
of  Credit,  and the automatic funding of  a  Revolving
Credit  Loan  as in this paragraph provided  shall  not
constitute a cure or waiver of the Event of Default for
failure,  timely  to  provide such  funds  as  in  this
paragraph agreed.

          (e)    In  order  to induce the  issuance  of
Letters  of Credit by the Issuing Bank and the purchase
of  participations  therein by  the  other  Banks,  the
Borrower  agrees with the Agent, the Issuing  Bank  and
the  other  Banks that neither the Agent nor  any  Bank
(including  the  Issuing Bank) shall be responsible  or
liable  (except as provided in the following  sentence)
for,  and  the  Borrower's unconditional obligation  to
reimburse  the  Issuing  Bank  through  the  Agent  for
amounts  paid  by  the  Issuing Bank,  as  provided  in
Section  2.3(d), on account of drafts so honored  under
the  Revolving Credit Letters of Credit  shall  not  be
affected   by,  any  circumstance,  act   or   omission
whatsoever  (whether or not known to the Agent  or  any
Bank   (including  the  Issuing  Bank)  other  than   a
circumstance, act or omission resulting from the  gross
negligence  or willful misconduct of the Agent  or  any
Bank).   The Borrower agrees that any action  taken  or
omitted to be taken by the Agent or any Bank (including
the  Issuing  Bank)  under or in  connection  with  any
Letter  of  Credit  or any related draft,  document  or
property shall be binding on the Borrower and shall not
put  the Agent or any Bank (including the Issuing Bank)
under  any resulting liability to the Borrower,  unless
such  action  or omission is the result  of  the  gross
negligence  or willful misconduct of the Agent  or  any
such Bank.  The Borrower hereby waives presentment  for
payment  (except the presentment required by the  terms
of  any  Letter  of  Credit) and  notice  of  dishonor,
protest  and notice of protest with respect  to  drafts
honored under the Letters of Credit.  The Issuing  Bank
agrees promptly to notify the Borrower whenever a draft
is presented under any Letter of Credit, but failure to
so  notify the Borrower shall not in any way affect the
Borrower's  obligations hereunder.  Subject to  Section
2.19  and  2.22,  if  while any  Letter  of  Credit  is
outstanding, any law, executive order or regulation  is
enforced,  adopted or interpreted by any  public  body,
governmental  agency or court of competent jurisdiction
so  as  to affect any of the Borrower's obligations  or
the  compensation to any Bank in respect of the Letters
of  Credit  or  the cost to such Bank  of  establishing
and?or  maintaining  the  Letters  of  Credit  (or  any
participation therein), such Bank shall promptly notify
the  Borrower  thereof in writing  in  accordance  with
Section 2.13(c) or 2.17, as the case may be, and within
ten (10) Business Days after receipt by the Borrower of
such   Bank's   request   (through   the   Agent)   for
reimbursement or indemnification or within thirty  (30)
days   after   receipt  of  a  notice  in  respect   of
Withholding   Taxes   under   Section   2.17    hereof,
accompanied  by  a certificate from such  Bank  setting
forth    the   basis   for   such   reimbursement    or
indemnification   and   the  calculation   thereof   in
accordance  with Section 2.14(c) or 2.17, as  the  case
may  be, the Borrower shall reimburse or indemnify such
Bank, as the case may be, with respect thereto so  that
such Bank shall be in the same position as if there had
been  no  such enforcement, adoption or interpretation,
unless  the  Borrower notifies the Agent  of  its  good
faith  contest to, and dispute of, the requested amount
and  such  Bank's  basis  therefor  and?or  calculation
thereof.   The foregoing agreement of the  Borrower  to
reimburse  or indemnify the Banks shall apply  in  (but
shall not be limited to) the following situations:   an
imposition of or change in reserve, capital maintenance
or  other similar requirements or in excise or  similar
taxes  or  monetary  restraints,  except  a  change  in
franchise taxes imposed on such Bank or in tax  on  the
net income of such Bank.

        (f)In  the event that any provision of a Letter
of  Credit  Application  is inconsistent  with,  or  in
conflict  of,  any provision of this Credit  Agreement,
including   provisions  for  the   rate   of   interest
applicable to drawings thereunder or rights  of  setoff
or  any  representations, warranties, covenants or  any
events of default set forth therein, the provisions  of
this Credit Agreement shall govern.

    SECTION   2.4.   Conversions  or  Continuation   of
Borrowings.

    (a)Subject  to the other provisions of this  Credit
Agreement, the Borrower may elect from time to time  to
convert  (i) all or any part of Eurodollar Loans  which
comprise  part  of the same Eurodollar Borrowing  to  a
Borrowing  comprised of ABR Loans and (ii) all  or  any
part  of  ABR  Loans which comprise part  of  the  same
Borrowing to a Borrowing comprised of Eurodollar Loans,
provided,   however,  in  each  case  that   any   such
conversion  of  Revolving  Credit  Loans  comprising  a
Eurodollar  Borrowing  shall,  subject  to  the  second
following sentence, only be made on the last day  of  a
Eurodollar  Interest Period with respect thereto.   All
or any part of a Borrowing may be converted as provided
herein,  provided  that no Borrowing may  be  converted
into  a Eurodollar Borrowing when any Default or  Event
of Default has occurred and is continuing.

    (b)Any  Eurodollar Borrowing may  be  continued  as
such  effective  upon the expiration of the  Eurodollar
Interest Period with respect thereto; provided, that no
Eurodollar Borrowing may be continued as such when  any
Default  or  Event  of  Default  has  occurred  and  is
continuing, but shall be automatically converted to  an
ABR   Borrowing  on  the  last  day  of  then   current
Eurodollar Interest Period with respect thereto.

      (c)   In order to elect to convert or continue  a
Borrowing,  or any portion thereof, under this  Section
2.4,  the Borrower shall deliver an irrevocable  Notice
of  Conversion or Continuation to the Agent  not  later
than 1:00 p.m., Houston, Texas time, (i) at least three
(3) Business Days in advance of the proposed conversion
or continuation date in the case of a conversion to, or
continuation  of, a Eurodollar Borrowing  and  (ii)  at
least  one (1) Business Day in advance of the  proposed
conversion date in the case of a conversion to  an  ABR
Borrowing.    Each   such  Notice  of   Conversion   or
Continuation shall be by telecopy (confirmed thereafter
by  a  delivery  of  the original  of  such  Notice  of
Conversion or Continuation by United States mail  or  a
reputable  courier) and shall specify (v) the  date  of
the  requested conversion or continuation (which  shall
be a Business Day), (w) the amount and the Borrowing to
be  converted or continued, (y) whether a conversion or
continuation  is requested, and, if a conversion,  into
what  Type  of  Borrowing and (z)  in  the  case  of  a
conversion  to,  or  a continuation  of,  a  Eurodollar
Borrowing,  the  requested Eurodollar Interest  Period.
Promptly  after  receipt of a Notice of  Conversion  or
Continuation  under this Section 2.4, the  Agent  shall
provide each Bank with a copy thereof.

    (d)   No Borrowing, or any portion thereof, may  be
converted into an Eurodollar Borrowing if, after giving
effect to such conversion, there would be more than six
(6) Eurodollar Borrowings outstanding at such time.

    (e)If  the Borrower shall fail to deliver a  timely
Notice  of  Conversion or Continuation with respect  to
any  Eurodollar Borrowing, the Borrower shall be deemed
to have elected to convert such Eurodollar Borrowing to
an  ABR  Borrowing  on the last day of  the  Eurodollar
Interest   Period  with  respect  to  such   Eurodollar
Borrowing.

    (f)For  purposes  of this Section  2.4,  Borrowings
having    different   Eurodollar   Interest    Periods,
regardless of whether they commence on the same date or
are of the same Type shall be considered Borrowings  of
different Types.

    SECTION 2.5.  Fees.

    (a)In  consideration of each Bank's  commitment  to
make  Revolving Credit Loans, the Borrower will pay  to
Agent  for  the  account of each Bank a commitment  fee
determined  on a daily basis by applying the applicable
Commitment   Fee   Rate  to  such   Bank's   Commitment
Percentage of the difference between (i) the  Available
Commitment and (ii) the aggregate outstanding principal
amount of all Revolving Credit Loans, on each day  from
the  Effective Date to but excluding the Maturity Date.
This commitment fee shall be due and payable in arrears
on the first day of the next succeeding Fiscal Quarter,
on  the  date of each reduction in the Total Commitment
and  at  Maturity (by acceleration or otherwise).   The
applicable "Commitment Fee Rate" shall be based on  the
Utilized Percentage of Borrowing Base in effect on each
such  day  and  calculated pursuant  to  the  following
table:

        Utilized Percentage of      Applicable Commitment
            Borrowing Base                 Fee Rate

     Less than fifty percent       three-tenths of one
     (50%)                         percent (0.30%) per
                                   annum

     Equal to or greater than      three-tenths of one
     fifty percent (50%) but       percent (0.30%) per
     less than seventy-five        annum
     percent (75%)


     Equal to or greater than      three-eighths   of   one
     seventy-five percent (75%)    percent   (0.375%)   per
                                   annum

    (b)In  consideration of each Bank's  commitment  to
participate in Letters of Credit, the Borrower will pay
to  Agent  for  the account of each Bank  a  letter  of
credit fee equal to the greater of (i) $500.00 and (ii)
a  fee determined by applying the applicable Letter  of
Credit  Fee Rate to the face amount of each  Letter  of
Credit from the date of issuance thereof to the date on
which  such Letter of Credit expires.  All such  Letter
of  Credit fees shall be payable in full in advance  of
the issuance of such Letter of Credit.  The Agent shall
pay  to  each  Bank its Commitment Percentage  of  such
Letter  of Credit fee. The applicable "Letter of Credit
Fee Rate" shall be based on the Utilized Percentage  of
Borrowing  Base  in  effect  on  each  such   day   and
calculated pursuant to the following table:

        Utilized Percentage of       Applicable Letter of
            Borrowing Base             Credit Fee Rate

     Less than fifty percent       one percent (1.00%) per
     (50%)                         annum

     Equal to or greater than      one and one-quarter
     fifty percent (50%), but      percent (1.25%) per
     less than seventy-five        annum
     percent (75%)
                                   one and one-half percent
     Equal to or greater than      (1.50%) per annum
     seventy-five percent (75%)


    (c)the  Borrower agrees to pay to the Issuing  Bank
as  a  fronting fee for the issuance of each Letter  of
Credit,  an  amount equal to one-eighth of one  percent
(.125%) per annum of the face amount of each Letter  of
Credit from the date of issuance thereof to the date on
which such Letter of Credit expires or is terminated.

    (d)the  Borrower shall pay to Agent for the ratable
account  of  each  Bank an unavailable  commitment  fee
determined  on a daily basis by applying the applicable
Unavailable   Fee   Rate  to  such  Bank's   Commitment
Percentage  of the Unavailable Commitment on  each  day
from  the  Effective Date to but excluding the Maturity
Date.  The term "Unavailable Commitment" shall mean  an
amount  equal  to  the  positive  difference,  if  any,
between   the   Total  Commitment  and  the   Available
Commitment then in effect.  This unavailable commitment
fee  shall  be due and payable in arrears on the  first
day  of the next succeeding Fiscal Quarter, on the date
of  each  reduction  in  the Total  Commitment  and  at
Maturity   (by   acceleration   or   otherwise).    The
applicable "Unavailable Fee Rate" shall be based on the
Utilized Percentage of Borrowing Base in effect on each
such  day  and  calculated pursuant  to  the  following
table:

        Utilized Percentage of      Applicable Unavailable
            Borrowing Base                 Fee Rate

     Less than fifty percent       three-twentieths of one
     (50%)                         percent (0.15%) per
                                   annum

     Equal to or greater than      three-twentieths of one
     fifty percent (50%) but       percent (0.15%) per
     less than seventy-five        annum
     percent (75%)
                                   three-sixteenths of one
     Equal to or greater than      percent (0.1875%)
     seventy-five percent (75%)


         (e)the  Borrower shall pay  when  due  to
     the  Agent  and each of the Banks such  other
     fees as shall have been separately agreed  by
     the Agent and the Borrower in writing.

         (f)All  computations  of  fees  hereunder
     shall be calculated on the basis of a year of
     360  days  and  the  actual  number  of  days
     elapsed.

         SECTION 2.6.  Notes.

         (a)The  Revolving Credit  Loans  made  by
     each Bank shall be evidenced by a single Note
     duly  executed and delivered by the Borrower,
     dated  the  Closing  Date,  with  the  blanks
     appropriately completed, payable to the order
     of  such Bank in a principal amount equal  to
     such  Bank's  Commitment  as  set  forth   in
     Schedule 1.1.

         (b)Each Bank is hereby authorized by  the
     Borrower,  at its option, to endorse  on  the
     schedule  attached  to  its  Note  (or  on  a
     continuation of such schedule attached to its
     Note  and  made  a part thereof)  or  in  its
     internal  records relating  to  its  Note  an
     appropriate notation evidencing the date  and
     amount   of   each  Revolving   Credit   Loan
     evidenced  thereby, the date  and  amount  of
     each  payment  of principal  or  interest  in
     respect  thereof  and such other  information
     provided for on such schedule.  The aggregate
     unpaid principal amount so recorded shall  be
     presumptive evidence of the principal  amount
     owing by the Borrower to such Bank and unpaid
     under  its Note.  The failure of any Bank  to
     make  such  a  notation or any error  therein
     shall not in any manner affect the obligation
     of the Borrower to repay the Revolving Credit
     Loans  made  by such Bank in accordance  with
     the   terms  of  its  Note  and  this  Credit
     Agreement.

         SECTION   2.7.   Interest  on   Revolving
     Credit Loans and Payment Dates.

         (a)Subject  to the provisions of  Section
     2.8,  the  Revolving Credit Loans shall  bear
     interest as follows:

             (i)The    Revolving   Credit    Loans
             comprising each Eurodollar  Borrowing
             shall bear interest (computed on  the
             basis  of the actual number  of  days
             elapsed  over a year of 360 days)  at
             a  rate per annum equal to the lesser
             of  (i)  the Highest Lawful Rate  and
             (ii)  the  Eurodollar  Rate  for  the
             Eurodollar Interest Period in  effect
             for    such   Borrowing   plus    the
             Applicable  Eurodollar  Margin   with
             respect to such Eurodollar Loans.

             (ii)    The  Revolving  Credit  Loans
             comprising  any  ABR Borrowing  shall
             bear  interest  at a rate  per  annum
             equal  to  the  lesser  of  (i)   the
             Highest  Lawful  Rate  and  (ii)  the
             Alternate   Base   Rate    (if    the
             Alternate Base Rate is based  on  the
             Prime Rate, computed on the basis  of
             the  actual  number of  days  elapsed
             over  a  year of 365 or 366 days,  as
             the  case  may  be; if the  Alternate
             Base  Rate  is based on  the  Federal
             Funds  Effective  Rate,  computed  on
             the  basis  of the actual  number  of
             days  elapsed  over  a  year  of  360
             days).

      (b)    Interest  on  each Revolving  Credit  Loan
shall be payable by the Borrower (i) in respect of each
Revolving  Credit  Loan  comprising  part  of  an   ABR
Borrowing,  quarterly in arrears on the  last  Business
Day  of each calendar quarter, (ii) in respect of  each
Revolving  Credit Loan comprising part of a  Eurodollar
Borrowing,  on the last day of the Eurodollar  Interest
Period applicable to such Eurodollar Borrowing, and, in
the case of a Eurodollar Interest Period for Eurodollar
Borrowings  of  six (6) months, on the  date  occurring
three  (3)  months from the first day of such  Interest
Period  and on the last day of such Eurodollar Interest
Period, (iii) in respect of each Revolving Credit  Loan
accruing  interest at the Default Rate, on  demand  and
(iv)  in respect of all Revolving Credit Loans, on  any
prepayment  or  conversion (on the  amount  prepaid  or
converted),  at  maturity (whether by  acceleration  or
otherwise) and, after maturity, on demand.

    (c)Interest  in  respect of  the  unpaid  principal
amount of each Revolving Credit Loan shall accrue  from
(and   including)  the  date  of  the  making  of  such
Revolving Credit Loan to (but not including)  the  date
on  which such Revolving Credit Loan shall be  paid  in
full.

    (d)The  Agent shall, upon determining a  Eurodollar
Rate for any Eurodollar Interest Period with respect to
a  Eurodollar  Borrowing, promptly notify the  Borrower
and the Banks thereof.

    SECTION 2.8.  Interest on Overdue Amounts.  If  the
Borrower shall fail to pay the principal of or interest
on  any Revolving Credit Loan or any other amount  when
due  hereunder, the Borrower shall on demand from  time
to  time pay interest, to the extent permitted by  law,
on such defaulted amount from the date of such Event of
Default  up to (but not including) the date  of  actual
payment  (after as well as before judgment) at  a  rate
per  annum (the "Default Rate") equal to the lesser  of
(i) the Highest Lawful Rate and (ii) (x) in the case of
ABR  Borrowings,  the  Alternate  Base  Rate  plus  two
percent (2%) per annum or (y) in the case of Eurodollar
Borrowings,  the  Eurodollar Rate  for  the  Eurodollar
Interest  Period in effect for such Borrowing plus  the
Applicable  Eurodollar  Margin  with  respect  to  such
Eurodollar  Loans plus two percent (2%) per  annum,  in
either case, computed on the basis of the actual number
of  days elapsed over a year of 365 or 366 days, as the
case may be.

    SECTION  2.9.  Voluntary Termination and  Reduction
of the Total Commitment.

    (a)   Subject  to Section 2.11.  The  Borrower  may
permanently  terminate, or from time to  time  in  part
permanently reduce, the Total Commitment upon at  least
five  (5)  Business Days' prior irrevocable written  or
telecopy notice (or telephone notice promptly confirmed
in  writing) to the Agent (which notice the Agent shall
promptly  transmit to each of the Banks).  Such  notice
shall   specify  the  date  and  the  amount   of   the
termination or reduction of the Total Commitment.  Each
partial reduction of the Total Commitment shall be in a
minimum aggregate principal amount of $5,000,000 and in
integral  multiples of $1,000,000 (or a  lesser  amount
equal  to  the excess of the Total Commitment over  the
sum of the Utilized Credit).

       (b)   Simultaneously  with  any  termination  or
reduction  of  the  Total Commitment pursuant  to  this
Section  2.9, the Borrower shall pay to the  Agent  for
the  account  of each Bank the commitment fees  on  the
amount   of   the  Available  Commitment   and/or   the
Unavailable   Commitment  so  terminated  or   reduced,
accrued  through  the  date  of  such  termination   or
reduction.  After  a reduction of the Total  Commitment
hereunder,  the  commitment fees with  respect  of  the
"Unavailable Commitment" shall thereafter be calculated
on the Total Commitment as so reduced.

    SECTION  2.10.  Voluntary Prepayment  of  Revolving
Credit Loans.

    (a)   the Borrower shall have the right at any time
and  from  time to time to prepay the Revolving  Credit
Loans,  in  whole  or  in part,  (i)  in  the  case  of
Eurodollar Loans upon at least three (3) Business Days'
prior  written or telecopy notice (or telephone  notice
promptly  confirmed in writing) to the Agent, provided,
however,  that  in  the  event  the  Borrower   prepays
Eurodollar Borrowing in whole or in part on a day which
is  not  the last day of the Eurodollar Interest Period
applicable  thereto,  the provisions  of  Section  2.15
shall apply or (ii) in the case of an ABR Loan, upon at
least  one (1) Business Day's prior written or telecopy
notice  or  telephone  notice  promptly  confirmed   in
writing)  to  the Agent; provided, however,  that  each
such partial prepayment shall be in a minimum principal
amount  of  $1,000,000  and in  integral  multiples  of
$1,000,000 (or a lesser amount equal to the sum of  the
aggregate  principal  amount of  all  Revolving  Credit
Loans outstanding).

    (b)   Each  notice  of prepayment under  subsection
(a)  above  shall (i) specify the prepayment date,  the
principal  amount of such prepayment,  which  Revolving
Credit  Loans  are to be prepaid, and in  the  case  of
Revolving    Credit    Loans   comprising    Eurodollar
Borrowings, the specific Borrowing(s) pursuant to which
such   Revolving  Credit  Loans  were  made   and   the
Eurodollar Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii)  be
irrevocable  and  (iii) commit the Borrower  to  prepay
such  Revolving  Credit Loan(s) by  the  amount  stated
therein  on  the date stated therein.  All  prepayments
under  this  Section 2.10 shall be subject  to  Section
2.15  (as  to  prepayments of  Eurodollar  Loans),  but
otherwise  without premium or penalty.  All prepayments
under this Section 2.10 shall be accompanied by accrued
interest on the principal amount being prepaid  to  the
date of payment.

    SECTION  2.11.   Mandatory  Payments  on  Revolving
Credit Loans.

      (a)  If at any time there shall occur a Borrowing
Base  Deficiency, the Borrower shall, at its  election,
either  (1)  prepay (no later than sixty (60)  calendar
days  after  the  applicable  Determination  Date)  the
principal of the Revolving Credit Loans on a  pro  rata
basis  in  an aggregate amount equal to such  Borrowing
Base Deficiency (together with accrued interest on  the
principal  amount  of  the Revolving  Credit  Loans  so
prepaid  to  the  date  of  prepayment),  (2)  if  such
condition arises, in part or in whole, by reason  of  a
Designated Borrowing Base being in effect, increase the
Designated  Borrowing Base by an amount  equal  to  the
lesser  of  (i)  such  excess or  (ii)  the  difference
between the Available Borrowing Base and the Designated
Borrowing Base or (3) any combination of (1) and (2) or
any  other  solution acceptable to the Majority  Banks.
The  Borrower shall give prompt written notice  to  the
Agent  of  each  election made by it pursuant  to  this
Section  2.11(a). If the Borrower shall  fail  to  give
notice to the Agent as aforesaid, the Borrower shall be
deemed  to have elected to prepay the Revolving  Credit
Loans  in  accordance  with clause  (1)  of  the  first
sentence of Section 2.11(a).

    (b)On  the  date  of  any reduction  of  the  Total
Commitment pursuant to Section 2.9, the Borrower  shall
pay or prepay Revolving Credit Loans in an amount equal
to  the  Borrowing Base Deficiency, if any, created  by
such reduction.

    (c)   With  respect  to each payment  of  principal
required to be made pursuant to this Section 2.11,  the
Borrower may designate, by written notice to the  Agent
on  or  before the date of such payment, the  Types  of
Revolving Credit Loans which are to be paid and, in the
case  of  Eurodollar  Loans,  the  specific  Eurodollar
Borrowing(s) pursuant to which made and the  Eurodollar
Interest Periods applicable thereto, provided that  (i)
payments  of Eurodollar Loans may only be made  on  the
last  day  of an Eurodollar Interest Period  applicable
thereto  unless all ABR Loans have been paid  in  full;
and  (ii)  if  any  payment of  Eurodollar  Loans  made
pursuant to a single Eurodollar Borrowing shall  reduce
the outstanding Revolving Credit Loans made pursuant to
such  Eurodollar  Borrowing  to  an  amount  less  than
$1,000,000, such Eurodollar Borrowing shall immediately
be  converted  into ABR Loans.  In  the  absence  of  a
designation  by  the  Borrower  as  described  in   the
preceding sentence, the Agent shall apply the amount of
such  payment  first to the payment of all  outstanding
ABR  Loans and second to the payment of the outstanding
Eurodollar Loans.

    (d)The  unpaid  principal amount of  all  Revolving
Credit  Loans shall be due and payable in full  on  the
Maturity Date.

    SECTION 2.12.  Alternate Rate of Interest.  In  the
event, and on each occasion, that on the day three  (3)
Business  Days  prior  to  the  commencement   of   any
Eurodollar  Interest Period for a Eurodollar Borrowing,
the  Agent  shall  have  reasonably  determined  (which
determination  shall  be final  and  binding  upon  the
Borrower)  that  (i) Dollar deposits in  the  principal
amounts  of  the  relevant Eurodollar Loans  comprising
such  Eurodollar Borrowing are not generally  available
in  the  interbank eurodollar market, or (ii) by reason
of  any  changes arising after the date of this  Credit
Agreement  affecting the interbank  eurodollar  market,
adequate  and  fair means do not exist for ascertaining
such  Eurodollar Rate on the basis provided for in  the
definition of the Eurodollar Rate, or (iii)  by  reason
of  any  other  circumstance affecting a  Bank  or  the
interbank  eurodollar market or the  position  of  such
Bank  in  such  market, the Eurodollar  Rate  will  not
adequately and fairly reflect the cost to any  Bank  of
making  or maintaining its Eurodollar Loan during  such
Eurodollar Interest Period and such unreflected cost is
not paid by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.13(a)the
Agent  shall,  as soon as practicable thereafter,  give
written  notice of such determination to  the  Borrower
and the Banks.  In the event of any such determination,
any  request by the Borrower for a Eurodollar Borrowing
pursuant  to  Sections  2.2 or  2.4  shall,  until  the
circumstances  giving  rise to such  notice  no  longer
exist,  be  deemed  to  be a request  for  a  Borrowing
comprised of ABR Loans.

    SECTION 2.13.  Change in Circumstances.

      (a)   Notwithstanding any other provision  herein
but  subject  to Section 2.19, if after  the  Effective
Date   the  introduction  of  any  applicable  law   or
regulation   or  any  change  in  applicable   law   or
regulation  or  in the interpretation or administration
thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with  the
interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance
by  the  Banks with any applicable guideline or request
from   any   central  bank  or  Governmental  Authority
(whether  or  not having the force of  law)  (i)  shall
change the basis of taxation of payments to any Bank of
the  principal  of or interest on any Revolving  Credit
Loan  made by such Bank or of any other fees or amounts
payable  hereunder (other than changes in the  rate  of
tax  imposed  on the overall net income  of,  including
penalties and interest in respect thereof, or franchise
taxes  based  on the net income of, such  Bank  or  its
Lending  Office),  (ii) shall impose,  modify  or  deem
applicable  any  reserve, special  deposit  or  similar
requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the
account  of, or credit extended by, any Bank  or  (iii)
shall  impose  on any Bank or the interbank  eurodollar
market   any  other  condition  affecting  this  Credit
Agreement or any Eurodollar Loan made by such Bank, and
the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase
the  cost  to  such Bank of making or  maintaining  any
Eurodollar  Loan  or to reduce the amount  of  any  sum
received  or receivable by such Bank hereunder (whether
of principal, interest or otherwise) in respect thereof
by  an  amount deemed in good faith by such Bank to  be
material  (provided that the foregoing shall not  apply
to   increases  resulting  from  general  increases  in
interest  rates  or general increases  in  such  Bank's
administrative expenses or overhead), then the Borrower
shall  pay  to  such  Bank such  additional  amount  or
amounts   as  will  compensate  such  Bank   for   such
additional  costs  incurred or reductions  suffered  in
accordance  with  paragraph (c) below.  Notwithstanding
the  foregoing, in no event shall any Bank be permitted
to  receive  any  compensation  hereunder  constituting
interest in excess of the Highest Lawful Rate.

      (b)   If any Bank shall have determined that  the
applicability of any law, rule, regulation or guideline
adopted pursuant to or arising out of any changes after
the  date  hereof to the July 1988 report of the  Basle
Committee   on  Banking  Regulations  and   Supervisory
Practices   entitled  "International   Convergence   of
Capital  Measurement  and  Capital  Standards"  or  the
adoption or effectiveness after the date hereof of  any
law,  rule,  regulation or guideline regarding  capital
adequacy, or any change in any of the foregoing, or any
change  in the interpretation or administration in  any
of the foregoing by any Governmental Authority, central
bank   or   comparable   agency   charged   with    the
interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance
by  such  Bank (or its Lending Office) or  such  Bank's
holding company with any request or directive regarding
capital  adequacy (whether or not having the  force  of
law)  of any such Governmental Authority, central  bank
or  comparable agency, has or would have the effect  of
reducing  the rate of return on such Bank's capital  or
on  the  capital of such Bank's holding company,  as  a
consequence  of  its  obligations  under  this   Credit
Agreement to a level below that which such Bank or such
Bank's holding company could have achieved but for such
adoption,    change   or   compliance   (taking    into
consideration such Bank's policies and the policies  of
such  Bank's  holding company with respect  to  capital
adequacy)  by  an amount deemed in good faith  by  such
Bank  to  be  material, then such Bank  shall  promptly
notify the Borrower in writing of the occurrence of any
such  event, such notice to state in reasonable  detail
the reasons therefor and the additional amount required
to  compensate such Bank for the reduction in its  rate
of  return  and the Borrower and such Bank or  (as  the
case  may  be)  the Agent shall thereafter  attempt  to
negotiate in good faith, within thirty (30) days of the
day  on  which  the Borrower receives such  notice,  an
adjustment   payable  hereunder  that  will  adequately
compensate  such Bank or the Agent in  light  of  these
circumstances.  If the Borrower and such  Bank  or  the
Agent  are  unable  to agree to such adjustment  within
thirty  (30)  days  of the date on which  the  Borrower
receives  such  notice, then the  Borrower  shall  pay,
subject to Section 2.19, to such Bank or the Agent,  as
the case may be, an amount that will, in such Bank's or
the  Agent's reasonable determination, provide adequate
compensation  to  such  Bank  or  such  Bank's  holding
company  (or the Agent or the Agent's holding  company,
as  the  case  may  be)  for  any   such  reduction  in
accordance  with  paragraph (c) below.  Notwithstanding
the  foregoing, in no event shall any Bank be permitted
to  receive  any  compensation  hereunder  constituting
interest in excess of the Highest Lawful Rate.

    (c)   Any Bank requesting compensation pursuant  to
Section  2.13(a)  or (b) hereof shall  deliver  to  the
Borrower a certificate of such Bank setting forth  such
amount  or  amounts as shall be necessary to compensate
such  Bank  or  its  holding company  as  specified  in
paragraphs (a) or (b) above, as the case may  be,  such
certificates  to  state,  in  reasonable  detail,   the
reasons therefor, and such certificate shall be, in the
absence  of  manifest error, prima facie evidence  that
such  amount(s)  are due and owing.  In preparing  such
certificate, such Bank may employ such assumptions  and
allocations of costs and expenses as it shall  in  good
faith  deem  reasonable and may be  determined  by  any
reasonable  averaging  and  attribution  method.    The
Borrower shall pay to such Bank the amount shown as due
on  any  such  certificate within thirty (30)  Business
Days  after  the Borrower's receipt of the  same.   Any
decision  by  a  Bank  not to require  payment  of  any
interest,  cost  or  other amount  payable  under  this
Section  2.13 or to calculate any amount payable  by  a
particular  method, on one occasion, shall  in  no  way
limit  or  be deemed a waiver of such Bank's  right  to
require  full  payment of any interest, cost  or  other
amount  payable hereunder, or to calculate  any  amount
payable  by  another method, on any other or subsequent
occasion.

    SECTION 2.14.  Change in Legality.

      (a)   Notwithstanding any other provision  herein
contained to the contrary, if (x) any change in any law
or  regulation or in the interpretation thereof by  any
Governmental  Authority charged with the administration
or  interpretation thereof shall make it  unlawful  for
any  Bank or its Lending Office to make or maintain its
Commitment Percentage of any Eurodollar Borrowing or to
give  effect to its obligations as contemplated  hereby
with  respect  to  its  Commitment  Percentage  of  any
Eurodollar  Borrowing or (y) at any time  the  Majority
Banks reasonably determine the making or continuance of
any  Bank's Revolving Credit Loans comprising a portion
of any Eurodollar Borrowing has become impracticable as
a  result  of  a contingency occurring after  the  date
hereof which adversely affects the interbank eurodollar
market or the position of such Bank in such market,  as
the case may be, then, and in any such event, such Bank
shall,  promptly after making such determination,  give
written  or  telecopy notice (or by telephone  promptly
confirmed in writing) to the Borrower and the Agent  of
such   determination  (which  notice  the  Agent  shall
promptly   transmit  to  each  of  the  other   Banks);
provided, however, that before giving any such  notice,
such  Bank  shall use reasonable good faith efforts  to
designate  a  different  Lending  Office  to  make   or
maintain its Eurodollar Loans if such designation  will
avoid  the  need to suspend such Bank's obligations  to
make  or  maintain Eurodollar Loans  and  will  not  be
otherwise  disadvantageous to  such  Bank.   Thereafter
each  such  affected  Bank may (i)  declare  that  such
affected  Bank  will  no longer make  Eurodollar  Loans
(subject to paragraph (b) below) whereupon any  request
by the Borrower for a Eurodollar Borrowing shall, as to
such  Bank  only, be deemed a request for an ABR  Loan;
and  (ii) require that all outstanding Eurodollar Loans
made  by  such affected Bank(s) be converted  into  ABR
Loans  at the end of the applicable Eurodollar Interest
Period  or  such  earlier time as may  be  required  by
applicable Requirements of Law, in each case by  giving
the  Agent  written or telecopy notice (or by telephone
promptly  confirmed in writing) thereof (which  notice,
in the case of subclause (ii) above shall specify which
affected   Eurodollar  Loans  are  to  be   converted);
provided,  however,  that all  Banks  whose  Eurodollar
Loans are affected by the circumstances described above
shall be treated in the same manner.

    (b)   In  the  event  any Bank shall  exercise  its
rights under (a) above, all payments of principal which
would   otherwise  have  been  applied  to  repay   the
Eurodollar  Loans that would have been made,  converted
or  continued by such Bank or the converted  Eurodollar
Loans  of  such Bank shall instead be applied to  repay
the ABR Loans made by the Bank in lieu of, or resulting
from the conversion of, such affected Eurodollar Loans.

    SECTION    2.15.     Funding    Losses.     Without
duplication  of other provisions contained herein,  the
Borrower shall indemnify each Bank against any loss  or
reasonable expense which such Bank may sustain or incur
as  a consequence of (i) any failure by the Borrower to
fulfill   on  the  Borrowing  Date  for  any  Borrowing
hereunder  the  applicable  conditions  set  forth   in
Article IV, (ii) any failure by the Borrower to  borrow
hereunder  after a Borrowing Request pursuant  to  this
Article  II  has been given, (iii) any failure  by  the
Borrower  to convert or continue a Borrowing  hereunder
after  a  Notice of Conversion or Continuation pursuant
to  this  Article II has been given, (iv) any  payment,
prepayment,  continuance or conversion of a  Eurodollar
Borrowing  required or permitted by any other provision
of this Credit Agreement including, without limitation,
payments  made due to the acceleration of the  maturity
of the Notes pursuant to Section 8.1, or otherwise made
on  a  date  other than the last day of the  applicable
Eurodollar  Interest Period, (v)  any  default  in  the
payment  or prepayment of the principal amount  of  any
Eurodollar  Borrowing or any part thereof  or  interest
accrued  thereon, as and when due and payable  (at  the
due date thereof, by notice of prepayment or otherwise)
including,  but not limited to, any loss or  reasonable
expense  sustained or incurred or to  be  sustained  or
incurred  in  liquidating  or employing  deposits  from
third  parties  acquired  to effect  or  maintain  such
Bank's   Commitment   Percentage  of   any   Eurodollar
Borrowing   or   any  part  thereof  as  a   Eurodollar
Borrowing.   Such  loss  or  reasonable  expense  shall
include,  without limitation, an amount  equal  to  the
excess,  if any, as reasonably determined by such  Bank
of  (i)  its  cost  of  obtaining  the  funds  for  its
Commitment Percentage of the Eurodollar Borrowing being
paid,  prepaid or converted or not borrowed  (based  on
the  Eurodollar Rate applicable thereto) for the period
from  the date of such payment, prepayment, continuance
or  conversion or failure to borrow to the last day  of
the Eurodollar Interest Period for such Eurodollar Loan
(or, in the case of a failure to borrow, the Eurodollar
Interest  Period  for the Eurodollar Loan  which  would
have  commenced on the date of such failure to  borrow)
over   (ii)  the  amount  of  interest  (as  reasonably
determined by such Bank) that would be realized by such
Bank   in  reemploying  the  funds  so  paid,  prepaid,
continued or converted or not borrowed for such  period
or  Eurodollar  Interest Period, as the  case  may  be,
provided that such Bank will use its reasonable efforts
to reemploy funds in investments of similar quality.  A
certificate  of such Bank signed by an officer  setting
forth  in reasonable detail any amount or amounts which
such  Bank  is  entitled to receive  pursuant  to  this
Section  2.15 shall be delivered to the Borrower.   The
Borrower shall pay to such Bank the amount shown as due
on  any  certificate within thirty (30)  Business  Days
after  its  receipt  of the same.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  in no event shall any Bank be permitted  to
receive   any   compensation   hereunder   constituting
interest in excess of the Highest Lawful Rate.  Without
prejudice  to the survival of any other obligations  of
the Borrower hereunder, the obligations of the Borrower
under  this  Section  2.15 shall survive  the  date  of
termination of this Credit Agreement and the payment in
full of the Obligations.

    SECTION   2.16.   Method  of  Payments   Pro   Rata
Treatment.

    (a)    the   Borrower  shall  make   each   payment
hereunder  and under the Notes delivered hereunder  not
later  than 1:00 p.m., Houston, Texas time, on the  day
when  due  in  lawful money of the  United  States  (in
freely  transferable  Dollars) to  the  Agent  for  the
account  of  the Banks entitled thereto at the  Agent's
address  referred  to  in Section 10.2  in  immediately
available  funds and any funds received  by  the  Agent
after   such  time  shall,  for  all  purposes   hereof
(including the following sentence), be deemed  to  have
been  paid on the next succeeding Business Day.  Except
as  otherwise specifically provided herein,  the  Agent
shall thereafter cause to be distributed on the date of
receipt  thereof  to  each  Bank  in  like  funds   its
Commitment Percentage (or, if the Revolving Credit Loan
of  such  Bank  with respect to which such  payment  is
being  made  is  not of the same Type as the  Revolving
Credit  Loans of the other Banks with respect to  which
such  payment  is  being made, such Bank's  appropriate
share)  of the payments so received for the account  of
such  Bank's  Lending Office for the  Revolving  Credit
Loan in respect of which such payment is made.

    (b)   Except as otherwise provided herein, (i) each
Borrowing comprised of Revolving Credit Loans hereunder
shall be obtained from the Banks, each payment of  fees
shall  be  paid for the account of the Banks  and  each
partial reduction of the Total Commitment under Section
2.9  shall be applied to the Commitments of the  Banks,
in  each case simultaneously and pro rata in accordance
with  each  Bank's  Commitment  Percentage,  (ii)  each
conversion of a Borrowing comprised of Revolving Credit
Loans of a particular type shall be made pro rata among
the  Banks  according  to their  respective  Commitment
Percentage of such Borrowing and (iii) each payment and
prepayment of principal of or interest on any Revolving
Credit  Loans will be made to the Agent for the account
of  each  of the Banks simultaneously and pro  rata  in
accordance  with their respective Commitment Percentage
of  unpaid  principal amounts of such Revolving  Credit
Loans made by the Banks.

      (c)  Whenever any payment hereunder or under  the
Notes  (including  principal  of  or  interest  on  any
Revolving  Credit Loan or any fees or  other  amounts),
shall  be  stated  to  be due on a  day  other  than  a
Business  Day, such payment shall be made on  the  next
succeeding  Business Day, and such  extension  of  time
shall  in  such case be included in the computation  of
payment  of interest, fee or other amount, as the  case
may  be;  provided,  however, if such  extension  would
cause  payment  of  interest  on  or  principal  of   a
Eurodollar  Loan  to  be  made in  the  next  following
calendar month, such payment shall be made on the  next
preceding Business Day.

        SECTION 2.17.  Taxes.

    (a)    All   payments   of   principal,   interest,
expenses,   reimbursements,  compensation,  commitment,
arrangement or administration fees and any other amount
from time to time due hereunder, under the Notes or any
other Loan Document made by the Borrower shall be  made
free and clear of and without deduction for any present
or  future  tax, levy, impost or any other  charge,  if
any,  of any nature whatsoever now or hereafter imposed
by  any Governmental Authority, excluding, however,  in
the  case  of the Agent and each Bank, any such  taxes,
levies, costs or charges imposed on or measured by  the
gross  receipts, capital or overall net income  of  the
Agent or such Bank or such Bank's Lending Office by any
jurisdiction  in which the Agent or such Bank  or  such
Bank's Lending Office is located (all such non-excluded
taxes,  levies, costs, imposts, deductions, charges  or
withholdings being herein called "Withholding  Taxes").
If  any  Withholding Taxes are required to be  withheld
from  any  amounts  payable to the Agent  or  any  Bank
hereunder  or under the Notes, and if such  withholding
does  not  result from the breach by such Bank  of  its
agreement  set forth in subsection (b) below  or  would
not  be  required  if  such Bank's  representation  and
warranty  set forth in subsection (c) below were  true,
then, to the extent that any such Withholding Taxes are
a  liability  of, or credited to, the  account  of  the
Borrower, the Borrower shall pay to the Agent  or  such
Bank, on the date of each such payment, such additional
amounts  as  may  be necessary in order  that  the  net
amounts  received by the Bank after such  deduction  or
withholding  shall equal the amounts which  would  have
been received if such deduction or withholding were not
required;  provided, however, that all amounts  payable
under this Section 2.17 which constitute interest under
applicable  law shall not exceed an amount which  would
result  in the payment of interest at a rate in  excess
of  the  Highest Lawful Rate.  Whenever any Withholding
Taxes  are  withheld by the Borrower as  aforesaid,  as
promptly  as  possible thereafter, the  Borrower  shall
send  to  the  Agent  for its own account  or  for  the
account  of such Bank, as the case may be, a  certified
copy  of an original official receipt received  by  the
Borrower  showing  payment thereof.   If  the  Borrower
fails  to pay any Withholding Taxes so withheld  by  it
when  due to the appropriate taxing authority or  fails
to  remit  to the Agent the required receipts or  other
required  documentary  evidence,  the  Borrower   shall
indemnify  the Agent and the Banks for any  incremental
taxes, interest or penalties that may become payable by
the  Agent or any Bank as a result of any such failure.
The  agreements in this Section 2.17 shall survive  the
termination of this Credit Agreement and the payment of
the Notes and all other Obligations.

      (b)  Each Bank that is not incorporated under the
laws of the United States of America or a state thereof
(including each Eligible Assignee that becomes a  party
to this Credit Agreement pursuant to Section 10.9) that
is  entitled  to  receive payments  under  this  Credit
Agreement   and   the   Notes  without   deduction   or
withholding  of any United States federal income  taxes
or  is entitled to an exemption from backup withholding
tax  agrees that, prior to the first date on which  any
payment is due to it hereunder, it will deliver to  the
Borrower and the Agent, as the case may be, (i) two (2)
duly  completed copies of United States IRS Forms  1001
or  4224 or successor applicable form, as the case  may
be,  certifying in each case that such Bank is entitled
to receive payments under this Credit Agreement and the
Notes  payable to it, without deduction or  withholding
of  any United States federal income taxes, and (ii) an
IRS  Forms W-8 or W-9 or successor applicable form,  as
the  case may be, to establish an exemption from United
States   backup  withholding  tax.   Each  Bank   which
delivers to the Borrower and the Agent IRS Forms and/or
applicable  certification  pursuant  to  the  preceding
sentence  further undertakes to deliver to the Borrower
and  the Agent two (2) additional duly completed copies
of  the said IRS Forms or applicable certification,  or
successor   applicable  forms,  or  other   manner   of
certification,  as the case may be, on  or  before  the
date that any such form expires or becomes obsolete  or
after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in
the  most recent form previously delivered by it to the
Borrower,  and such extensions or renewals  thereof  as
may   reasonably   be  requested   by   the   Borrower,
establishing  that  such Bank is  entitled  to  receive
payments  under this Credit Agreement without deduction
or  withholding  of  any United States  federal  income
taxes,  unless  in any such case a Requirement  of  Law
(including,  without  limitation,  any  change  in  any
Requirement of Law) has occurred prior to the  date  on
which  any  such delivery would otherwise  be  required
which  renders  all  such forms inapplicable  or  which
would  prevent  such  Bank  from  duly  completing  and
delivering  any such form with respect to it  and  such
Bank  advises  the Borrower that it is not  capable  of
receiving payments without any deduction or withholding
of United States federal income tax, and in the case of
a  Forms  W-8  or  W-9, establishing an exemption  from
United States backup withholding tax.

    (c)   Each  Bank (including each Eligible  Assignee
that  becomes a party to this Credit Agreement pursuant
to   Section  10.9)  represents  and  warrants  to  the
Borrower   that  each  Lending  Office  of  such   Bank
hereunder  will  be  entitled to  receive  payments  of
principal  of,  and interest on, the  Revolving  Credit
Loans  made  by  such  Bank from  such  Lending  Office
without  withholding or deduction for or on account  of
any United States federal income taxes.

    SECTION  2.18.   Sharing of Payments  and  Setoffs.
Each Bank agrees that if it shall, through the exercise
of  a  right  of banker's lien, setoff or  counterclaim
against  the  Borrower  (pursuant  to  Section  8.3  or
otherwise),  including, but not limited to,  a  secured
claim  under  Section 506 of Title  11  of  the  United
States Code or other security or interest arising from,
or  in  lieu of, such secured claim, received  by  such
Bank  under  any applicable bankruptcy,  insolvency  or
other  similar  law or otherwise, or by similar  means,
obtain payment (voluntary or involuntary) in respect of
any  Revolving  Credit Loan or Revolving  Credit  Loans
(other than pursuant to Sections 2.13, 2.15 or 2.17) as
a  result of which the unpaid principal portion of  its
Revolving  Credit  Loans shall be proportionately  less
than  the  unpaid  principal portion of  the  Revolving
Credit Loans of any other Bank, it shall simultaneously
purchase  from  such  other  Banks  at  face  value   a
participation  in the Revolving Credit  Loans  of  such
other  Banks,  so  that the aggregate unpaid  principal
amount of Revolving Credit Loans and participations  in
Revolving  Credit Loans held by each Bank shall  be  in
the  same  proportion to the aggregate unpaid principal
amount  of  all Revolving Credit Loans then outstanding
as  the principal amount of its Revolving Credit  Loans
prior  to  such  exercise  of  banker's  lien,  setoff,
counterclaim or other event was to the principal amount
of all Revolving Credit Loans outstanding prior to such
exercise  of  banker's  lien, setoff,  counterclaim  or
other  event;  provided,  however,  that  if  any  such
purchase  or  purchases or adjustments  shall  be  made
pursuant  to  this Section 2.18 and the payment  giving
rise   thereto  shall  thereafter  be  recovered,  such
purchase or purchases or adjustments shall be rescinded
to  the extent of such recovery and the purchase  price
or prices or adjustment restored without interest.  The
Borrower    expressly   consents   to   the   foregoing
arrangements  and  agrees  that  any  Bank  holding   a
participation  in  a  Note  deemed  to  have  been   so
purchased  may exercise any and all rights of  banker's
lien,  setoff or counterclaim with respect to  any  and
all  moneys owing by the Borrower to such Bank as fully
as  if  such  Bank  had  made a Revolving  Credit  Loan
directly  to  such the Borrower in the amount  of  such
participation.

    SECTION   2.19.    Limitation   on   Reimbursement;
Mitigation.

    (a)   Notwithstanding  the  provisions  of  Section
2.13  if  any Bank fails to give notice to the Borrower
of  any  event that would obligate the Borrower to  pay
any  amount  owing pursuant to Section 2.13 within  180
days  after such Bank obtains knowledge of such  event,
and  subsequently gives notice to the Borrower of  such
event,  the  Borrower shall pay only such  amounts  for
costs  incurred  for the one hundred eighty-day  period
immediately prior to such notice.

    (b)   Any  Bank  claiming  any  additional  amounts
payable  pursuant to Sections 2.13 or 2.17 or any  Bank
subject  to  Sections 2.12 or 2.14 shall use reasonable
efforts (consistent with its internal policy and  legal
and regulatory restrictions) to change the jurisdiction
of  its  lending office for the Revolving Credit Loans,
if  the  making of such a change would avoid  the  need
for,  or  reduce  the  amount of, any  such  additional
amounts which may thereafter accrue under Sections 2.13
or 2.17 or would avoid the unavailability of Eurodollar
Loans under Sections 2.12 or 2.14 and would not, in any
such  case, in the judgment of such Bank, be  otherwise
disadvantageous.

    SECTION  2.20.  Use of Proceeds.  (a) The  proceeds
of the Revolving Credit Loans and Letters of Credit may
be  used (i) to provide working capital to the Borrower
and   its   Subsidiaries,  (ii)  to   finance   capital
expenditures  and acquisitions (other than acquisitions
of  Margin  Stock) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries
and  (iii)  to  provide for letters of credit  for  the
account  of  the  Borrower and  its  Subsidiaries.  The
proceeds  of all Swing Loans shall be used  solely  for
cash management purposes of the Borrower.

    (b)No  portion  of  the proceeds of  any  Revolving
Credit  Loan made under, or any Letter of Credit issued
pursuant to, this Credit Agreement shall be used by the
Borrower to purchase or carry Margin Stock, or  in  any
manner   that   might  cause  the  borrowing   or   the
application  of such proceeds to violate Regulation  U,
Regulation  T, or Regulation X or any other  regulation
of  the Board or to violate the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, in each case as in effect on the date or dates
of such borrowing and such use of proceeds.

    (c)No  portion  of  the proceeds of  any  Revolving
Credit  Loan under this Credit Agreement shall be  used
by  the Borrower, directly or indirectly, for a Hostile
Acquisition.

    SECTION  2.21.   Mandatory  Termination  of   Total
Commitment; Extension of Maturity Date.  (a) The  Total
Commitment  shall terminate on the Maturity  Date,  and
any  Revolving Credit Loans then outstanding  (together
with accrued and unpaid interest thereon) shall be  due
and payable on such date.

    (b)   At  any time after March 1 but on  or  before
May  1  of  each  calendar year,  commencing  with  the
calendar  year 2000, the Borrower may request that  the
Banks  extend the Maturity Date for successive  periods
of  one  year.  The Banks in their sole discretion  may
agree to extend or decline to extend the Maturity Date;
however,  if  the  Banks  have not  responded  to  such
request  in  writing  by June 1  of  the  year  of  the
Borrower's request such request shall be deemed to have
been  denied.   In the event the Banks  agree  to  such
request,  the Borrower, the Agent and the  Banks  shall
execute a written amendment and extension agreement  in
form  reasonably acceptable to the Agent and the  Banks
evidencing such extension and the agreed upon terms and
conditions  of such extension together with such  other
documents  as the Agent and the Banks shall  reasonably
request.

    SECTION  2.22.  Replacement of Banks.  If any  Bank
(an  "Affected Bank") shall have (i) failed to fund any
Revolving  Credit Loan that such Bank is  obligated  to
fund  hereunder  and such failure has not  been  cured,
(ii)  requested  compensation from the  Borrower  under
Sections  2.13  or  2.17  to  recover  costs  or  taxes
incurred  by  such  Bank which are not  being  incurred
generally  by  the  other  Banks,  (iii)  given  notice
pursuant  to Sections 2.12 or 2.14 that such  Bank  has
suspended  the  Borrower's right  to  elect  Eurodollar
Loans   from  such  Bank  for  reasons  not   generally
applicable to the other Banks or (iv) failed to approve
the  recommended  Total Borrowing  Base  and  Available
Borrowing Base of the Majority Banks, then, in any such
case  and  in addition to any other rights or  remedies
available  to  the  Borrower,  the  Borrower  may  give
written  notice to such Affected Bank of the occurrence
of  an  event set forth in subsections (i), (ii), (iii)
or (iv) of this Section 2.22, and during the sixty (60)
day period following such notice, the Borrower may make
written  demand on such Affected Bank (with a  copy  to
Agent  and each other Bank), for such Affected Bank  to
assign  to  one  or  more  financial  institutions   (a
"Replacement Bank"), all of such Affected Bank's rights
and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents  (including such Affected  Bank's  Commitment
and  all  Revolving Credit Loans owing to such Affected
Bank),  provided, such assignment shall be  consummated
in accordance with and shall be subject to the terms of
Section 10.9).  Pursuant to Section 10.9, upon any such
assignment,  such Affected Bank shall  cease  to  be  a
party  hereto,  provided, however, such  Affected  Bank
shall  continue  to  be entitled  to  the  benefits  of
Sections 2.13, 2.15, 2.17 and 8.4 accruing with respect
to such Affected Bank prior to such assignment, as well
as  any fees accrued for its account and not yet  paid.
If  an Eligible Assignee cannot be obtained within  the
sixty  (60)  day period following said  notice  to  the
Affected  Bank,  to  assume  the  Commitment  of   such
Affected Bank, and provided that no Default or Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing, then the
Borrower  may  prepay immediately all Revolving  Credit
Loans of such Affected Bank and terminate such Affected
Bank's  entire Commitment hereunder provided,  however,
that  in  the  event the Borrower makes any  prepayment
pursuant  to  this sentence, then on the date  of  such
prepayment, the Total Commitment of the Banks shall  be
permanently  reduced  by the amount  of  such  Affected
Bank's  Commitments  and the Commitment  Percentage  of
each  other Bank shall be redetermined based  upon  the
amount  each  such other Bank's Commitment  is  of  the
Total Commitment as so reduced.

                    ARTICLE III

                    BORROWING BASE

    SECTION  3.1.   Borrowing Base Asset  Reports.   As
soon  as  available and in any event by  March  31  and
October  1  of each year commencing October, 1999,  the
Borrower  shall  deliver  to  each  of  the  Banks  the
Borrowing  Base  Asset  Reports  prepared  as  of   the
immediately   preceding  December  31   and   June   30
respectively.

    SECTION  3.2.   Determination  of  Total  Borrowing
Base.   Based  in  part  on the  Borrowing  Base  Asset
Reports  delivered pursuant to Section  3.1  the  Banks
shall  determine  the  Total  Borrowing  Base  and  the
Available  Borrowing Base to be in effect on  the  next
succeeding   Determination  Date.   Such  determination
shall be made in good faith by the Banks in their  sole
discretion   in   accordance  with   their   respective
customary  practices and standards for  loans  of  this
nature,   which  may  vary  from  Bank  to  Bank.    In
connection   with  the  determination  of   the   Total
Borrowing  Base and upon the receipt of each  Borrowing
Base  Asset Report, the Agent shall submit to the Banks
in  writing on or before May 1 or November  1,  as  the
case may be, the Agent's recommendation as to the Total
Borrowing  Base and the Available Borrowing Base  which
the  Agent  has determined should be available  to  the
Borrower  pursuant to the Total Commitment  as  of  the
next  succeeding June 1 or December 1, as the case  may
be  (each such date being a "Determination Date"). Each
Bank  shall submit to the Agent in writing on or before
May  15 or November 15, as the case may be, such Bank's
approval  or  disapproval  of the  Agent's  recommended
Total  Borrowing  Base and any such  disapproval  shall
state  the  maximum Total Borrowing Base acceptable  to
such  Bank.  If the Agent has not received such  notice
from  a Bank on or before the close of business on  May
15  or November 15, as the case may be, such Bank shall
be  deemed  to  have  approved the Agent's  recommended
Total  Borrowing Base. In the event the Majority  Banks
approve  the Agent's recommended Total Borrowing  Base,
the Total Borrowing Base approved by the Majority Banks
shall   become   effective  on  the   next   succeeding
Determination Date and shall remain in effect until the
next Determination. In the event the Majority Banks  do
not  approve  the  Agent's recommended Total  Borrowing
Base,  the Banks shall consult with each other in order
to agree on the Total Borrowing Base to be effective on
such  Determination Date.   In the event  the  Majority
Banks  are unable to agree on the Total Borrowing  Base
to  be  effective on the next succeeding  Determination
Date  prior to May 25 or November 25, as the  case  may
be, the Total Borrowing Base which becomes effective on
the  next  Determination Date  shall  be  the  weighted
average of the Total Borrowing Bases, requested by  the
Banks in the notices referred to in the fourth sentence
of  this  Section 3.2 and shall remain in effect  until
the  next  Determination.  The Agent shall  notify  the
Borrower   of  the  Total  Borrowing  Base  to   become
effective  on each Determination Date by providing  the
Borrower  a  Borrowing Base Notice no later  than  2:00
p.m.,  Houston,  Texas time three days  prior  to  such
Determination Date.

    Without   limiting  the  right  of  the  Banks   to
determine  in  good faith the Total Borrowing  Base  in
their  sole  discretion, the Borrower acknowledges  and
agrees   that   subject   to  the   Banks'   consistent
application  of their respective standards for  similar
loans,   the   Banks  (i)  may  make  such  assumptions
regarding  appropriate existing and  projected  pricing
for  Hydrocarbons and coal as they deem appropriate  in
their  sole  discretion, (ii) may make such assumptions
regarding  and/or  modifying  projected  rates   and/or
quantities  of  future production of  (y)  Hydrocarbons
from  Oil  and  Gas Interests and (z)  coal  from  Coal
Interests  owned  by  the Borrower and  the  Subsidiary
Guarantors as they deem appropriate in their sole  good
faith discretion, (iii) may consider the projected cash
requirements  of  the  Borrower and  its  Subsidiaries,
including,   without  limitation,   obligations   under
Consolidated  Debt, and other debt  service  and  lease
obligations  of  the  Borrower  and  its  Subsidiaries,
general  and  administrative expenses and distributions
in respect of equity, (iv) are not required to consider
any  asset other than Borrowing Base Assets,  (v)  will
give  no consideration to any asset owned by an  entity
other  than the Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor  and
(vi)  may  make  such other assumptions, considerations
and  exclusions as each Bank deems appropriate  in  the
exercise  of its good faith sole discretion,  it  being
recognized  that  the  ultimate  determination  to   be
reached is more predicted upon the aggregate amount  of
credit  available hereunder which, at the time  of  the
determination, each Bank determines should be available
as reasonably expected to be repayable by the Borrower,
considering all then existing and projected other items
which  are expected to be payable or repayable, without
undue  risk of failure to timely repay. Notwithstanding
anything   contained  herein  to  the   contrary,   the
borrowing base value given by the Banks to the  Norfolk
Common  Stock (together with the borrowing  base  value
given  by the Banks to all other Margin Stock, if any,)
shall  never  exceed twenty-five percent (25%)  of  the
Total Borrowing Base.

    SECTION  3.3.  The Designated Borrowing Base.   The
Borrower may designate a borrowing base amount for each
Borrowing  Base  Period, which  borrowing  base  amount
shall  be equal to or less than the Available Borrowing
Base set forth in the most recent Borrowing Base Notice
delivered  to  the Borrower (the "Designated  Borrowing
Base"),   provided,   however,  that   the   Designated
Borrowing  Base  can  never be  less  than  $75,000,000
(i.e.,  if  the Available Borrowing Base is  less  than
$75,000,000,  then the Borrower shall not be  permitted
to  designate a Designated Borrowing Base). The initial
Designated Borrowing Base for the first Borrowing  Base
Period  is  $110,000,000. The Borrower shall  elect  to
have  a  Designated Borrowing Base take effect for  any
Borrowing  Base Period by giving notice  to  the  Agent
within  five  Business  Days after  its  receipt  of  a
Borrowing  Base  Notice  for a Borrowing  Base  Period;
provided  that if the Borrower has elected a Designated
Borrowing  Base  for  a  Borrowing  Base  Period,   the
Borrower  may,  at any time prior to the  end  of  such
Borrowing  Base  Period, by giving five Business  Days'
prior  written notice to the Agent, elect  to  increase
the  Designated Borrowing Base for that Borrowing  Base
Period to an amount not greater than the amount of  the
Available  Borrowing Base originally  included  by  the
Agent  in  the Borrowing Base Notice for such Borrowing
Base  Period; provided further that if the Borrower  so
elects to increase the Designated Borrowing Base,  then
all  commitment  fees payable pursuant to  Section  2.5
below  with  respect to the Borrowing  Base  Period  in
which  such increase took place shall be calculated  as
if  the increased Designated Borrowing Base had been in
effect for the entire Borrowing Base Period.

    SECTION   3.4.   Special  Determination  of   Total
Borrowing Base.  In addition to the redeterminations of
the  Total Borrowing Base pursuant to Section 3.2,  (i)
within five (5) days following receipt of notice (given
pursuant  to  Section 6.1(l)) of a planned asset  sale,
transfer  or  disposal of Borrowing Base  Assets  other
than  those sales permitted under Section 7.8, or  (ii)
the Borrower elects not to cure defects in title at the
request of the Majority Banks pursuant to Section 6.14,
the   Majority   Banks   may  request   an   additional
redetermination  of the Total Borrowing  Base  and  the
Available  Borrowing Base in connection with such  sale
or  defects in title.  In the event the Majority  Banks
request  such a Special Determination, the Agent  shall
promptly deliver notice of such request to the Borrower
and  the  Borrower shall, within ten (10) days of  such
request, deliver to the Banks the Borrowing Base  Asset
Reports  prepared as of the last day  of  the  calendar
month  preceding the date of such request. Upon receipt
of  such  Borrowing Base Asset Reports the Banks  shall
redetermine the Total Borrowing Base and the  Available
Borrowing  Base  in accordance with the  procedure  set
forth  in  Section 3.2 which Total Borrowing  Base  and
Available Borrowing Base shall become effective on  the
Determination   Date   applicable   to   such   Special
Determination and shall remain in effect until the next
Determination.

    SECTION   3.5.    Initial  Total  Borrowing   Base;
Initial Available Borrowing Base.
During  the period from the Effective Date to September
1, 1999, the Total Borrowing Base shall be $110,000,000
and the Available Borrowing Base shall be $110,000,000.

                     ARTICLE IV

                 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

    SECTION   4.1.    Conditions   Precedent   to   the
Revolving Credit Loans.  The obligation of each Bank to
make  its  initial Revolving Credit  Loan  or  for  the
Issuing  Bank to issue its initial Letter of Credit  is
subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions
precedent:

    (a)The  Agent shall have received, duly authorized,
executed and delivered by each Person that is  a  party
thereto,  in  form  and substance satisfactory  to  the
Banks, each of the following:

        (i)   each  of  the  following  Loan  Documents
        (together with all exhibits thereto)  dated  on
        or as of the Effective Date:

            (aa)  this Credit Agreement;
            (bb)  each of the Notes; and
            (cc)  the Subsidiary Guaranty;

        (ii)    a  certificate  of  the  Secretary   or
        Assistant Secretary of the Borrower, dated  the
        Effective  Date,  certifying  as  to  (aa)  the
        adoption  and continuing effect of  resolutions
        of  the  board  of  directors of  the  Borrower
        authorizing   the   transactions   contemplated
        hereby  and  by the other Loan Documents;  (bb)
        the  Articles of Incorporation of the Borrower,
        (cc)  the  Bylaws  of  the  Borrower  and   all
        amendments thereto, and (dd) the incumbency  of
        all  officers of the Borrower who will  execute
        or  have  executed any document  or  instrument
        required  to be delivered hereunder, containing
        the signature of same;

          (iii)   a  certificate of  the  Secretary  or
        Assistant    Secretary   of   each   Subsidiary
        Guarantor,   dated  the  Effective   Date   and
        certifying   as  to  (aa)  the   adoption   and
        continuing effect of resolutions of  the  board
        of   directors  of  such  Subsidiary  Guarantor
        authorizing   the   transactions   contemplated
        hereby  and  by the other Loan Documents;  (bb)
        the  Articles (or Certificate, as the case  may
        be)   of   Incorporation  of  such   Subsidiary
        Guarantor and all amendments thereto, (cc)  the
        Bylaws  of  the  such Subsidiary Guarantor  and
        all    amendments   thereto,   and   (dd)   the
        incumbency  of all officers of such  Subsidiary
        Guarantor  who  will execute or  have  executed
        any  document  or  instrument  required  to  be
        delivered  hereunder, containing the  signature
        of same;

        (iv)    with   respect  to  the   Borrower,   a
        certificate  of  existence  and  good  standing
        from  the  Secretary of State of the  State  of
        Virginia  dated no more than 5  days  prior  to
        the Effective Date;

        (v)   with  respect to PVHC, a  certificate  of
        existence  and good standing from the Secretary
        of  State  of  the State of Delaware  dated  no
        more than 5 days prior to the Effective Date.

        (vi)   with  respect to PVOG, a certificate  of
        existence  and good standing from the Secretary
        of  State of Virginia dated no more than 5 days
        prior  to  the  Effective Date and certificates
        of   authorization  to  do  business  and  good
        standing   in  the  States  of  West  Virginia,
        Kentucky, Tennessee, Illinois and Indiana.

        (vii)   with respect to PVCC, a certificate  of
        existence  and good standing from the Secretary
        of  State of Virginia dated no more than 5 days
        prior  to  the  Effective Date and certificates
        of   authorization  to  do  business  and  good
        standing  in  the States of West  Virginia  and
        Kentucky;

        (viii)     with   respect   to   Equities,    a
        certificate  of  existence  and  good  standing
        from  the Secretary of State of Delaware  dated
        no  more  than  5 days prior to  the  Effective
        Date;

        (ix) the Opinion of the Borrower's Counsel;

        (x)(aa)   the  Initial  Borrowing  Base   Asset
        Reports   and   (bb)  such  other   information
        regarding  the  Borrowing Base  Assets  as  the
        Agent or any Bank may reasonably request;

        (xii)  (aa)  the  Initial Financial  Statements
        and  (bb)  such  other  financial  information,
        regarding   the   Borrower  or   any   of   its
        Subsidiaries  as  the Agent  or  any  Bank  may
        reasonably  request.   All  of  such  financial
        statements and financial information  shall  be
        satisfactory to the Banks;


          (xiii) for its account and for the account of
        each   Bank,  as  applicable,  all   fees   and
        expenses  due  and  payable  hereunder  on   or
        before  the Effective Date and invoiced to  the
        Borrower  in  writing prior  to  the  Effective
        Date;

        (xiv)  a Federal Reserve Form U-1, as the  case
        may  be, with respect to the Commitment of each
        Bank; and

        (xv)   such   other   certificates,   opinions,
        documents  and  instruments  relating  to   the
        transactions contemplated hereby  as  may  have
        been  reasonably requested by the Agent or  any
        Bank.

    (b)   (i) the representation and warranties of  the
Borrower  contained  in Article V hereof  and,  in  all
material  respects, in each of the other Loan Documents
to  which  the Borrower is a party shall  be  true  and
correct in all material respects on the Effective  Date
both  before and after giving effect to the  making  of
the   initial   Revolving  Credit   Loans;   (ii)   the
representations  and  warranties  of  each   Subsidiary
contained in any Loan Document to which such Subsidiary
is  a  party  are  true  and correct  in  all  material
respects  on the Effective Date both before  and  after
giving  effect  to the initial Revolving Credit  Loans;
(iii)  no  Default  or  Event  of  Default  shall  have
occurred and be continuing on the Effective Date either
before  or  after giving effect to the  making  of  the
initial   Revolving  Credit  Loans,  (iv)  no  material
litigation (other than Existing Litigation) is  pending
or,  to  the best knowledge of the Borrower  after  due
inquiry,  threatened  against  the  Borrower   or   any
Subsidiary  of  the  Borrower and no  material  adverse
development  has  occurred in any Existing  Litigation,
and  (v)  no  events  or state of affairs  which  could
reasonably be expected to result in a Material  Adverse
Effect shall have occurred since December 31, 1998;

    (c)   A search, made no more than 30 days prior  to
the  Effective  Date,  of the Uniform  Commercial  Code
filing offices in each relevant jurisdiction shall have
revealed no filings or recordings with respect  to  the
Borrowing Base Assets (except Permitted Liens) in favor
of any Person.  The Agent shall have received a copy of
the  search reports received as a result of such search
and    fully   executed   releases   effectuating   the
termination of any and all Liens (other than  Permitted
Liens) pertaining to any of the Borrowing Base Assets;

    (d)   Such  other  conditions precedent  which  the
Agent may reasonably have requested or required.

    SECTION 4.2.  Additional Conditions Precedent.   No
Bank  has  any obligation to make any Revolving  Credit
Loan (including its initial Revolving Credit Loan)  and
the  Issuing Bank has no obligation to issue any Letter
of  Credit  (including the initial  Letter  of  Credit)
unless  the  following conditions precedent  have  been
satisfied:

      (a)   The Agent shall have received, in form  and
substance  satisfactory to the Agent, a certificate  of
the  Borrower  and  of  each  Subsidiary  signed  by  a
Responsible  Officer  of  the  Borrower  and  of   each
Subsidiary, dated as of the Borrowing Date,  certifying
that  (aa)  the representations and warranties  of  the
Borrower  and  each Subsidiary contained in  Article  V
hereof  and, in all material respects, in each  of  the
other  Loan  Documents to which the  Borrower  or  such
Subsidiary  is  a party, are true and  correct  in  all
material respects (both before and after giving  effect
to  the  making of such Revolving Credit  Loan  or  the
issuing  of  such Letter of Credit) on and  as  of  the
Borrowing  Date as if made on and as of such date  (or,
if  stated  to have been made solely as of  an  earlier
date,  were true and correct as of such earlier  date);
(bb)   no  event  or  state  of  affairs  which   could
reasonably be expected to result in a Material  Adverse
Effect  has occurred since the fiscal year end  of  the
Fiscal  Year  for  which audited  financial  statements
conforming  to the requirements of Section 6.1(b)  have
been delivered to the Banks pursuant to Section 6.1(b);
(cc)  no Default or Event of Default then exists either
before  or  after giving effect to the making  of  such
Revolving Credit Loan or the issuing of such Letter  of
Credit; and (dd) no new material litigation (other than
Existing  Litigation)  is  pending  or,  to  the   best
knowledge of the Borrower after due inquiry, threatened
against  the Borrower or any Subsidiary and no material
adverse   development  has  occurred  in  any  Existing
Litigation.

    (b)   the  Borrower  shall have complied  with  the
provisions of Section 2.2 and/or 2.3, as applicable;

    (c)  The Maturity Date shall not have occurred;

    (d)   The  sum  of (i) the amount of the  requested
Borrowing  and/or  the  face amount  of  the  requested
Letter  of  Credit plus (ii) the Utilized Credit  shall
not exceed the Available Commitment then in effect.

    (e)   The making of such Revolving Credit Loans  or
the issuance of such Letters of Credit shall not result
in  the  Borrower's,  any of its  Subsidiary's  or  any
Bank's  being in noncompliance with or in violation  of
Regulation  U,  and  shall not  be  prohibited  by  any
Requirements of Law.

    SECTION  4.3.   General.  All  of  the  agreements,
instruments, reports, opinions and other documents  and
papers  referred to in this Article IV (except for  the
Notes  and  the  Letters of Credit),  unless  otherwise
expressly specified, shall be delivered to the Agent in
sufficient counterparts for each of the Banks.  As soon
as  practicable  after receipt of  such  documents  the
Agent  shall  deliver such documents  to  each  of  the
Banks.

                     ARTICLE V

            REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

    In  order  to  induce the Agent and  each  Bank  to
enter  into  this  Credit Agreement  and  to  make  the
Revolving  Credit  Loans, the Borrower  represents  and
warrants as to itself and each of its Subsidiaries,  to
the  Agent  and each Bank that the following statements
are true, correct and complete.

    SECTION 5.1.  Organization; Corporate Powers.  Each
of  the Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries (a) is  a
corporation  duly organized, validly  existing  and  in
good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its
incorporation or organization, (b) is duly qualified to
do  business as a foreign corporation and  is  in  good
standing  in  each  other jurisdiction  in  which  such
qualification and good standing are necessary in  order
for  it  to conduct its business and own its properties
as  conducted  and owned (except only for jurisdictions
in  which  the failure to be so qualified  or  in  good
standing  would not, individually or in the  aggregate,
result  in  (i)  the  loss of any  privileges  in  such
jurisdiction which are material to the Borrower or such
Subsidiary or their respective businesses,  or  (ii)  a
material  liability to the Borrower or such Subsidiary,
and  (c) has all requisite power and authority  to  own
its property and assets and to carry on its business as
now conducted and as proposed to be conducted.

    SECTION 5.2.  Authority.  Each of the Borrower  and
each  of  its Subsidiaries has the corporate power  and
authority  and  legal  right to  execute,  deliver  and
perform each of the Loan Documents executed by,  or  to
be  executed  by, the Borrower or such  Subsidiary  and
each other agreement or instrument contemplated thereby
to  which it is or will be a party and, with respect to
the  Borrower,  to  borrow hereunder.   The  execution,
delivery  and performance of each of the Loan Documents
to  which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is or
will   be   a  party  and  the  consummation   of   the
transactions contemplated thereby, and, with respect to
the  Borrower, the borrowing of funds under this Credit
Agreement,  have  been duly approved by  the  board  of
directors  of  each such Person and no other  corporate
proceedings on the part of such Person are necessary to
consummate  such  transactions.  This Credit  Agreement
constitutes,  and each of the other Loan  Documents  to
which  the  Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries  is  a
party when executed and delivered by such Person,  will
constitute  the legal, valid and binding obligation  of
such   Person,  enforceable  against  such  Person   in
accordance  with  its terms, except  as  enforceability
thereof  may  be  limited  by  bankruptcy,  insolvency,
reorganization,  fraudulent  transfer,  moratorium   or
other   similar  laws  relating  to  creditors'  rights
generally and by general principles of equity which may
limit   the   right   to   obtain  equitable   remedies
(regardless   of   whether   such   enforceability   is
considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

    SECTION  5.3.   Use  of Proceeds.   The  Borrower's
uses  of  the  proceeds of the Revolving  Credit  Loans
shall be as set forth in Section 2.20.

    SECTION   5.4.   No  Conflict.     The   execution,
delivery  and  performance by  the  Borrower  and  each
Subsidiary  of  the Borrower of the Loan  Documents  to
which  the Borrower or such Subsidiary of the  Borrower
is  a  party,  the compliance by the Borrower  or  such
Subsidiary   of  the  Borrower  with  the   terms   and
provisions thereof and the consummation of each of  the
transactions contemplated thereby, do not and will  not
(i) require any consent or approval of the stockholders
of  the  Borrower  or any of its Subsidiaries,  or  any
authorization, consent or approval by any  Governmental
Authority  or (ii) by the lapse of time, the giving  of
notice or otherwise, (a) constitute a violation of  any
Requirement  of  Law binding on the  Borrower  or  such
Subsidiary of the Borrower or a breach of any provision
contained   in   the   articles   or   certificate   of
incorporation  or  bylaws  of  the  Borrower  or   such
Subsidiary of the Borrower, (b) constitute a breach  of
any   material  provision  contained  in  any  Material
Contract  to  which the Borrower or such Subsidiary  of
the  Borrower  is a party or by which the  Borrower  or
such Subsidiary of the Borrower is bound, or (c) result
in  or  require the creation or imposition of any  Lien
whatsoever upon any of the properties or assets of  the
Borrower or such Subsidiary of the Borrower (other than
Permitted Liens).
    SECTION  5.5.  Gas Balancing Agreements and Advance
Payment  Contracts.  As of the Effective Date, (a)  the
net  gas imbalance to the Borrower and PVOG (considered
in the aggregate) under all Gas Balancing Agreements to
which  the Borrower or PVOG is a party or by which  any
Oil  and Gas Interests owned by the Borrower or any  of
its  Subsidiaries  is  bound,  is  not  in  excess   of
$500,000, and (b) the aggregate amount of all  Advanced
Payments received by the Borrower or PVOG under Advance
Payment  Contracts  which have not  been  satisfied  by
delivery of production does not exceed $500,000.

    SECTION  5.6.   Borrowing  Base  Assets.  (a)   The
Borrower and/or PVOG have good and defensible title  to
all  Oil  and  Gas Interests described in  the  Initial
Borrowing  Base Asset Report other than Immaterial  Oil
and  Gas Interests, free and clear of all Liens  except
Permitted Liens.  With the exception of Immaterial  Oil
and  Gas Interests, all such Oil and Gas Interests  are
valid,  subsisting, and in full force and  effect,  and
all  rentals,  royalties, and  other  amounts  due  and
payable in respect thereof have been duly paid.  Except
with  respect to Immaterial Oil and Gas Interests,  but
without regard to any consent or non-consent provisions
of  any  joint operating agreement covering any of  the
Proved   Reserves  of  the  Borrower  and   PVOG,   the
Borrower's (and PVOG's) share of (a) the costs for each
of  the  Proved Reserves described in Initial Borrowing
Base  Asset  Report  is not greater  than  the  decimal
fraction set forth in the Initial Borrowing Base  Asset
Reports, before and after payout, as the case  may  be,
and  described  therein by the respective  designations
"working  interests", "WI", "gross  working  interest",
"GWI",  or  similar  terms, and  (b)  production  from,
allocated  to,  or  attributed  to  each  such   Proved
Reserves  is  not  less than the decimal  fraction  set
forth  in  the  Initial Borrowing Base  Asset  Reports,
before  and  after  payout, as the  case  may  be,  and
described  therein  by  the  designations  net  revenue
interest,  NRI, or similar terms.  Except with  respect
to  Immaterial Oil and Gas Interests, each well drilled
in   respect   of   each  Proved  Developed   Producing
Hydrocarbon Reserves described in the Initial Borrowing
Base Asset Reports (y) is capable of, and is presently,
producing  Hydrocarbons in commercial  quantities,  and
the  Borrower  or PVOG is currently receiving  payments
for its share of production, with no material funds  in
respect   of  any  thereof  being  presently  held   in
suspense,  other  than any such  funds  being  held  in
suspense   pending  delivery  of  appropriate  division
orders,  and (z) has been drilled, bottomed, completed,
and   operated   in  compliance  with  all   applicable
Requirements of Law and no such well which is currently
producing  Hydrocarbons is subject to  any  penalty  in
production  by reason of such well having  produced  in
excess  of  its allowable production. For  purposes  of
this  Section  5.6(a), "Immaterial  Mineral  Interests"
means Oil and Gas Interests which, in the aggregate, do
not  represent  more  than  two  percent  (2%)  of  the
discounted  present value of all Oil and Gas  Interests
as set forth in the Initial Reserve Report.

    (b)The   Borrower  and/or  PVCC   have   good   and
defensible title to all material coal assets  described
in  that certain reserve report dated December 30, 1998
and issued to the Agent as of March 31, 1999 (the "Coal
Interests"),  free  and  clear  of  all  Liens   except
Permitted  Liens.  All such Coal Interests  are  valid,
subsisting,  and  in  full force and  effect,  and  all
rentals,  royalties, and other amounts due and  payable
in respect thereof have been duly paid.

      (c)   As of the Effective Date, Equities has good
and  marketable  title to 3,307,200 shares  of  Norfolk
Common Stock (the "Norfolk Securities"), free and clear
of  all Liens, options, warrants, puts, calls, or other
rights of the issuer or third persons.

    SECTION  5.7.   Ownership of Properties  Generally.
With respect to all other properties and assets of  the
Borrower  and its Subsidiaries not covered  by  Section
5.6  above,  the Borrower and each of its  Subsidiaries
have  good and defensible fee simple or leasehold title
to  all material properties and assets purported to  be
owned  by  them,  including,  without  limitation,  all
assets reflected in the balance sheets referred  to  in
Section  5.9 (a) and all assets which are used  by  the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the operation of their
respective  businesses, and none of such properties  or
assets  is  subject  to any Lien other  than  Permitted
Liens.  Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary of  the
Borrower  owns any real property or leasehold interests
in any real property located on tribal lands.

    SECTION 5.8.  No Defaults.

    (a)Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary  of  the
Borrower is a party to any Contractual Obligation  that
has  resulted or is reasonably likely to  result  in  a
Material Adverse Effect.

    (b)(i)   No Default or Event of Default exists  and
(ii)  neither  the Borrower nor any Subsidiary  of  the
Borrower  is  in default with respect to  any  Material
Contract.

    SECTION   5.9.   Financial  Position;  No  Material
Adverse Change.

    (a)The  Borrower  has heretofore furnished  to  the
Agent and the Banks its Consolidated balance sheet, and
the  related  Consolidated statements of  income,  cash
flows and shareholders' equity of the Borrower and  its
Subsidiaries  (x) as of and for the Fiscal  Year  ended
December  31, 1998, audited by and accompanied  by  the
unqualified  opinion  of Arthur  Andersen,  independent
certified public accountants, and (y) as of and for the
Fiscal  Quarter  ended March 31, 1999, certified  by  a
Responsible  Officer  of the Borrower.  Such  financial
statements  present fairly the financial condition  and
results   of  operations  of  the  Borrower   and   its
Subsidiaries  as  of such dates and for  such  periods.
Such  financial statements were prepared in  accordance
with GAAP applied on a consistent basis.

    (b)Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary  of  the
Borrower   has  any  material  contingent  liabilities,
material  liabilities for taxes, unusual  and  material
forward or long-term commitments or material unrealized
or anticipated losses from any unfavorable commitments,
except  as referred to or reflected or provided for  in
the  Consolidated balance sheets of the Borrower or  as
otherwise disclosed to the Banks in writing.

    (c)the  Borrower  has disclosed  to  the  Banks  in
writing any and all facts which, in the reasonable good
faith  judgment  of the Borrower, could  reasonably  be
expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

    SECTION 5.10.  Litigation; Adverse Effects.

      (a)    There  are no actions, suits, proceedings,
governmental investigations or arbitrations, at law  or
in  equity,  before  or by any Governmental  Authority,
pending  or,  to  the best knowledge of  the  Borrower,
probable  of  assertion against  the  Borrower  or  any
Subsidiary  of  the  Borrower or any  property  of  the
Borrower  or any Subsidiary of the Borrower,  which  if
adversely determined, is likely to result in a material
judgment  or  liability not fully covered by  insurance
and/or  could  reasonably be expected to  result  in  a
Material Adverse Effect.

    (b)None  of the business, properties, or operations
of  the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower  are
materially   and  adversely  affected  by   any   fire,
explosion,  accident, strike, lockout  or  other  labor
dispute, drought, storm, hail, earthquake, embargo, act
of  God,  or  of  the  public enemy or  other  casualty
(whether or not covered by insurance).

    SECTION  5.11.  ERISA.  A summary of all  currently
existing  Benefit  Plans are listed  on  Schedule  5.11
hereto. The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is in
compliance in all material respects with the applicable
provisions  of ERISA and the regulations and  published
interpretations  thereunder.  No Reportable  Event  has
occurred as to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary  of
the  Borrower  was required to file a report  with  the
PBGC,  and the present value of all benefit liabilities
and  benefit assets under each Benefit Plan  (based  on
those assumptions used to fund such Benefit Plan) is as
set forth in the Initial Financial Statements delivered
to  the Banks.  Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary
of  the  Borrower has any ERISA Affiliates (other  than
the  Borrower  and  its Subsidiaries) or  Multiemployer
Plans.

    SECTION 5.12.  Payment of Taxes.  The Borrower  has
filed, and has caused each of its Subsidiaries to file,
all  federal,  state and local tax  returns  and  other
reports  required by Requirements of Law to  have  been
filed  by  the  Borrower  or  such  Subsidiary  of  the
Borrower and has paid (prior to delinquency) all  taxes
and  other similar charges and assessments that are due
and payable including extensions, except taxes, charges
and assessments which are being diligently contested in
good  faith  by appropriate proceedings  and  any  Lien
arising  thereunder constitutes a Permitted  Lien.   No
Responsible  Officer of the Borrower or any  Subsidiary
of  the  Borrower  has knowledge of  any  proposed  tax
assessment  against the Borrower or any  Subsidiary  of
the  Borrower that is reasonably likely to result in  a
Material Adverse Effect.

    SECTION  5.13.  Environmental Matters.   Except  as
could  not reasonably be expected to result in material
liability  to  the  Borrower or any Subsidiary  of  the
Borrower:

    (a)The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is  in
compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws;

    (b)Each   of   the  Borrower  and   each   of   its
Subsidiaries  has  obtained all  consents  and  permits
required  under  all applicable Environmental  Laws  to
operate  its  business  as presently  conducted  or  as
proposed  to be conducted, if and at the time  required
by applicable Environmental Laws, and all such consents
and  permits  are  in  full force and  effect  and  the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries is in compliance with all
terms and conditions of such approvals;
      (c)   Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary  of
the  Borrower  nor any of the property  or  operations,
either  past  or  present,  of  the  Borrower  or   any
Subsidiary of the Borrower is subject to any order from
or agreement with any Governmental Authority or private
party  respecting  (i)  failure  to  comply  with   any
Environmental Law or any Remedial Action  or  (ii)  any
Environmental Liabilities arising from the  Release  or
threatened  Release of a Hazardous Substance  into  the
environment  except  those orders and  agreements  with
which  the Borrower or such Subsidiary of the  Borrower
is in compliance with;

    (d)None  of the operations of the Borrower  or  any
Subsidiary  of the Borrower is subject to any  judicial
or  administrative proceeding alleging a violation  of,
or liability under, any Environmental Law;

    (e)To   the  best  knowledge  and  belief  of   the
Borrower, none of the operations of the Borrower or any
Subsidiary  of  the  Borrower is  the  subject  of  any
investigation by any Governmental Authority  evaluating
whether any Remedial Action is needed to respond  to  a
Release  or threatened Release of a Hazardous Substance
into the environment;

    (f)Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary  of  the
Borrower  has  filed any notice under any Environmental
Law  indicating past or present treatment,  storage  or
disposal of a Hazardous Substance under 40 CFR Part 261
or any state or local equivalent;

    (g)Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary  of  the
Borrower  has  filed  any notice under  any  applicable
Environmental  Law reporting a Release of  a  Hazardous
Substance  (other  than minor or de minimis  emissions)
into the environment;

    (h)There  is  not now, nor, to the  best  knowledge
and  belief of the Borrower has there ever been, on  or
in any property of the Borrower or of any Subsidiary of
the Borrower:

        (i)any    generation,   treatment,   recycling,
        storage  or disposal of any Hazardous Substance
        under  40  CFR Part 261 or any state  or  local
        equivalent,

        (ii)     any   underground  storage  tanks   or
        surface impoundments,

        (iii)      any    friable   asbestos-containing
        material, or

        (iv)    any  polychlorinated  biphenyls  (PCBs)
        used     in    hydraulic    oils,    electrical
        transformers  or  other  equipment,  except  in
        compliance  with  all applicable  Environmental
        Laws;

      (i)   Except for those commitments and agreements
entered into by the Borrower or any Subsidiary  of  the
Borrower   in  the  ordinary  course  of  business   in
compliance with all material requirements of applicable
Environmental   Laws,  there  have  been   no   written
commitments or agreements involving the Borrower or any
Subsidiary   of   the  Borrower  from   or   with   any
Governmental   Authority   or   any   private    entity
(including,  without  limitation,  the  owner  of   the
property  or  any  portion  thereof)  relating  to  the
generation,  storage, treatment, presence, Release,  or
threatened  Release of any Hazardous  Substance  on  or
into  any  of  the  properties of the Borrower  or  any
Subsidiary   of   the  Borrower  or   the   environment
(including  off-site  disposal  of  toxic   wastes   or
Hazardous  Substances)  or  any  Remedial  Action  with
respect thereto;

    (j)Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary  of  the
Borrower has received any pending or unresolved written
notice  or  claim to the effect that it is  or  may  be
liable  to  any  Person as a result of the  Release  or
threatened  Release of a Hazardous Substance  into  the
environment;

    (k)Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary  of  the
Borrower has any known liability in connection with any
material Release or material threatened Release of  any
Hazardous Substances into the environment; and

    (l)To   the  best  knowledge  and  belief  of   the
Borrower,  no  Environmental Lien has attached  to  any
properties  of  the Borrower or any Subsidiary  of  the
Borrower.

    SECTION  5.14.   Governmental Regulation.   Neither
the  Borrower  nor any Subsidiary of  the  Borrower  is
subject  to  regulation under the  Interstate  Commerce
Act,  the  Investment Company Act of 1940,  the  Public
Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, the Federal  Power
Act  or  any  other Requirements of Law such  that  its
ability to incur indebtedness is limited or its ability
to  consummate  the transactions contemplated  by  this
Credit  Agreement and the other Loan Documents  or  any
document executed in connection therewith is impaired.

    SECTION   5.15.    Disclosure.    All   information
contained in any financial statements, Reserve Reports,
Coal  Reserve  Reports, Borrowing Base  Asset  Reports,
certificates, exhibits, schedules, operating statements
and   any   other   written  statements   and   written
information   (excluding   estimates   and   forecasts)
furnished  by  or  on  behalf of the  Borrower  or  any
Subsidiary of the Borrower to the Banks and the  Agent,
(taken  as  a whole) in connection with any transaction
contemplated hereby or by any other Loan Document on or
prior to the date this representation is made or deemed
made,  was,  and  will  be, true  and  correct  in  all
material  respects and does not, and will not,  contain
any  material misstatement of fact or omit to  state  a
material fact necessary in order to make the statements
contained therein, in light of the circumstances  under
which they were made, not misleading.

    SECTION  5.16.  Subsidiaries.  As of the  Effective
Date,  Schedule 5.16 contains a complete  and  accurate
(a)  list  of  all  Subsidiaries of the  Borrower,  (b)
description of the issued and outstanding capital stock
of  each Subsidiary of the Borrower and (c) the  record
owners  of such capital stock.  Except as set forth  on
Schedule  5.16,  neither  of  the  Borrower   nor   any
Subsidiary  of  the  Borrower is  a  partner  or  joint
venturer  in  any  partnership or joint  venture  or  a
member of any unincorporated association.

    SECTION 5.17.  Solvency.  Neither the Borrower  nor
any  Subsidiary  of  the Borrower  (i)  is  "insolvent"
(within   the  meaning  of  Section  101(32)   of   the
Bankruptcy  Code,  Section 2 of the Uniform  Fraudulent
Conveyance  Act or Section 2 of the Uniform  Fraudulent
Transfer  Act) or will become insolvent as a result  of
the   incurrence  of  any  obligation  under  any  Loan
Document  to which it is a party; (ii) has unreasonably
small  capital (after giving effect to the transactions
contemplated  in any Loan Document to  which  it  is  a
party) for the conduct of its existing and contemplated
business  and  (iii) is able to perform its  contingent
obligations and other commitments as they mature in the
normal course of business.

    SECTION  5.18.   Business.  The  Borrower  and  its
Restricted Subsidiaries have not conducted and are  not
conducting any business other than business relating to
the  exploration, development, financing,  acquisition,
ownership,     operation,     maintenance,     storage,
transporting  and  marketing  of  the   Oil   and   Gas
Interests,  the  Coal Interests and  timber  interests,
land  management, and related activities  as  currently
conducted.

    SECTION  5.19.  Material Contracts.  Schedule  5.19
lists  all Material Contracts to which the Borrower  or
any  of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which  it  or
its properties is bound (including, without limitation,
all   amendments,   supplements,  waivers   and   other
agreements   amending,   supplementing   or   otherwise
modifying  or clarifying such agreements) but excluding
(a)  the  Loan  Documents,  (b)  leases  and  operating
agreements related to the Borrowing Base Assets and (c)
agreements  and  plans relating to  employee  benefits.
The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have complied
in  all material respects with all obligations required
to  be  performed by them under all Material Contracts,
except  to  the  extent a failure to comply  could  not
reasonably be expected to result in a Material  Adverse
Effect.   The Borrower is not aware of any  default  by
any other party to any Material Contract.

    SECTION   5.20.   Licenses,  Permits,   Etc.    The
Borrower  and  each  of its Subsidiaries  possess  such
valid  franchises,  certificates  of  convenience   and
necessity,   operating   rights,   licenses,   permits,
consents,  authorizations,  exemptions  and  orders  of
Governmental Authorities, as are necessary to carry  on
their  respective  businesses as now conducted  and  as
proposed  to  be  conducted, except  to  the  extent  a
failure to obtain any such item could not reasonably be
expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

    SECTION 5.21.  Fiscal Year.  The Borrower's  Fiscal
Year is January 1 through December 31.

    SECTION   5.22.    Year  2000.   Any  reprogramming
required  to  permit  the proper  functioning,  in  and
following the year 2000, of (a) the Borrower's and  its
Subsidiaries'   computer  systems  and  (b)   equipment
containing  embedded microchips (including systems  and
equipment  supplied by others or with which  Borrower's
or its Subsidiaries' systems interface) and the testing
of  all such systems and equipment, as so reprogrammed,
will  be completed by September 30, 1999.  The cost  to
the  Borrower and it Subsidiaries of such reprogramming
and   testing   and   of  the  reasonably   foreseeable
consequences  of  year  2000 to the  Borrower  and  its
Subsidiaries     (including,    without     limitation,
reprogramming errors and the failure of others' systems
or  equipment)  will  not result  in  a  Default  or  a
Material Adverse  Effect.

                     ARTICLE VI
                AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

        So  long as this Credit Agreement shall  remain
in  effect  or  the  principal of or  interest  on  any
Revolving Credit Loan, or any Letter of Credit, or  any
reimbursement obligation with respect to any Letter  of
Credit,  or  any  commitment  or  other  fee,  expense,
compensation or any other amount payable under any Loan
Document  shall  remain unpaid or  outstanding  or  the
Banks shall have any Commitments hereunder, unless  the
Majority Banks shall otherwise consent in writing,  the
Borrower covenants and agrees that:

    SECTION  6.1.   Information.   The  Borrower  shall
deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Banks at  the
Borrower's sole expense:

    (a)As  soon as practicable, and in any event within
fifty (50) days after the end of each Fiscal Quarter in
each  Fiscal  Year of the Borrower (but within  ninety-
five (95) days after the end of the last Fiscal Quarter
in  each  Fiscal  Year or one hundred five  (105)  days
after the end of the last Fiscal Quarter in such Fiscal
Year upon the Borrower's timely filing of a Form 12b-25
with  respect  to  the Borrower's Form  10-K  for  that
Fiscal Year), the unaudited Consolidated balance  sheet
of  the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end  of
such  quarterly  period and year to  date  period  then
ended,   and   the   related   unaudited   Consolidated
statements  of  income,  cash flows  and  shareholders'
equity for such quarterly period and for the portion of
the  Fiscal  Year  ended with  the  last  day  of  such
quarterly  period,  and  in  each  case  setting  forth
comparative  figures  for the related  periods  in  the
prior Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail prepared in
a  manner satisfactory to the Agent and the Banks,  and
certified  by  a  Responsible Officer of  the  Borrower
responsible for the administration of the finances  and
accounting   practices  of  the  Borrower   that   such
financial  statements fairly present  the  Consolidated
financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  of,
respectively,  the  Borrower and  its  Subsidiaries  in
accordance with GAAP for the Fiscal Quarter and year to
date  period  then ended, subject to changes  resulting
from normal year-end audit adjustments.

    (b)Within ninety-five (95) days after the close  of
each  Fiscal Year of the Borrower (or one hundred  five
(105)  days  after the close of each such  Fiscal  Year
upon the Borrower's timely filing of a Form 12b-25 with
respect  to  the Borrower's Form 10-K for  that  Fiscal
Year),  the audited Consolidated balance sheet  of  the
Borrower  as  of the end of such Fiscal  Year  and  the
related audited Consolidated statements of income, cash
flows and shareholders' equity of the Borrower for such
Fiscal Year, setting forth the comparative figures  for
the  preceding  Fiscal Year all audited  by  KPMG  Peat
Marwick   or   other   independent   certified   public
accountants of recognized national standing  reasonably
satisfactory  to the Majority Banks and accompanied  by
(x)  an unqualified opinion of such accountants to  the
effect  that  such  Consolidated  financial  statements
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial
position  and results of operations and cash  flows  of
the  Borrower  and its Subsidiaries, on a  Consolidated
basis,  in  accordance with GAAP, and (y) a certificate
of  such  accountants certifying that in the course  of
its  regular audit of the financial statements  of  the
Borrower, which audit was conducted in accordance  with
generally  accepted auditing standards, such accounting
firm  has obtained no knowledge of any Default or Event
of  Default,  or  if in the opinion of such  accounting
firm a Default or Event of Default has occurred and  is
continuing, a statement as to the nature thereof.
      (c)    Together  with the delivery of  statements
referred  to  in  paragraphs  (a)  and  (b)  above,   a
Compliance   Certificate,   in   form   and   substance
satisfactory  to  the Agent, signed  by  a  Responsible
Officer   of   the   Borrower   responsible   for   the
administration of the finances and accounting practices
of  the  Borrower, stating that the signer has reviewed
the  terms of this Credit Agreement and the other  Loan
Documents and that in the course of the performance  of
his  duties,  he would normally have knowledge  of  any
condition or event which would constitute an  Event  of
Default  or Default and stating whether or not  he  has
knowledge  of any such condition or event and,  if  so,
specifying each such condition or event of which he has
knowledge  and  the nature thereof and  any  corrective
action  taken  or  proposed to be  taken  with  respect
thereto.   Such Compliance Certificate shall set  forth
the  calculations required to establish compliance with
the  financial covenants set forth in Section 7.15  for
the fiscal period covered by such financial statements.

    (d)Promptly  and  in  any event  within  three  (3)
Business  Days  after any Responsible  Officer  of  the
Borrower obtains knowledge thereof, notice of  (i)  the
institution  of or threat in writing of,  any  material
action, suit, proceeding, governmental investigation or
arbitration  against or affecting the Borrower  or  any
Subsidiary of the Borrower not previously disclosed  in
writing   to   the   Banks  or  any  material   adverse
development    in   any   action,   suit,   proceeding,
governmental   investigation  or  arbitration   already
disclosed  to the Banks or (ii) the occurrence  of  any
event  which constitutes a Default or Event of Default,
such  notice  to  specify  the  nature  and  period  of
existence of such Default or Event of Default, and what
action  the Borrower and/or such Subsidiary has  taken,
are taking or propose to take with respect thereto.

    (e)promptly  upon  the  mailing  thereof   to   the
stockholders of the Borrower generally, copies  of  all
financial  statements, reports and proxy statements  so
mailed;

    (f)promptly upon the filing thereof, copies of  all
final    registration   statements,   post    effective
amendments  thereto  and annual, quarterly  or  special
reports  which the Borrower shall have filed  with  the
Securities and Exchange Commission; provided, that  the
Borrower  must  deliver, or cause to be delivered,  any
annual reports which the Borrower shall have filed with
the  Securities  and  Exchange Commission,  within  one
hundred (100) days after the end of each Fiscal Year of
the  Borrower (or one hundred five (105) days after the
end  of  such  Fiscal Year upon the  Borrower's  timely
filing  of a Form 12b-25 with respect to the Borrower's
Form  10-K  for  that Fiscal Year), and  any  quarterly
reports  which the Borrower shall have filed  with  the
Securities  and Exchange Commission, within fifty  (50)
days  after  the  end of each of the  first  three  (3)
quarters of each Fiscal Year of the Borrower;

    (g)promptly  upon request therefor  by  the  Agent,
such title opinions and other information in either the
Borrower's  possession, control or direction  regarding
title  to  the Borrowing Base Assets as are appropriate
to determine the status of title with respect thereto;

      (h)    promptly upon receipt of same, any  notice
or  other information received by the Borrower  or  any
Subsidiary  of  the Borrower indicating any  potential,
actual  or alleged (i) non-compliance with or violation
of  the  requirements  of any Environmental  Law  which
could  result  in  liability to  the  Borrower  or  any
Subsidiary for fines, clean up or any other remediation
obligations  or  any  other  liability  in  excess   of
$1,000,000 in the aggregate; (ii) release or threatened
release of any toxic or hazardous waste, substance,  or
constituent,  or  other substance into the  environment
which  release  would  impose on the  Borrower  or  any
Subsidiary  of  the  Borrower a duty  to  report  to  a
governmental authority or to pay cleanup  costs  or  to
take  remedial action under any Environmental Law which
could  result  in  liability to  the  Borrower  or  any
Subsidiary  of  the Borrower for fines,  clean  up  and
other remediation obligations or any other liability in
excess  of  $1,000,000 in the aggregate; or  (iii)  the
existence  of any Environmental Lien arising under  any
Environmental  Law  securing  any  obligation  of   the
Borrower  or  any  Subsidiary of the  Borrower  to  pay
fines, clean up or other remediation costs or any other
liability  in  excess of $1,000,000 in  the  aggregate.
Without  limiting  the foregoing,  the  Borrower  shall
provide to Agent, promptly upon request, copies of  all
environmental consultants or engineers reports received
by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower which
involves  the  investigation, remediation  or  response
action  with  respect to any circumstance or  condition
which  would  require delivery of  a  notice  or  other
information   to   the   Banks   pursuant    to    this
Section 6.1(h);

    (i)In  the  event any notification is  provided  by
the  Borrower  to  any Bank or the  Agent  pursuant  to
Section  6.1(h)  hereof  or  the  Agent  or  any   Bank
otherwise learns of any event or condition under  which
any  such notice would be required, then, upon  request
of  the  Majority  Banks,  the Borrower  shall,  within
ninety (90) days of such request, cause to be furnished
to  each  Bank a report by an environmental  consulting
firm  acceptable  to  Agent  and  the  Majority  Banks,
stating  that  a  review of such  event,  condition  or
circumstance  has been undertaken (the scope  of  which
shall  be  reasonably  acceptable  to  Agent  and   the
Majority    Banks)   and   detailing   the    findings,
conclusions,  and  recommendations of such  consultant.
The   Borrower  shall  bear  all  expenses  and   costs
associated  with  such review and updates  thereof,  as
well  as  all remediation or curative action which  (y)
the  Borrower and/or any Subsidiary of the Borrower  is
required  by  contract  or  law  to  make  or  (ii)  is
recommended  by  any such environmental consultant  and
undertaken by the Borrower;

    (j)Promptly  (but  in all events within  three  (3)
Domestic  Business Days) after any Responsible  Officer
becomes  aware  of the occurrence of  any  Default),  a
certificate of a Responsible Officer setting forth  the
details  thereof and the action which the  Borrower  is
taking or proposes to take with respect thereto;

    (k)Promptly  (but  in all events within  three  (3)
Domestic  Business Days) after any Responsible  Officer
becomes  aware of same), notice of any material adverse
change in the business, financial condition, operations
or  prospects of the Borrower, any Subsidiary Guarantor
or  of  the  Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken  as  a
whole;

    (l)Promptly  (but  in all events within  three  (3)
Domestic  Business Days) after any Responsible  Officer
becomes  aware  of same), notice of the intended  sale,
transfer,  encumbrance  or  other  disposition  of  any
Borrowing  Base  Asset  other than  a  sale,  transfer,
encumbrance or other disposition permitted pursuant  to
Section 7.8; and

       (m)     From   time  to  time  such   additional
information   regarding  the  financial   position   or
business  of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries  as  the
Agent,  at  the  request of any  Bank,  may  reasonably
request.

    SECTION  6.2.   Business  of  the  Borrower.    The
primary  business of the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries
on  a Consolidated basis is and will continue to be the
acquisition, exploration for, development,  production,
transportation,    processing    and    marketing    of
Hydrocarbons, coal and accompanying elements.

    SECTION  6.3.   Corporate Existence.  The  Borrower
shall,  and  shall  cause each of its Subsidiaries  to,
maintain  its  (i) existence and good standing  in  the
jurisdiction  of its organization or incorporation  and
(ii)   qualification   and   good   standing   in   all
jurisdictions  in  which  such qualification  and  good
standing  are  necessary in order for the  Borrower  or
such  Subsidiary to conduct its business  and  own  its
property  as  conducted and owned in such  jurisdiction
except where the failure to be so qualified or in  good
standing  would not, individually or in the  aggregate,
result in a Material Adverse Effect.

    SECTION  6.4.   Right of Inspection.  The  Borrower
will  permit,  and  will cause each Subsidiary  of  the
Borrower  to permit, any officer, employee or agent  of
the  Agent or any of the Banks to visit and inspect any
of  the  assets  of the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries,
examine  the Borrower's and its Subsidiaries' books  of
record   and   accounts,  take  copies   and   extracts
therefrom,  and  discuss  the  affairs,  finances   and
accounts of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries with  the
Borrower's  and its Subsidiaries' officers, accountants
and auditors, all at such reasonable times and as often
as the Agent or any of the Banks may reasonably desire,
all at the expense of the Borrower.

    SECTION   6.5.   Maintenance  of  Insurance.    The
Borrower  will maintain or cause to be maintained,  and
will  cause each Subsidiary of the Borrower to maintain
or  cause to be maintained (and will use all reasonable
good  faith efforts to cause all operators of Borrowing
Base  Assets to maintain or cause to be maintained)  at
all   times,  insurance  covering  such  risks  as  are
customarily carried by businesses similarly situated.

    SECTION  6.6.   Payment of Taxes and  Claims.   The
Borrower  will  pay,  and  will  cause  each   of   its
Subsidiaries to pay, (a) all taxes imposed upon  it  or
any  of  its  assets  or with respect  to  any  of  its
franchises,  business,  income or  profits  before  any
material  penalty or interest accrues thereon  and  (b)
all  material  claims  (including, without  limitation,
claims for labor, services, materials and supplies) for
sums which have become due and payable and which by law
have  or  might become a Lien (other than  a  Permitted
Lien)  on  any  of  its assets; provided,  however,  no
payment of taxes or claims shall be required if (i) the
amount,  applicability or validity thereof is currently
being  contested  in  good faith by appropriate  action
promptly   initiated   and  diligently   conducted   in
accordance with good business practices and no material
part  of the property or assets of the Borrower or  any
of  its  Subsidiaries are subject to levy or execution,
(ii)  the  Borrower  as and to the extent  required  in
accordance with GAAP, shall have set aside on its books
reserves  (segregated to the extent required  by  GAAP)
deemed  by it to be adequate with respect thereto,  and
(iii)  to the extent the amount of the contested  taxes
or   claims  are  in  excess  of  $1,000,000  (in   the
aggregate), the Borrower has notified the Agent of such
circumstances, in detail satisfactory to the Agent.
    SECTION    6.7.    Compliance   with    Laws    and
Documents.   The Borrower will comply, and  will  cause
each   of   its  Subsidiaries  to  comply,   with   all
Requirements of Law, their respective certificates  (or
articles) of incorporation, bylaws and similar  charter
documents  and  all  Material Contracts  to  which  the
Borrower  or any of its Subsidiaries is a party,  if  a
violation,  alone or when combined with all other  such
violations, could reasonably be expected to result in a
Material Adverse Effect.

    SECTION   6.8.    Operation   of   Properties   and
Equipment.  (a) the Borrower will maintain and operate,
and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain and
operate,    their   respective   material   properties,
including without limitation all of the Borrowing  Base
Assets, in a good and workmanlike manner, and, (i) with
respect  to  the  Oil  and Gas Interests,  observe  and
comply with all of the terms and provisions, express or
implied, of all oil and gas leases relating to such Oil
and Gas Interests so long as such Oil and Gas Interests
are  capable of producing Hydrocarbons and accompanying
elements in paying quantities, and (ii) with respect to
the  Coal Interests, observe and comply with all of the
terms  and provisions, express or implied, of all  Coal
Leases relating to such Coal Interests so long as  such
Coal   Leases  are  capable  of  producing   coal   and
accompanying elements in commercial quantities.

    (b)   The Borrower will comply, and will cause each
of its Subsidiaries to comply, in all material respects
with all Material Contracts.

    (c)   The  Borrower  will  maintain,  preserve  and
keep,  and  will  cause  each of  its  Subsidiaries  to
maintain, preserve and keep, at all times, all material
equipment   used  with  respect  to  their   respective
businesses   in  proper  repair,  working   order   and
condition,   and  make  all  necessary  or  appropriate
repairs,   renewals,   replacements,   additions    and
improvements  thereto so that the  efficiency  of  such
operating  equipment  shall at all  times  be  properly
preserved  and  maintained; provided that  no  item  of
operating  equipment  need  be  so  repaired,  renewed,
replaced,  added to or improved, if the Borrower  shall
in  good  faith  determine  that  such  action  is  not
necessary or desirable for the continued efficient  and
profitable  operation of the business of  the  Borrower
and its Subsidiaries.

    SECTION  6.9.   Environmental  Law  Compliance  and
Indemnity.   The Borrower will comply, and  will  cause
each  of  its  Subsidiaries to comply, in all  material
respects  with  all Environmental Laws binding  on  the
Borrower   or   such  Subsidiary,  including,   without
limitation, (a) all licensing, permitting, notification
and similar requirements of Environmental Laws, and (b)
all  provisions  of  all Environmental  Laws  regarding
storage,  discharge, release, transportation, treatment
and  disposal  of Hazardous Substances.   The  Borrower
will  promptly  pay and discharge when  due,  and  will
cause  each  of  its Subsidiaries to promptly  pay  and
discharge when due, all debts, claims, liabilities  and
obligations with respect to any clean-up or remediation
measures  necessary  to comply with Environmental  Laws
binding  on  the  Borrower or  any  Subsidiary  of  the
Borrower.   The  Borrower hereby agrees  to  indemnify,
defend  and hold harmless each of the Banks, the  Agent
and  their  respective  agents,  affiliates,  officers,
directors, and employees from and against any  and  all
claims, losses, demands, actions, causes of action, and
liabilities  whatsoever (including  without  limitation
reasonable attorney's fees and expenses, and costs  and
expenses    reasonably   incurred   in   investigating,
preparing or defending against any litigation or claim,
action,  suit,  proceeding or demand  of  any  kind  or
character)  arising  out  of  or  resulting  from   the
contamination   by   any   Hazardous    Substance    or
environmental   pollutant   in   violation    of,    or
noncompliance  with,  any  federal,  state   or   local
Environmental   Laws,  including   without   limitation
violation  of the Comprehensive Environmental Response,
Compensation and Liability Act, as amended from time to
time, or of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act,
as amended from time to time, except to the extent that
such  claim, loss, demand, action, cause of action,  or
liability was caused by the gross negligence or willful
misconduct   of   the  indemnified   party   requesting
indemnification pursuant to this Section 6.9.

    SECTION  6.10.  ERISA Reporting Requirements.   The
Borrower  shall  furnish or cause to  be  furnished  to
Agent:

    (a)Promptly  and  in any event (i)  within  fifteen
(15)  days  after  the Borrower or any ERISA  Affiliate
knows  or  has  reason  to know that  any  ERISA  Event
described  in  clause  (a) of the definition  of  ERISA
Event  or  any  event described in section  4063(a)  of
ERISA  with respect to any Benefit Plan of the Borrower
or  any  ERISA Affiliate has occurred, and (ii)  within
ten (10) days after the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate
knows  or has reason to know that any other ERISA Event
with respect to any Benefit Plan of the Borrower or any
ERISA  Affiliate has occurred or a request for  minimum
funding  waiver  under section 412  of  the  Code  with
respect  to  any  Benefit Plan of the Borrower  or  any
ERISA   Affiliate  has  been  made,  a  written  notice
describing  such event and describing  what  action  is
being  taken  or is proposed to be taken  with  respect
thereto,  together with a copy of any notice  of  event
that is given to the PBGC;

    (b)Promptly  and  in  any  event  within  two   (2)
Business Days after receipt thereof by the Borrower  or
any  ERISA  Affiliate  from the PBGC,  copies  of  each
notice  received by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate
of  the  PBGC's intention to terminate any Plan  or  to
have  a  trustee  appointed to administer  any  Benefit
Plan;

    (c)Promptly  and in any event within  fifteen  (15)
days  after  the receipt by the Borrower of  a  request
therefor  by  a  Bank, copies of any annual  and  other
report (including Schedule B thereto) with respect to a
Benefit  Plan  filed  by  the  Borrower  or  any  ERISA
Affiliate  with the United States Department of  Labor,
the IRS or the PBGC;

    (d)Promptly,  and  in  any event  within  ten  (10)
Business  Days  after receipt thereof, a  copy  of  any
correspondence  the  Borrower or  any  ERISA  Affiliate
receives  from the Plan Sponsor (as defined by  section
4001(a)(10)  of  ERISA) of any Benefit  Plan  asserting
withdrawal liability pursuant to section 4219  or  4202
of  ERISA upon the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate, and
a  statement from a Responsible Officer of the Borrower
or such ERISA Affiliate setting forth details as to the
events giving rise to such withdrawal liability and the
action  which  the Borrower or such ERISA Affiliate  is
taking or proposes to take with respect thereto;

      (e)   Notification within three (3) Business Days
after the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate knows or  has
reason  to  know  that the Borrower or any  such  ERISA
Affiliate has or intends to file a notice of intent  to
terminate any Benefit Plan under a distress termination
within  the meaning of section 4041(c) of ERISA  and  a
copy of such notice; and

    (f)Promptly  after  receipt of  written  notice  of
commencement thereof, notice of all (i) claims made  by
participants  or  beneficiaries  with  respect  to  any
Benefit  Plan  and (ii) actions, suits and  proceedings
before    any   court   or   governmental   department,
commission,  board, bureau, agency or  instrumentality,
domestic  or  foreign, affecting the  Borrower  or  any
ERISA  Affiliate  with  respect to  any  Benefit  Plan,
except  those  which,  in the aggregate,  if  adversely
determined  could  not  result in  a  Material  Adverse
Effect.

    SECTION  6.11.  Subsidiary Guaranty.  The  Borrower
will cause each of its Material Restricted Subsidiaries
hereafter  formed or acquired to execute and deliver  a
joinder  of the Subsidiary Guaranty promptly  following
such formation or acquisition.

    SECTION  6.12.   Permits, Licenses.   The  Borrower
shall, and shall cause each Subsidiary to, maintain all
material    assets,   consents,   licenses,    patents,
copyrights,  trademarks, service  marks,  trade  names,
permits   and   other   approvals  and   authorizations
necessary  to conduct its business, including,  without
limitation   all  consents,  permits,   licensees   and
agreements material to the Borrowing Base Assets.

    SECTION  6.13.  Additional Documents.  The Borrower
will  cure  promptly,  and  will  cause  each  of   its
Subsidiaries  to  cure promptly,  any  defects  in  the
creation  and issuance of each Note, and the  execution
and  delivery  of this Credit Agreement and  the  other
Loan  Documents  and,  at the Borrower's  expense,  the
Borrower  shall promptly and duly execute and  deliver,
and  cause each Subsidiary of the Borrower to  promptly
execute  and  deliver,  to each Bank,  upon  reasonable
request,   all   such  other  and  further   documents,
agreements  and  instruments  in  compliance  with   or
accomplishment of the covenants and agreements of  each
the  Borrower  and each Subsidiary of the  Borrower  in
this  Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents  as
may   be   reasonably  necessary  or   appropriate   in
connection therewith.

    SECTION   6.14.   Title  Assurances.  The  Borrower
shall  furnish or cause to be furnished  to  the  Agent
such   information  in  its  possession  or  reasonably
available  to it with respect to title to the Borrowing
Base  Assets  as  the  Majority  Banks  may  reasonably
request  and  shall cooperate with the  Agent  and  its
counsel  in analyzing such title. Where appropriate  in
the opinion of the Majority Banks and at the request of
the Majority Banks, the Borrower shall correct material
defects  in such title, or, if the Borrower elects  not
to  correct such defects in title, the Banks  shall  be
entitled  to an immediate redetermination of the  Total
Borrowing Base pursuant to Section 3.4.

                    ARTICLE VII

                  NEGATIVE COVENANTS

        So  long as this Credit Agreement shall  remain
in  effect  or  the  principal of or  interest  on  any
Revolving Credit Loan, or any Letter of Credit, or  any
reimbursement obligation with respect to any Letter  of
Credit,  or  any  commitment  or  other  fee,  expense,
compensation or any other amount payable under any Loan
Document  shall  remain unpaid or  outstanding  or  the
Banks shall have any Commitments hereunder, unless  the
Majority Banks shall otherwise consent in writing,  the
Borrower covenants and agrees that:

    SECTION  7.1.  Debt.  The Borrower shall  not,  and
shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to,
create,  incur,  assume or otherwise become  or  remain
liable with respect to, any Debt, except for:

    (a)   Debt  arising hereunder and under  the  other
Loan Documents;

    (b)   Unsecured  Debt outstanding on the  Effective
Date  and described in Schedule 7.1, in each case in  a
principal  amount  at any one time outstanding  not  to
exceed the amount set forth on Schedule 7.1 hereof;

    (c)   Endorsements  of negotiable  instruments  for
collection in the ordinary course of business;

    (d)   Current liabilities (exclusive of  Debt)  for
accounts  payable  and  expense  accruals  incurred  or
assumed  in  the ordinary course of business,  provided
such  accounts payable have not remained unpaid  for  a
period  of  ninety (90) days after the same became  due
unless  currently being contested in good faith  or  by
appropriate proceedings;

    (e)     Liabilities    for   taxes,    assessments,
governmental charges or levies not yet due and payable;

    (f)   Liabilities incurred under Hedge Transactions
permitted pursuant to Section 7.14 hereof;

      (g)   Unsecured  Debt incurred  by  the  Borrower
pursuant  to  a line(s) of credit entered into  by  the
Borrower after the Effective Date with any Bank or  any
other  financial institution, provided,  however,  that
(i) the terms, covenants and conditions of said line(s)
of  credit may be no more burdensome or onerous on  the
Borrower   and   its  Subsidiaries  than   the   terms,
conditions  and  covenants  contained  in  this  Credit
Agreement, (ii) at the time said Debt is incurred,  the
aggregate  principal amount of all advances,  including
the  proposed advance (the "Swing Loans") made  to  the
Borrower  by  any  Bank  or any  such  other  financial
institution pursuant to such line(s) of credit does not
exceed at any one time outstanding $5,000,000.00, (iii)
after  giving  pro forma effect to any  proposed  Swing
Loan, the aggregate amount of the Utilized Credit  does
not  exceed  the  Available Commitment,  and  (iv)  the
proceeds  of  all Swing Loans are used by the  Borrower
solely for cash management purposes.  Swing Loans shall
not be considered a utilization of the Total Commitment
or  the  Commitment of such Bank hereunder for purposes
of  calculating the commitment fee due pursuant to  the
provisions of Section 2.5(a), but shall be included  in
the  determination  of the Utilized  Credit;  provided,
however, that if an advance made pursuant to the  Swing
Loans  affects either the Applicable Eurodollar  Margin
or  the  Unavailable Fee Rate, Borrower  shall  provide
Bank  with written notice of such effect prior to  each
advance of funds made pursuant to the Swing Loans;

    (h)Purchase  money  Debt  in  respect  of  property
acquired  by  the Borrower and its Subsidiaries  (other
than  the  Restricted  Subsidiaries)  in  the  ordinary
course   of  business  provided,  however,   that   the
aggregate  amount of all Debt incurred by the  Borrower
and  its  Subsidiaries pursuant to this Section  7.1(h)
and  Section 7.1(i) shall not exceed $5,000,000 at  any
one time outstanding;

    (i)Additional  unsecured  Debt  not  permitted   by
subclauses (a) through (h), provided, however, that the
aggregate  amount of all Debt incurred by the  Borrower
and   its   Subsidiaries  (other  than  the  Restricted
Subsidiaries)  pursuant  to  this  Section  7.1(i)  and
Section  7.1(h) shall not exceed $5,000,000 at any  one
time outstanding;

    (j)Unfunded Vested Liabilities with respect to  any
Existing   Plan,  provided,  however,  that  (x)   such
Existing Plan at all times meets all applicable funding
requirements contained in Section 412 of the  Code  and
(y) Borrower is at all times in compliance with Section
7.15(b); and

    (k)  Unsecured subordinated Debt outstanding  under
the  Subordinated  Intercompany  Notes  and  any  other
intercompany  Debt  among  Borrower  and  any  of   the
Restricted   Subsidiaries   which   have   executed   a
Subsidiary Guaranty.

    It  is  understood and agreed that  Borrower  shall
not  permit  any  of  its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  to
create,  incur,  assume or otherwise become  or  remain
liable   with   respect   to,   any   Indebtedness   or
Accommodation  Obligations, except  for  that  incurred
under subparagraphs (a), (c), (d), and (e) above.

    SECTION  7.2.  Restrictions on Distributions.   The
Borrower will not directly or indirectly declare or pay
or  incur  any liability to pay, and the Borrower  will
not  permit  any  of  its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  to
directly  or  indirectly declare or pay, or  incur  any
liability to pay any Distributions, except that:

    (a)The  Borrower  may  pay  Distributions  to   its
shareholders  from  funds legally  available  for  such
purpose,   provided,  however,  that  if  the  Utilized
Percentage  of the Borrowing Base exceeds  seventy-five
percent  (75%),  the  Borrower will  not,  directly  or
indirectly, declare or make, or incur any liability  to
make,  Distributions to its shareholders in any  Fiscal
Quarter  in excess of an amount equal to (x) fifty-five
percent  (55%) of Consolidated EBITDA for the  previous
four (4) Fiscal Quarters for which financial statements
have  been  delivered to the Banks pursuant to  Section
6.1   less   (y)  the  aggregate  amount  of  quarterly
Distributions made to its shareholders during such four
(4) fiscal quarter period.

       (b)     It   shall  be  a  condition   to   each
Distribution  permitted by the  provisions  of  Section
7.2(a) that at the time such Distribution is made:  (i)
no payment of principal, interest, fees or other amount
required  hereunder  or under the  Loan  Documents  has
become  due  and has not been paid, (ii) no Default  or
Event of Default (other than as described in clause (i)
of  this  proviso) has occurred, is continuing and  has
not  been  waived by the Majority Banks (or if required
under  Section 10.1, all of the Banks) has occurred  or
would  occur  as  a  result  of  the  making  of   such
Distribution, (iii) no Borrowing Base Deficiency exists
or  is  reasonably expected to exist  as  of  the  next
Determination Date, and (iv) after giving effect to the
proposed  Distribution the Borrower  is  in  compliance
with covenants contained in Section 7.15 as of (and  as
if  the  most  recently  ended Fiscal  Quarter  of  the
Borrower  had  ended on) the date such Distribution  is
made.

    Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i)  any  Subsidiary
Guarantor may make Distributions to the Borrower or any
other Subsidiary Guarantor, (ii) any Subsidiary of  the
Borrower may make Distributions to the Borrower,  (iii)
Powell River Rail Corporation may make Distributions to
the  Borrower and its other shareholders so long as the
Borrower  owns  80%  or more of the  capital  stock  or
equity interests of Powell River Rail Corporation,  and
(iv)   Borrower  may  make  Distributions,   loans   or
Investments  in an amount not to exceed $10,000,000  in
the  aggregate  to  any  Unrestricted  Subsidiaries  or
Restricted  Subsidiaries  that  have  not  executed   a
Subsidiary  Guaranty pursuant to this Credit Agreement.
The  Borrower will not enter into or become subject to,
and   the   Borrower  will  not  permit  any   of   its
Subsidiaries to enter into, or become subject  to,  any
agreement or order of any Governmental Authority  which
prohibits or restricts in any way the right of  any  of
the  Borrower's  Subsidiaries to make Distributions  to
the Borrower.

    SECTION  7.3.  Negative Pledge.  The Borrower  will
not  create, incur, assume or suffer to exist, and  the
Borrower  will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary  of
the  Borrower  to create, incur, assume  or  suffer  to
exist, any Lien on any asset of the Borrower or any  of
its Restricted Subsidiaries other than Permitted Liens.
The  Borrower will not enter into or become subject to,
and   the  Borrower  will  not  permit  any  Restricted
Subsidiary  of  the Borrower to enter  into  or  become
subject  to,  any  agreement  (other than  this  Credit
Agreement)  that prohibits or otherwise  restricts  the
right   of  the  Borrower  or  any  of  its  Restricted
Subsidiaries  to  create, incur, assume  or  suffer  to
exist any Lien in favor of Agent for the benefit of the
Banks on any of the Borrower's or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries' assets.

    SECTION    7.4.    Consolidation,    Mergers    and
Acquisitions; Fundamental Changes.  The Borrower  shall
not,  and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries  to,
merge or consolidate with or acquire substantially  all
of the outstanding capital stock or assets of any other
Person or liquidate, wind up or dissolve (or suffer any
liquidation  or dissolution), or convey,  lease,  sell,
transfer or otherwise dispose of, in one transaction or
series of transactions, all or any substantial part  of
its  business,  property  or  assets,  whether  now  or
hereafter  acquired,  except for  transactions  in  the
nature  of  a consolidation and/or merger (i) involving
the  Borrower  in which the Borrower is  the  surviving
entity,  or  (ii) involving a Subsidiary  Guarantor  in
which the surviving entity is a wholly owned Restricted
Subsidiary  of the Borrower and has duly  executed  and
delivered a joinder to the Subsidiary Guaranty pursuant
to  Section  6.11, or (iii) involving any other  wholly
owned  Subsidiary of the Borrower in which such  wholly
owned  Subsidiary is the surviving entity,  subject  in
each  case to the condition that immediately after such
merger or consolidation and after giving effect and pro
forma  effect  thereto  for the  immediately  preceding
twelve-month  period, no Event of  Default  or  Default
shall  have  occurred,  exist or  be  continuing.   The
Borrower  shall not, and shall not permit  any  of  its
Subsidiaries to, purchase, redeem, retire or  otherwise
acquire  for  value  any of its capital  stock  now  or
hereafter outstanding.

    SECTION  7.5.   Investments.   The  Borrower  shall
not,  and  shall  not  permit  any  of  its  Restricted
Subsidiaries  to,  make, directly  or  indirectly,  any
Investments, except:

    (a)   Investments existing on the date  hereof  and
disclosed on Schedule 7.5;

    (b)  Investments consisting of Cash Equivalents;

    (c)   Accounts  receivable from  customers  in  the
ordinary course of business;

    (d)   Investments by the Borrower in  wholly  owned
Subsidiaries  provided such Subsidiaries have  executed
and  delivered a Subsidiary Guaranty in  favor  of  the
Agent;

    (e)   Margin deposits in connection with any  Hedge
Transaction permitted pursuant to Section 7.14;

    (f)    Acquisitions  permitted  under  Section  7.4
hereof;

    (g)   Investments in connection with or related  to
farm-out,  farm-in, joint operating, joint  venture  or
area  of mutual interest agreements, gathering systems,
pipelines  or  other similar or customary  arrangements
entered into in the ordinary course of business;

    (h)investments   by  the  Borrower,   directly   or
indirectly, in Powell River Rail Corporation, provided,
however,  that all Investments made by the Borrower  in
Powell  River Rail Corporation pursuant to this Section
7.5(h) shall not exceed $5,000,000 in the aggregate; or

    (j)   An  Investment in capital stock  (other  than
Margin  Stock)  issued by a United  States  corporation
(other  than  Westmoreland Coal  Company,  Westmoreland
Resources,  Inc. and Powell River Rail Corporation)  in
the  same line of business(es) as the Borrower and  its
Subsidiaries provided such Investment is not a  Hostile
Acquisition  and subject in each case to the  condition
that immediately after such Investment and after giving
effect  and  pro  forma  effect thereto  for  the  next
succeeding twelve-month period, no Event of Default  or
Default shall have occurred, exist or be continuing.

    SECTION  7.6.   Transactions with Affiliates.   The
Borrower  shall not, and shall not permit  any  of  its
Subsidiaries  to,  enter into, or be  a  party  to  any
transaction with any affiliated Person, except for  (i)
the transactions provided for in the Loan Documents, or
(ii)   transactions  entered  into  pursuant   to   the
reasonable  requirements of such Person's business  and
upon such fair and reasonable terms as could reasonably
be  obtained  in  a  arm's length transaction  with  an
unaffiliated  Person  in  accordance  with   prevailing
industry customs and practices.

    SECTION 7.7.  Agreements.  The Borrower shall  not,
and  shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter
into  any  contract, agreement or transaction which  at
the  time  such contract, agreement or transaction  was
entered  into materially and adversely affects (i)  the
business,   property,  assets,  operations,   condition
(financial  or  otherwise)  of  the  Borrower  or   any
Subsidiary  of  the Borrower, (ii) the ability  of  the
Borrower  or any Subsidiary of the Borrower to  perform
timely its obligations under this Credit Agreement  and
the  other  Loan Documents to which it is  a  party  or
(iii)  a  Subsidiary's ability to  perform  timely  its
material covenants and obligations under any Subsidiary
Guaranty to which it is a party.

    SECTION 7.8.  Sales of Assets.  The Borrower  shall
not,  and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries  to,
sell,  assign,  transfer, lease,  convey  or  otherwise
dispose of any of its assets or properties, whether now
owned  or hereafter acquired, or any income or  profits
therefrom,  or  enter  into any  agreement  to  do  so,
except:

    (a)  sales  of inventory in the ordinary course  of
its business;

    (b)  sales or dispositions of worn out or  obsolete
tools  or  equipment no longer used or  useful  in  the
business  of  the  Borrower or such Subsidiary  of  the
Borrower;

    (c)  sales  of  Oil and Gas Interests  and/or  Coal
Interests  used in the determination of  the  Borrowing
Base for fair market value on an arm's length basis  in
an  aggregate amount for both Oil and Gas Interests and
Coal  Interests  for the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries
not  to  exceed  $10,000,000 during  any  Fiscal  Year,
provided,  however, that at the time of  such  sale  no
Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and  no
Borrowing Base Deficiency then exists;

    (d)  sales  of  the Norfolk Common Stock  for  fair
market  value on an arm's length basis in an  aggregate
amount  not  to  exceed $50,000,000 during  any  Fiscal
Year;

    (e)  sales of the common stock of Westmoreland Coal
Company; or

    (f)  sales  of assets not used in the determination
of  the  Borrowing Base, which sales shall  not  exceed
$30,000,000 in the aggregate.

    SECTION 7.9.  ERISA. (a) With the exception of  the
Benefit Plans described on Schedule 5.11 (the "Existing
Plans"), neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary of the
Borrower  shall create, adopt or become  bound  by  any
Benefit  Plan.  The Borrower shall not, and  shall  not
permit  any  of  its  Subsidiaries  to,  engage  in   a
"prohibited transaction", as defined in Section 406  of
ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, with respect to  any
Existing  Plan  or  knowingly  consent  to  any   other
"interested  party"  or any "disqualified  person",  as
such  terms are defined in Section 3(14) of  ERISA  and
Section  4975(e)(2) of the Code, respectively, engaging
in  any  "prohibited transaction", with respect to  any
Existing  Plan, or permit any Existing Plan  maintained
by  the Borrower or such Subsidiary of the Borrower  to
incur  any "accumulated funding deficiency", as defined
in  Section  302 of ERISA or Section 412 of  the  Code,
unless  such  incurrence  shall  have  been  waived  in
advance by the IRS; or terminate any Existing Plan in a
manner  which could result in the imposition of a  Lien
on  any property of the Borrower or such Subsidiary  of
the  Borrower  pursuant to Section 4068  of  ERISA;  or
breach any fiduciary responsibility imposed under Title
I of ERISA with respect to any Existing Plan; engage in
any transaction which would result in the incurrence of
a  liability under Section 4069 of ERISA;  or  fail  to
make  contributions to any Existing Plan which  results
in  the  imposition of a Lien on any  property  of  the
Borrower or such Subsidiary of the Borrower pursuant to
Section 302(f) of ERISA or Section 412(n) of the  Code,
if  the occurrence of any of the foregoing events would
result  in  liability to the Borrower  or  any  of  its
Subsidiaries of $2,000,000 or more.  The Borrower shall
not,  and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries  to,
materially  increase the benefits  provided  under  any
Existing  Plan. The Borrower shall not, and  shall  not
permit  any of its Subsidiaries to (nor will any  trade
or  business, whether or not incorporated,  that  is  a
member  of  a  group  of  which the  Borrower  or  such
Subsidiary  of the Borrower is a member  and  which  is
treated as a single employer under Section 414  of  the
Code)   sponsor,   maintain  or   contribute   to   any
Multiemployer  Plan(s).  The Borrower  shall  not,  and
shall  not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, become  a
member  of any other group which is treated as a single
employer under Section 414 of the Code.

    SECTION  7.10.  Sales and Leasebacks.  The Borrower
shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries
to,  become liable, directly or by way of Accommodation
Obligation,  with respect to any lease or any  property
(whether  real or personal or mixed) whether now  owned
or  hereafter acquired, (i) which the Borrower or  such
Subsidiary  of the Borrower has sold or transferred  or
is  to  sell  or transfer to any other Person  or  (ii)
which  the Borrower or such Subsidiary of the  Borrower
intends  to use for substantially the same purposes  as
any  other property which has been or is to be sold  or
transferred by the Borrower or such Subsidiary  of  the
Borrower  to any other Person in connection  with  such
lease.

    SECTION  7.11.   Margin Regulation.   The  Borrower
shall  not  use or permit any other Person to  use  any
portion  of  the proceeds of any credit extended  under
this  Credit Agreement in any manner which might  cause
the  extension  of  credit or the application  of  such
proceeds  to  violate the Securities  Act  of  1933  or
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (each as amended to the
date  hereof and from time to time hereafter,  and  any
successor  statute)  or  to violate  Regulation  U,  or
Regulation  X, or any other regulation of  the  Federal
Reserve Board, in each case as in effect on the date or
dates  of  such  extension of credit and  such  use  of
proceeds.

    SECTION    7.12.    Amendment   to   Organizational
Documents. The Borrower will not enter into or  permit,
and   the   Borrower  will  not  permit  any   of   its
Subsidiaries  to enter into or permit, any modification
or   amendment  of  its  certificate  or  articles   of
incorporation, bylaws or other charter documents  other
than  amendments, modifications and waivers  which  are
not,  individually or in the aggregate,  material.  The
Borrower  will  not  enter  into  or  permit,  and  the
Borrower  will  not permit PVCC, Savannah  or  PVHC  to
enter into or permit, any modification or amendment  of
the Subordinated Intercompany Notes without the express
written consent of the Banks.

    SECTION  7.13.  Fiscal Year; Fiscal  Quarter.   The
Borrower  shall not, and shall not permit  any  of  its
Subsidiaries to, change its Fiscal Year or any  of  its
Fiscal Quarters.

    SECTION  7.14.  Hedge Transactions.   The  Borrower
will  not enter into, and the Borrower will not  permit
any  of its Restricted Subsidiaries to enter into,  any
Hedge  Transactions  which would cause  the  amount  of
Hydrocarbons   which   are   the   subject   of   Hedge
Transactions  in existence at such time to  exceed  one
hundred  percent  (100%)  of  the  Borrower's  and  its
Restricted  Subsidiaries' anticipated  production  from
Proved  Developed Producing Hydrocarbon Reserves during
the  term  of such existing Hedge Transactions  and  no
such  Hedge Transactions requires the Borrower  or  any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower to put up  money,
assets, letters of credit or other security against the
event of its nonperformance prior to actual default  by
the  Borrower  or  such Subsidiary  in  performing  its
obligations thereunder.

    SECTION  7.15.   Financial  Covenants.   From   and
after   the   Effective  Date,  the   Borrower   on   a
Consolidated basis shall not:

    (a)Permit  its Consolidated Tangible Net  Worth  at
any  time  to  be less than the sum of (i) $135,000,000
plus,   if   positive  (ii)  forty  percent  (40%)   of
Consolidated  Net  Income  for  the  period  from   the
Effective Date plus, if any, (iii) seventy-five percent
(75%)  of  the  net proceeds from the  sale  of  equity
securities   of   the  Borrower  and   its   Restricted
Subsidiaries for the period from the Effective Date, on
a Consolidated basis;

    (b)Permit  its Consolidated Funded Debt  to  exceed
sixty  percent (60%) of its Consolidated Capitalization
at any time; or

    (c)Permit  its ratio of Consolidated Cash  Flow  to
Consolidated  Debt  Service at the end  of  any  Fiscal
Quarter to be less than 3.5 to 1.0, to be calculated at
the  end  of  each Fiscal Quarter, for the  four-Fiscal
Quarter period ending with such Fiscal Quarter.

    SECTION    7.16.     Subsidiary    Guarantors    as
Subsidiaries of Borrower.  At all times, Borrower shall
directly   or   indirectly   through   a   wholly-owned
Subsidiary retain full, absolute and unencumbered title
to all of the issued and outstanding securities of each
of the Subsidiary Guarantors.

                    ARTICLE VIII

                  EVENTS OF DEFAULT


    SECTION  8.1.  Events of Default.  If  any  of  the
following events, acts, occurrences or conditions (each
an "Event of Default") shall occur and be continuing:

    (a)   The  Borrower shall fail to pay when due  any
payment of any principal of the Revolving Credit Loans;
or

      (b)  The Borrower shall fail to pay when due  the
payment of any accrued interest on the Revolving Credit
Loans  and  such  failure shall continue  for  two  (2)
Business Days; or (ii) the Borrower shall fail  to  pay
when due the payment of any fee, expense, compensation,
reimbursement  or  other amount  when  due  under  this
Credit  Agreement, the Notes or any other Loan Document
or  other  agreement  or document  contemplated  by  or
delivered pursuant to or in connection with this Credit
Agreement  or  such  Loan  Document  or  any   material
document executed in connection therewith and,  in  any
event,  such  failure  shall  continue  for  five   (5)
Business  Days after the earlier of (y) notice  thereof
from  the  Agent  or any Bank to the Borrower  and  (z)
discovery thereof by the Borrower; or

    (c)    The  Borrower  or  any  Subsidiary  of   the
Borrower  shall  fail to perform or observe  any  term,
covenant  or  agreement contained in  Sections  6.1(c),
6.1(d)(ii),   6.11  or  Article  VII  of  this   Credit
Agreement; or

    (d)    The  Borrower  or  any  Subsidiary  of   the
Borrower  shall fail to perform any term,  covenant  or
agreement contained in this Credit Agreement other than
those referenced in subsections (a), (b) or (c) of this
Section  8.1 or in any other Loan Document to which  it
is a party and, in the case of any such failure that is
capable of being remedied, such failure shall not  have
been remedied within thirty (30) days after the earlier
of  (i)  notice thereof from the Agent to the  Borrower
and (ii) discovery thereof by a Responsible Officer  of
the Borrower or such Subsidiary of the Borrower; or

    (e)   Any  Subsidiary  shall fail  to  perform  any
term, covenant or agreement contained in the Subsidiary
Guaranty  other  than those referenced  in  subsections
(a),  and (b) of this Section 8.1, and, in the case  of
any  such  failure that is capable of  being  remedied,
such failure shall not have been remedied within thirty
(30)  days after the earlier of (i) notice thereof from
the Agent to such Subsidiary and (ii) discovery thereof
by a Responsible Officer of such Subsidiary; or

    (f)   Any  Termination  Event  occurs  which  would
subject the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower,
to  a  liability in excess of $2,000,000, or  the  plan
administrator of any Benefit Plan applies under Section
412(d) of the Code  for a waiver of the minimum funding
standards  of  Section 412(a) of the Code  which  would
subject the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower,
to a liability in excess of $2,000,000; or

    (g)    Any  representation  or  warranty  made   or
incorporated by the Borrower or any Subsidiary  of  the
Borrower in any Loan Document to which such Person is a
party  or  in any certificate, agreement or  instrument
delivered  in connection with, any Loan Document  shall
prove  to  have  been incorrect or  misleading  in  any
material respect when made or deemed made; or

      (h)   The  Borrower  or  any  Subsidiary  of  the
Borrower,  shall  (i) fail to pay  any  Debt  having  a
principal  amount in excess of $2,000,000  (other  than
the  amounts referred to in subsections (a) and (b)  of
this Section 8.1) owing by such Person, or any interest
or  premium thereon, when due (or, if permitted by  the
terms  of  the relevant document, within any applicable
grace  period), whether such Debt shall become  due  by
scheduled   maturity,   by  required   prepayment,   by
acceleration, by demand or otherwise unless effectively
waived or consented to in accordance with the documents
evidencing such Debt or (ii) fail to observe or perform
any   material  term,  covenant  or  condition  on  its
respective part to be performed under any agreement  or
instrument evidencing, securing or relating to any such
Debt,  when required to be performed, and such  failure
shall  continue after the applicable grace  period,  if
any,  specified in such agreement or instrument if  the
effect  of  any failure is to cause, or to  permit  the
holder  or holders of such Debt or a trustee on its  or
their behalf (with or without the giving of notice, the
lapse  of time, or both), to cause such Debt to  become
due prior to its stated maturity; or

    (i)   Any  Loan Document shall, at any  time  after
its execution and delivery and for any reason, cease to
be  in full force and effect or shall be declared to be
null  and  void,  or  the  validity  or  enforceability
thereof  shall be contested by any Person party thereto
(other  than the Agent or any Bank) or any such  Person
party  thereto (other than the Agent or any Bank) shall
deny that it has any or further liability or obligation
thereunder,  or  the Obligations shall be  subordinated
for any reason; or

    (j)    The  Borrower  or  any  Subsidiary  of   the
Borrower  shall  be  adjudicated  insolvent,  or  shall
generally not pay, or admit in writing its inability to
pay,  its  debts  as  they mature, or  make  a  general
assignment  for  the  benefit  of  creditors,  or   any
proceeding  shall  be instituted  by  any  such  Person
seeking    to   adjudicate   it   insolvent,    seeking
liquidation,  dissolution, winding-up,  reorganization,
arrangement,   adjustment,   protection,   relief    or
composition of it or its debts under any Debtor  Relief
Law, or seeking the entry of an order for relief or the
appointment  of a receiver, trustee, or  other  similar
official  for  it or for any substantial  part  of  its
property,  or any such Person shall take any  corporate
action  in furtherance of any of the actions set  forth
above in this Section 8.1(j); or

    (k)   Any  proceeding of the type  referred  to  in
Section  8.1(j)  is  filed, or any such  proceeding  is
commenced against the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the
Borrower,  or any such Person by any act indicates  its
approval   thereof,  consent  thereto  or  acquiescence
therein,  or  an  order for relief  is  entered  in  an
involuntary case under the bankruptcy law of the United
States,  or  an  order, judgment or decree  is  entered
appointing  a trustee, receiver, custodian,  liquidator
or  similar  official or adjudicating any  such  Person
insolvent,  or  approving  the  petition  in  any  such
proceedings, and such order, judgment or decree remains
in effect for sixty (60) days; or

    (l)   A final judgment or order for the payment  of
money  in  excess  of  $2,000,000 and  not  covered  by
insurance shall be rendered against the Borrower or any
Subsidiary  of the Borrower and the same shall  not  be
discharged  (or provision shall not be  made  for  such
discharge), or a stay of execution thereof shall not be
procured,  within  thirty (30) days from  the  date  of
entry thereof, or the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the
Borrower  shall not, within said period of thirty  (30)
days  or  such longer period during which execution  of
the  same shall have been stayed, appeal therefrom  and
cause  the  execution thereof to be stayed during  such
appeal; or

    (m)  (i)   Any Environmental Liability  shall  have
been  asserted  under any applicable Environmental  Law
against  the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower
or  (ii)  any Release of any Hazardous Substance  shall
have  occurred, and such event could form the basis  of
an  Environmental Liability against the Borrower or any
Subsidiary of the Borrower; which in either case  could
reasonably  be expected to result in liability  to  the
Borrower  or  any Subsidiary of Borrower in  excess  of
$2,000,000;

THEN,  (x) upon the occurrence of any Event of  Default
described  in  Section 8.1(j) or  Section  8.1(k)  with
respect  to  the  Borrower or  any  Subsidiary  of  the
Borrower (i) all of the Commitments shall automatically
terminate,  and  the Borrower shall  deposit  with  the
Agent  cash equal to the aggregate face amount  of  all
outstanding Letters of Credit issued hereunder and (ii)
the  entire  unpaid  amount of  all  Obligations  shall
automatically  become  immediately  due  and   payable,
without   presentment  for  payment,  demand,  protest,
notice  of intent to accelerate, notice of acceleration
or  further notice of any kind, all of which are hereby
expressly  waived  by  the Borrower  and  each  of  its
Subsidiaries  and the obligation of each Bank  to  make
any  Revolving  Credit Loan hereunder  shall  thereupon
terminate  and  (y) upon the occurrence  of  any  other
Event  of  Default, the Agent shall at the request,  or
may  with  the consent, of the Majority Banks,  (i)  by
written  notice  to  the Borrower declare  all  of  the
Commitments  to  be terminated, whereupon  all  of  the
Commitments  and the obligations of each Bank  to  make
any  Revolving  Credit Loan hereunder  shall  forthwith
terminate,  and  the Borrower shall  deposit  with  the
Agent  cash equal to the aggregate face amount  of  all
outstanding Letters of Credit issued hereunder and (ii)
by  written  notice to the Borrower declare the  entire
unpaid  amount  of all Obligations to be forthwith  due
and payable, whereupon all Obligations shall become and
be  forthwith due and payable, without presentment  for
payment,   demand,  protest,  notice   of   intent   to
accelerate, notice of acceleration or further notice of
any  kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived  by
the  Borrower and each Subsidiary of the Borrower.  The
Borrower  hereby  grants to the Agent for  the  ratable
benefit  of the Banks a security interest in, and  Lien
on, any Dollars delivered to the Agent pursuant to this
Section 8.1, as security for the Obligations.

    SECTION 8.2.  Remedies. If any Default or Event  of
Default  shall occur and be continuing, the obligations
of the Banks to make Revolving Credit Loans, and of the
Issuing Bank(s) to issue Letters of Credit, under  this
Credit  Agreement shall terminate immediately.  If  any
Event of Default shall occur, the Agent for the ratable
benefit of the Banks, may (and upon the request of  the
Majority  Banks shall) protect and enforce  the  Banks'
rights  and  remedies under the Loan Documents  by  any
appropriate  proceedings,  including  proceedings   for
specific  performance  of  any  covenant  or  agreement
contained  in  any  Loan Document, and  the  Banks  may
enforce  the payment of any Obligations due or  enforce
any  other  legal or equitable right.  All  rights  and
remedies and powers conferred upon the Agent and/or the
Banks   under  the  Loan  Documents  shall  be   deemed
cumulative  and  not  exclusive of  any  other  rights,
remedies  or powers available under the Loan  Documents
or at law or in equity.

    SECTION 8.3.  Right of Setoff.  In addition to  any
rights now or hereafter granted under applicable law or
otherwise,  and not by way of limitation  of  any  such
rights,  upon the occurrence and during the continuance
of any Event of Default, each Bank is hereby authorized
at any time or from time to time, to the fullest extent
permitted  by  law  and  without  presentment,  demand,
protest or other notice of any kind to the Borrower  or
to  any  other  Person, any such  notice  being  hereby
expressly  waived,  to set off and apply  any  and  all
deposits   (general  or  special,   time   or   demand,
provisional or final) at any time held, and other  Debt
at  any  time  owing, by such Bank (including,  without
limitation, by Affiliates, branches or agencies of such
Bank  wherever  located) to or for the  credit  or  the
account  of  the Borrower against any of  and  all  the
Obligations,   including,   without   limitation,   all
interests   in  Obligations  purchased  by  such   Bank
pursuant to Section 2.18, and all other claims  of  any
nature  or  description arising out of or in connection
with  this Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document,
irrespective  of  whether or not such Bank  shall  have
made  any  demand  under this Credit Agreement  or  the
Notes  or  other  Loan  Documents  and  although   such
Obligations,  liabilities or claims, or  any  of  them,
shall  be  contingent or unmatured.  Such  Bank  agrees
promptly  to notify the Borrower after any such  setoff
and  application made by such Bank, but the failure  to
give  such notice shall not affect the validity of such
setoff and application.  The rights of the Banks  under
this  Section 8.3 are in addition to other  rights  and
remedies  (including, without limitation, other  rights
of  setoff)  which the Banks may have.  Notwithstanding
any  other  provisions  of this Credit  Agreement,  the
provisions  of  this  Section  8.3  (except   for   the
provisions  of  this sentence) will not  apply  to  any
amounts held by the Borrower or any Subsidiary  of  the
Borrower  for  the benefit of working  interest  owners
and/or  royalty  owners for the purpose  of  paying  ad
valorem taxes, development costs and/or operating costs
or  for  the  purpose  of making distributions  to  the
revenue  interest owners of revenues from  various  Oil
and Gas Interests.

    SECTION   8.4.   Indemnity.   The  Borrower   shall
indemnify  the  Agent and each Bank and each  Affiliate
thereof   and  their  respective  directors,  officers,
employees,   shareholders   and   agents    (each    an
"Indemnitee")  from,  and hold each  of  them  harmless
against,  any  and  all  losses,  liabilities,  claims,
damages,   expenses,  penalties,  actions,   judgments,
suits,  costs  or disbursements of any kind  or  nature
whatsoever  that are asserted against an Indemnitee  by
any   Person  if  such  losses,  liabilities,   claims,
damages,   expenses,  penalties,  actions,   judgments,
suits,  costs or disbursements arise out of  or  result
from (i) any use by the Borrower of the proceeds of any
extension of credit by the Banks hereunder or (ii)  any
investigation,    litigation   or   other    proceeding
(including  any threatened investigation or proceeding)
relating  to the foregoing or arising out of  or  based
upon  any  Loan  Document or any  of  the  transactions
contemplated  by  any Loan Document, and  the  Borrower
shall  reimburse  such  Indemnitee,  within  ten   (10)
Business Days after receipt of a composite statement of
account   for   any   reasonable  expenses   (including
reasonable legal fees) incurred in connection with  any
such  investigation or proceeding;  but  excluding  any
such  losses,  liabilities, claims, damages,  expenses,
penalties,   actions,  judgments,   suits,   costs   or
disbursements  which  are proximately  caused  by  such
Indemnitee.  Without prejudice to the survival  of  any
other  Obligations  of the Borrower hereunder  and  the
other  Loan Documents, the Obligations of the  Borrower
under this Section 8.4 shall survive the termination of
this  Credit  Agreement, the payment  in  full  of  the
Obligations and/or assignment of the Notes.

                      ARTICLE IX

                      THE AGENT

    SECTION   9.1.   Authorization  and  Action.    The
general  administration of the Loan Documents  and  any
other  documents contemplated by this Credit  Agreement
shall  be by the Agent or its designees.  Each  of  the
Banks authorizes the Agent to take such actions on  its
behalf and to exercise such powers and to perform  such
duties  as are expressly delegated to the Agent by  the
terms  of  this  Credit Agreement and  the  other  Loan
Documents,  together with such powers as are reasonably
incidental  thereto.  Notwithstanding any provision  to
the  contrary  elsewhere in this Credit Agreement,  the
Agent  shall  not  have any duties or responsibilities,
except  those  expressly  set  forth  herein,  or   any
fiduciary  relationship with any Bank, and  no  implied
covenants,    functions,   responsibilities,    duties,
obligations  or liabilities on the part  of  the  Agent
shall  be  read into this Credit Agreement or otherwise
exist against the Agent.

    (b)The  provisions of this Article  IX  are  solely
for the benefit of the Agent and the Banks, and neither
the  Borrower nor any Subsidiary of the Borrower  shall
have  any  rights  as  a  third  party  beneficiary  or
otherwise under, or be bound by, the provisions of this
Article IX.

    (c)In   performing   its   functions   and   duties
hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the Agent
shall  act  solely as the agent of the  Banks  and  the
Agent  does not assume nor shall it be deemed  to  have
assumed  any  obligation or relationship  of  trust  or
agency with or for the Borrower, any Subsidiary of  the
Borrower  or  any  of their respective  successors  and
assigns.

    SECTION   9.2.    Agent's   Reliance;   Exculpatory
Provisions, Etc.

      (a)   Neither the Agent nor any of its directors,
officers,  agents or employees shall be liable  to  any
Bank for any action taken or omitted to be taken by  it
or  them  under  or  in  connection  with  this  Credit
Agreement  or  the other Loan Documents  (i)  with  the
consent or at the request of the Majority Banks  or  if
required under Section 10.1, all of the Banks  or  (ii)
in  the absence of its or their own gross negligence or
willful  misconduct (it being the express intention  of
the parties that the Agent and its directors, officers,
agents  and  employees  shall  have  no  liability  for
actions  and omissions under this Section 9.2 resulting
from  their  sole ordinary or contributory negligence).
Without  limitation of the generality of the foregoing,
the Agent:  (i) may treat the payee of each Note as the
holder  thereof until the Agent receives  a  Commitment
Transfer Supplement from such payee in accordance  with
the  terms of Section 10.9; (ii) may consult with legal
counsel    (including   counsel   to   the   Borrower),
independent   public  accountants  and  other   experts
selected  by it and shall not be liable for any  action
taken  or  omitted to be taken in good faith by  it  in
accordance with the advice of such counsel, accountants
or  experts;  (iii) makes no warranty or representation
to  any  Bank and shall not be responsible to any  Bank
for  any statements, warranties or representations made
in  or in connection with this Credit Agreement or  the
other   Loan   Documents;  (iv)  except  as   otherwise
expressly provided herein, shall not have any  duty  to
ascertain  or  to  inquire as  to  the  performance  or
observance of any of the terms, covenants or conditions
of this Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents or
to  inspect  the  property  (including  the  books  and
records) of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries; (v) shall
not  be  responsible to any Bank for the due execution,
legality,    validity,   enforceability,   genuineness,
sufficiency  or value of this Credit Agreement  or  the
other  Loan  Documents  or  any  other  instrument   or
document  furnished pursuant hereto  or  thereto;  (vi)
shall  incur no liability under or in respect  of  this
Credit  Agreement or the other Loan Documents by acting
upon   any   notice,  consent,  certificate  or   other
instrument  or  writing  (which  may  be  by  telegram,
telecopier, cable or telex) reasonably believed  by  it
to be genuine and signed or sent by the proper party or
parties, (vii) shall incur no liability to any Bank  or
the  Issuing Bank as a result of any act or failure  to
act  in  respect of a Letter of Credit that  would  not
form  the basis for liability against the Agent  acting
either as the Agent or the Issuing Bank with respect to
such  Letter of Credit, in an action between the Agent,
in  either  such  capacity,  and  either  the  customer
arranging  for  such Letter of Credit, the  beneficiary
thereof or the holder of the draft drawn thereunder and
(viii) the provisions of this Section 9.2 shall survive
the  termination  of this Credit Agreement  and?or  the
payment  or assignment of any of the Obligations.   The
Agent  shall be fully justified in failing or  refusing
to  take any action under this Credit Agreement or  any
other Loan Document unless it shall first receive  such
advice  or  concurrence of the Majority  Banks  (or  if
required  under Section 10.1, all of the Banks)  as  it
deems  appropriate or it shall first be indemnified  to
its  satisfaction  by  the Banks against  any  and  all
liability  and expense (other than that resulting  from
its  own gross negligence or willful misconduct)  which
may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing
to  take any such action.  The Agent shall in all cases
be  fully  protected in acting, or in  refraining  from
acting, under this Credit Agreement and the other  Loan
Documents in accordance with a request of the  Majority
Banks or all of the Banks, as the case may be, and such
request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant
thereto shall be binding upon all of the Banks and  all
future holders of the Notes.

    (b)Neither  the  Agent nor any  of  its  directors,
officers,   employees,  or  agents   shall   have   any
responsibility to any Person on account of the  failure
or  delay in performance or breach by any of the  Banks
or  the  Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower  or
any  of  their respective Obligations under this Credit
Agreement, the Notes, the Loan Documents or any related
agreement  or  document  or in connection  herewith  or
therewith.

    SECTION  9.3.  The Agent in its Individual Capacity
and Affiliates.  With respect to its Commitment, any of
the  Revolving Credit Loans made by it and/or the Notes
issued  to  it  as a Bank, Chase shall  have  the  same
rights  and powers under this Credit Agreement  or  the
other Loan Documents as any other Bank and may exercise
the  same  as though it were not the Agent.  The  terms
"Bank"  or  "Banks"  shall, unless otherwise  expressly
indicated,   include  the  Agent  in   its   individual
capacity.  Chase and its Affiliates may accept deposits
from,  lend money, act as trustee under indentures  of,
and  generally engage in any kind of business with, the
Borrower, its Subsidiaries and/or any Person who may do
business with or own securities of the Borrower or  any
Subsidiary of the Borrower, all as if it were  not  the
Agent  and without any duty to account therefor to  the
other Banks.

    SECTION  9.4.   Bank  Credit Decision.   Each  Bank
acknowledges and agrees that it has, independently  and
without  reliance upon the Agent or any other Bank  and
based on the financial statements and other information
referred to in Section 5.9 and such other documents and
information as it has deemed appropriate, made its  own
credit  analysis and decision to enter into this Credit
Agreement.  Each Bank also acknowledges and agrees that
it  will,  independently and without reliance upon  the
Agent or any other Bank and based on such documents and
information as it shall deem appropriate at  the  time,
continue to make its own credit decisions in taking  or
not  taking action under this Credit Agreement and  the
other Loan Documents.

    SECTION  9.5.   Indemnification and  Reimbursement.
The  Agent  shall  not be required to take  any  action
hereunder or to prosecute or defend any suit in respect
of  this  Credit Agreement or the other Loan  Documents
unless  indemnified to the Agent's satisfaction by  the
Banks  against loss, cost, liability and  expense.   If
any  indemnity  furnished to  the  Agent  shall  become
impaired,  it  may  call for additional  indemnity  and
cease  to  do the acts indemnified against  until  such
additional indemnity is given.  In addition, the  Banks
agree  to  indemnify  the  Agent  (to  the  extent  not
reimbursed by the Borrower), ratably according  to  the
respective principal amounts of the Notes then held  by
each   of  them  (or  if  no  Notes  are  at  the  time
outstanding,  ratably  according  to  either  (i)   the
respective  amounts  of  their Commitments,  or  if  no
Commitments   are  outstanding,  (ii)  the   respective
amounts  of  the Commitments immediately prior  to  the
time  the  Commitments ceased to be outstanding),  from
and  against  any  and  all  liabilities,  obligations,
losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments,  suits,
costs,  expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature
whatsoever  which may be imposed on,  incurred  by,  or
asserted  against the Agent in any way relating  to  or
arising  out  of this Credit Agreement  or  any  action
taken  or  omitted  by  the  Agent  under  this  Credit
Agreement  or  the  other  Loan  Documents  (including,
without  limitation, any action taken or omitted  under
Article II of this Credit Agreement); provided, that no
Bank   shall  be  liable  for  any  portion   of   such
liabilities,  obligations, losses, damages,  penalties,
actions,   judgments,   suits,   costs,   expenses   or
disbursements   resulting  from   the   Agent's   gross
negligence  or willful misconduct.  Each  Bank  agrees,
however, that it expressly intends, under this  Section
9.5,  to  indemnify the Agent ratably as aforesaid  for
all  such  liabilities, obligations,  losses,  damages,
penalties,  actions, judgments, suits, costs,  expenses
and  disbursements arising out of or resulting from the
Agent's  ordinary or contributory negligence.   Without
limitation  of  the  foregoing,  each  Bank  agrees  to
reimburse  the  Agent  promptly  upon  demand  for  its
ratable  share of any out-of-pocket expenses (including
reasonable  counsel  fees) incurred  by  the  Agent  in
connection    with    the    preparation,    execution,
administration, or enforcement of, or legal  advice  in
respect  of  rights  or  responsibilities  under,  this
Credit  Agreement and the other Loan Documents  to  the
extent  that  the  Agent  is not  reimbursed  for  such
expenses  by  the  Borrower.  The  provisions  of  this
Section  9.5  shall survive the termination  of  Credit
Agreement  and?or the payment or assignment of  any  of
the Obligations.

    SECTION  9.6.   Successor  Agent.   The  Agent  may
resign at any time by giving written notice thereof  to
the  Banks and the Borrower and may be removed as Agent
at  any time for cause by the Majority Banks.  Upon any
such  resignation or removal, the Majority Banks  shall
have  the  right  to  appoint from among  the  Banks  a
successor Agent (with the consent of the Borrower which
shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, provided
that if an Event of Default shall have occurred and  be
continuing  the  consent of the Borrower  need  not  be
obtained).   If no successor Agent shall have  been  so
appointed  by  the  Majority  Banks,  and  shall   have
accepted  such  appointment, within  30  calendar  days
after   the  retiring  Agent's  giving  of  notice   of
resignation  or  the  Majority Banks'  removal  of  the
retiring Agent, then the retiring Agent may, on  behalf
of  the Banks and with the concurrence of the Borrower,
appoint  a successor Agent, which shall be an  Eligible
Assignee.   Upon  the acceptance of any appointment  as
Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents by a
successor  Agent, such successor Agent shall  thereupon
succeed  to  and  become vested with  all  the  rights,
powers,  privileges and duties of the  retiring  Agent,
and  the  retiring Agent shall be discharged  from  its
duties and obligations under this Credit Agreement  and
the  other Loan Documents.  After any retiring  Agent's
resignation or removal as Agent hereunder and under the
other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Article IX
shall  inure to its benefit as to any actions taken  or
omitted to be taken by it while it was Agent under this
Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

    SECTION  9.7.  Notice of Default.  The Agent  shall
not  be  deemed  to  have knowledge or  notice  of  the
occurrence of any Default or Event of Default hereunder
unless the Agent shall have received notice from a Bank
or  the  Borrower  referring to this Credit  Agreement,
describing such Default or Event of Default and stating
that  such  notice  is a "notice of default."   If  the
Agent  receives such a notice, the Agent shall promptly
give notice thereof to the Banks; provided, however, if
such  notice  is received from a Bank, the  Agent  also
shall  give notice thereof to the Borrower.  The  Agent
shall be entitled to take action or refrain from taking
action with respect to such Default or Event of Default
as provided in Section 9.1 and Section 9.2.

    SECTION 9.8.  Delegation of Duties.  The Agent  may
execute  any of its duties under this Credit  Agreement
or  the  other Loan Documents by or through  agents  or
attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled  to  advice  of
counsel  concerning  all  matters  pertaining  to  such
duties.   The  Agent shall not be responsible  for  the
negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys-in-
fact selected by it with reasonable care.

                     ARTICLE X

                    MISCELLANEOUS

    SECTION  10.1.   Amendments and  Waivers.   Neither
this  Credit  Agreement or any other Loan  Document  to
which the Borrower or any Subsidiary is a party nor any
terms  hereof  or thereof may be amended, supplemented,
waived or otherwise modified except in accordance  with
the  provisions of this subsection.  Any  provision  of
this Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document may be
amended, supplemented, waived, or otherwise modified if
and only if such amendment, supplement, waiver or other
modification  (x) is in writing, (y) is signed  by  the
Majority Banks (if the Banks are a party thereto) or by
the  Agent  with the consent of the Majority Banks  (if
the Agent is a party thereto and the Banks are not) and
(z)  is signed by each other party thereto except  that
in the case of a waiver, the party whose performance is
being waived need not be a signatory; provided no  such
amendment,  supplement, waiver  or  other  modification
shall  do any of the following unless signed by all  of
the Banks (if the Banks are a party thereto) and by the
Agent  with  the consent of all of the  Banks  (if  the
Agent is a party thereto and the Banks are not):

        (i)   extend  the Maturity Date,  the  date  of
        payment of any principal, interest or fees,  or
        the  date  of payment of any required principal
        prepayment;

        (ii)   reduce  the  amount  of  any  principal,
        interest  or  fees, the rate of  interest  paid
        with  respect to any unpaid principal, interest
        or  fees,  or the amount of any fee payable  to
        the Banks hereunder;

        (iii)   change the amount of any Commitment  of
        any Bank;

          (iv)   amend,  modify, or waive  any  of  the
        conditions set forth in Article IV (other  than
        any  condition  which  refers  therein  to  the
        Majority Banks);

        (v)   amend,  modify  or  waive  any  provision
        which  calls  for the consent of, the  approval
        of, or direction from all of the Banks;

        (vi)  amend,  modify  or  waive  any  provision
contained in Article III.

        (vii)  amend, modify or waive any provision  of
        this   Section   10.1  or  the  definition   of
        Majority Banks;

        (viii)  release  any Subsidiary Guarantor  from
        its  obligations under the Subsidiary Guaranty;
        or

        (ix)   consent  to or permit the assignment  or
        transfer  by the Borrower or any Subsidiary  of
        the   Borrower  of  any  of  its   rights   and
        obligations under this Credit Agreement or  any
        other  Loan  Document to which it  is  a  party
        (other  than as a result of a permitted  merger
        or  consolidation pursuant to Section 7.4 which
        refers therein to the Majority Banks);

and   provided,  further,  without  the  prior  written
consent  of  the Agent, no such amendment,  supplement,
waiver  or modification shall amend, supplement,  waive
or  otherwise modify any provision of Article IX or any
other  provision  of any Loan Document  if  the  effect
thereof is to affect the rights or duties of the Agent;
and  provided,  further, that no amendment,  waiver  or
consent  shall,  unless in writing and  signed  by  the
Issuing Bank in addition to the Banks required above to
take  such action, affect the rights and duties of  the
Issuing Bank with respect to the Letters of Credit  and
the  Letter of Credit Applications, if any, outstanding
under  this  Credit  Agreement.   Any  such  amendment,
supplement, modification or waiver shall apply to  each
of  the  Banks  equally and shall be binding  upon  the
Banks,  the Agent, all future holders of the Notes  and
Obligations,  and all parties to the Loan  Document  so
amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified.

    SECTION  10.2.   Notices, Etc.  Notices,  consents,
requests,  approvals, demands and other  communications
(collectively  "Communications")  provided  for  herein
shall  be  in writing (including telecopy, telegraphic,
telex  or cable communications) and mailed, telecopied,
telegraphed, telexed, cabled or delivered:

        If  to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries,
    to it at:

            Penn Virginia Corporation
            100 Matsonford Road, Suite 200
            Radnor, Pennsylvania  19087
            Telephone Number:  (610) 687-8900
            Telecopy Number:   (610) 687-3688
            Attention: Steven W. Tholen
           Vice   President and Chief Financial Officer

        If to the Agent, to it at:

            Chase Bank of Texas, National Association
            600 Travis, CTH-20-86
               Houston, Texas 77002
            Telephone Number:  (713) 216-4147
            Telecopy Number:   (713) 216-4117
            Attention: Bob Mertensotto
            Vice President

        If   such  notice  to  the  Agent  relates   to
fundings or payments, with a copy to:

            Muniram Appana
            Agency Services
            Chase Bank of Texas, N.A.
            One Chase Manhattan Plaza, 8th Floor
            New York, New York 10081
            Telephone Number: (212) 552-7943
            Telecopy Number: (212) 552-7490

        If  to  any Bank, as specified on Schedule  1.1
        hereto   or   in  the  appropriate   Commitment
        Transfer Supplement pursuant to Section 10.9.

All   Communications,  except  as  otherwise  expressly
provided in the Loan Documents, must be in writing  and
must  be  mailed,  telecopied  or  delivered,  to   the
appropriate  party at the address set forth  herein  or
other  applicable Loan Document or, as to any party  to
any  Loan  Document, at any other  address  as  may  be
designated by it in a written notice sent to all  other
parties  to such Loan Document in accordance with  this
Section  10.2  and  (b)  any notice,  request,  demand,
direction,  or other communication given by  telecopier
must  be confirmed within 48 hours by letter mailed  or
delivered  to  the appropriate party at its  respective
address.  Except as otherwise expressly provided in any
Loan  Document, any notice, request, demand, direction,
or  other  communication required or permitted  by  any
Loan  Document  given in compliance with  this  Section
10.2 shall be effective when received or delivered.

    SECTION 10.3.  No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative.   No
failure  on  the part of the Agent or any Bank  or  any
holder  of  a  Note  to  exercise,  and  no  delay   in
exercising, any right, power or privilege hereunder  or
under  any other Loan Document and no course of dealing
between the Borrower, its Subsidiaries, or any of  them
and  the  Agent or any Bank or any holder of  any  Note
shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single
or  partial  exercise  of  any  such  right,  power  or
privilege, or any abandonment or discontinuance of  any
steps  to  enforce  such  right,  power  or  privilege,
preclude any other or further exercise thereof  or  the
exercise  of  any other right, power or privilege.   No
notice  to or demand on the Borrower in any case  shall
entitle the Borrower to any other or further notice  or
demand in similar or other circumstances.  The remedies
herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any
remedies provided by law.

    SECTION 10.4.  Costs, Expenses and Taxes.

    (a)   The  Borrower agrees to pay within  ten  (10)
Business   Days  after  presentation  of  a   composite
statement of account, all reasonable costs and expenses
of  the Agent in connection with:  (i) the negotiation,
preparation,  distribution, execution and  delivery  of
this  Credit  Agreement, the Notes and the  other  Loan
Documents and the documents and instruments referred to
therein,  (ii) the syndication, management and agenting
of the Revolving Credit Loans, (iii) the Agent's review
and  due diligence (including, without limitation,  the
review  of the material Oil and Gas Interests and  Coal
Interests,   and  (iv)  the  negotiation,  preparation,
distribution, execution and delivery of any  amendment,
supplement, modification, waiver or consent relating to
any  of the Loan Documents to which the Borrower or any
Subsidiary  of  the  Borrower is  a  party  (including,
without  limitation, as to each of the  foregoing,  the
reasonable fees and disbursements of legal counsel).

    (b)   The Borrower shall pay all reasonable out-of-
pocket costs and expenses of the Agent and each Bank in
connection  with (i) the preservation of  their  rights
under, and enforcement of, the Loan Documents to  which
the  Borrower  or any Subsidiary of the Borrower  is  a
party  and  the documents and instruments  referred  to
therein   and   (ii)  any  workout,  restructuring   or
rescheduling of the Obligations or any proceeding under
any  Debtor Relief Law with respect to the Borrower  or
any  Subsidiary  of  the Borrower  (including,  without
limitation,  in  each  case, the  reasonable  fees  and
disbursements  of counsel for the Agent and  the  Banks
and allocated costs of internal counsel).

    (c)   The  Borrower shall pay, and hold  the  Agent
and  each  of the Banks harmless from and against,  any
and  all  present and future stamp, excise,  and  other
similar  taxes  and fees with respect to the  foregoing
matters and hold the Agent and each Bank harmless  from
and against any and all liabilities with respect to  or
resulting from any delay or omission (other than to the
extent  attributable to the Agent or such Bank) to  pay
such taxes.

    (d)   Without  prejudice to  the  survival  of  any
other obligations of the Borrower hereunder, under  the
other  Loan Documents, the obligations of the  Borrower
under  this  Section 10.4 shall survive the termination
of this Credit Agreement and the payment in full of the
Obligations for a period of fifteen (15) months.

    SECTION   10.5.    Governing  Law.    This   Credit
Agreement,  the  Notes and, unless otherwise  specified
therein,  all  other  Loan  Documents  and  all   other
documents executed in connection herewith or therewith,
shall be deemed to be contracts and agreements executed
by the Borrower, the Agent and the Banks under the laws
of  the State of Texas and of the United States and for
all purposes shall be construed in accordance with, and
governed  by, the laws of said State and of the  United
States.   Without limitation of the foregoing,  nothing
in  this Credit Agreement, the Notes or any other  Loan
Document shall be deemed to constitute a waiver of  any
rights which any Bank may have under applicable federal
legislation  relating to the amount of  interest  which
such Bank may contract for, take, receive or charge  in
respect  of  any Revolving Credit Loans, including  any
right to take, receive, reserve and charge interest  at
the  rate  allowed by the law of the state  where  such
Bank is located.  The Agent, the Banks and the Borrower
further agree that insofar as the provisions of Article
1.04,  Subtitle  1,  Title 79,  of  the  Revised  Civil
Statutes of Texas, 1925, as amended, are applicable  to
the  determination  of  the Highest  Lawful  Rate  with
respect  to  the  Notes,  the  indicated  rate  ceiling
computed from time to time pursuant to Section  (a)  of
such  Article  shall  apply  to  the  Notes;  provided,
however,  that to the extent permitted by such Article,
the  Agent  may  from time to time by notice  from  the
Agent  to  the  Borrower revise the  election  of  such
interest  rate  ceiling as such  ceiling  affects  then
current  or  future  balances of the  Revolving  Credit
Loans  outstanding under the Notes.  The provisions  of
Chapter  15 of Subtitle 3 of the said Title 79  do  not
apply  to  this  Credit Agreement or the  Notes  issued
hereunder.

    SECTION  10.6.  Interest.  Each provision  in  this
Credit  Agreement  and  each  other  Loan  Document  is
expressly limited so that in no event whatsoever  shall
the amount paid, or otherwise agreed to be paid, to the
Agent or any Bank for the use, forbearance or detention
of  the  money to be loaned under this Credit Agreement
or  any Loan Document or otherwise (including any  sums
paid   as   required  by  any  covenant  or  obligation
contained herein or in any other Loan Document which is
for  the  use, forbearance or detention of such money),
exceed  that  amount  of money which  would  cause  the
effective rate of interest to exceed the Highest Lawful
Rate,  and all amounts owed under this Credit Agreement
and  each  other  Loan Document shall  be  held  to  be
subject to reduction to the effect that such amounts so
paid  or  agreed  to be paid which  are  for  the  use,
forbearance  or  detention of money under  this  Credit
Agreement  or  such  Loan Document shall  in  no  event
exceed  that  amount  of money which  would  cause  the
effective rate of interest to exceed the Highest Lawful
Rate.   Anything in this Credit Agreement, any Note  or
any    other    Loan   Document   to    the    contrary
notwithstanding, with respect to each Note the Borrower
shall  never  be required to pay unearned  interest  on
such  Note or ever be required to pay interest on  such
Note  at  a rate in excess of the Highest Lawful  Rate,
and  if  the  effective  rate of interest  which  would
otherwise  be payable with respect to such  Note  would
exceed  the  Highest Lawful Rate, or if the  holder  of
such  Note shall receive any unearned interest or shall
receive  monies that are deemed to constitute  interest
which  would  increase the effective rate  of  interest
payable by the Borrower with respect to such Note  to a
rate in excess of the Highest Lawful Rate, then (i) the
amount of interest which would otherwise be payable  by
the Borrower with respect to such Note shall be reduced
to the amount allowed under applicable law and (ii) any
unearned  interest paid by the Borrower or any interest
paid  by  the Borrower in excess of the Highest  Lawful
Rate  shall  be in the first instance credited  on  the
principal  of  such Notes with the excess  thereof,  if
any,  refunded  to the Borrower.  It is further  agreed
that,   without   limitation  of  the  foregoing,   all
calculations  of  the rate of interest contracted  for,
charged or received by any Bank under the Notes held by
it,  or  under this Credit Agreement or the other  Loan
Documents,  are  made  for the purpose  of  determining
whether  such  rate  exceeds the  Highest  Lawful  Rate
applicable to such Bank (such Highest Lawful Rate being
the  Bank's "Maximum Permissible Rate"), shall be made,
to  the  extent  permitted by usury laws applicable  to
such   Bank   (now  or  hereafter  enacted),   by   (a)
characterizing any non-principal payment as an expense,
fee   or  premium  rather  than  as  interest  and  (b)
amortizing,  prorating  and spreading  in  equal  parts
during  the  period  of the full  stated  term  of  the
Revolving  Credit  Loans evidenced by  said  Notes  all
interest  at  any  time  contracted  for,  charged   or
received by such Bank in connection therewith.

    SECTION  10.7.   Survival  of  Representations  and
Warranties.    All  representations,   warranties   and
covenants contained or incorporated herein or  made  in
writing  by  the  Borrower or  any  Subsidiary  of  the
Borrower  in  connection  herewith  shall  survive  the
execution  and  delivery of this Credit Agreement,  the
Notes and the other Loan Documents.

    SECTION   10.8.   Binding  Effect.    This   Credit
Agreement  shall become effective when  it  shall  have
been  executed by the Borrower, the Agent and  each  of
the  Banks and shall be binding upon and inure  to  the
benefit  of  the  Borrower  and  the  Banks  and  their
respective successors and assigns, whether so expressed
or  not, provided, that the undertaking of the Banks to
make  Revolving Credit Loans to the Borrower shall  not
inure  to  the benefit of any successor or assignee  of
the Borrower.

    SECTION     10.9.     Successors    and    Assigns;
Participation; Eligible Assignees.

    (a)This Credit Agreement shall be binding upon  and
inure  to  the benefit of the Borrower, the Banks,  the
Agent,  all  future  holders of  the  Notes  and  their
respective  successors  and assigns,  except  that  the
Borrower  may not assign or transfer any of its  rights
or  obligations under this Credit Agreement without the
prior written consent of each Bank.

      (b)   Any Bank may, in the ordinary course of its
commercial  banking  business and  in  accordance  with
applicable law at any time sell to one or more banks or
other entities ("Participants") participating interests
in  any  Revolving Credit Loan owing to such Bank,  any
Note  held by such Bank, any Letter of Credit  Exposure
held by it, any Commitment of such Bank, including such
Bank's  Commitment Percentage of the Letter  of  Credit
Commitment,  or  any  other  interest  of   such   Bank
hereunder  and under the other Loan Documents.  In  the
event  of  any  such  sale by a Bank  of  participating
interests  to  a  Participant, such Bank's  obligations
under  this  Credit Agreement to the other  parties  to
this Credit Agreement shall remain unchanged, such Bank
shall  remain  solely responsible for  the  performance
thereof, such Bank shall remain the holder of any  such
Note  for all purposes under this Credit Agreement  and
the  other  Loan  Documents, and the Borrower  and  the
Agent  shall continue to deal solely and directly  with
such  Bank  in connection with such Bank's  rights  and
obligations under this Credit Agreement and  the  other
Loan  Documents.  The Borrower agrees that  if  amounts
outstanding under this Credit Agreement and  the  Notes
are due or unpaid, or shall have been declared or shall
have  become due and payable upon the occurrence of  an
Event  of Default, each Participant shall be deemed  to
have  the  right  of  setoff in respect  of  its  parti
cipating  interest in amounts owing under  this  Credit
Agreement  and any Note to the same extent  as  if  the
amount   of  its  participating  interest  were   owing
directly to it as a Bank under this Credit Agreement or
any Note, provided that such Participant shall only  be
entitled  to  such  right of setoff if  it  shall  have
agreed in the agreement pursuant to which it shall have
acquired  its participating interest to share with  the
Banks the proceeds thereof as provided in Section  8.3.
The Borrower also agrees that each Participant shall be
entitled  to the benefits of Sections 2.13, 2.15,  2.17
and  10.4  with  respect to its  participation  in  the
Commitments  and  the Utilized Credit outstanding  from
time  to  time, provided, that no Participant shall  be
entitled to receive any greater amount pursuant to such
sections  than  the  transferor Bank  would  have  been
entitled  to  receive in respect of the amount  of  the
participation  transferred by such transferor  Bank  to
such Participant had no such transfer occurred.

      (c)   Any Bank may, in the ordinary course of its
commercial  banking  business and  in  accordance  with
applicable  law  at any time sell to any  Bank  or  any
Affiliate  thereof and, so long as no Event of  Default
has occurred and is continuing, with the consent of the
Borrower and the Agent (which in each case shall not be
unreasonably withheld) and if an Event of  Default  has
occurred and is continuing, without the consent of  the
Borrower, to one or more Eligible Assignees, all or any
part  of  its rights and obligations under this  Credit
Agreement,    its   Commitment,   including,    without
limitation, its Commitment Percentage of the Letter  of
Credit Commitment, the Revolving Credit Loans owning to
it,  the  Note(s)  held  by it, the  Letter  of  Credit
Exposure  held by it (in respect of any such Bank,  the
"Credit  Exposure"), pursuant to a Commitment  Transfer
Supplement,  substantially in the form  of  Exhibit  B,
provided,  however,  that  (i)  the  parties  to   such
Commitment Transfer Supplement shall have executed  and
delivered to the Agent for its acceptance and recording
in  the  Register,  a  Commitment Transfer  Supplement,
together  with the Note(s) subject to such  assignment,
(ii)  each such assignment shall be of a constant,  and
not  a  varying,  percentage of the  transferor  Bank's
Credit  Exposure,  i.e.,  any  such  assignment   shall
include a constant percentage of, inter alia the rights
and obligations of such transferor Bank with respect to
its  Commitment,  including,  without  limitation,  its
Commitment   Percentage  of  the   Letter   of   Credit
Commitment,  the Revolving Credit Loans owning  to  it,
the  Note(s)  held  by  it, and the  Letter  of  Credit
Exposure  held  by it, (iii) the amount  of  each  such
assignment   (determined  as  of  the  date  Commitment
Transfer Supplement with respect to such assignment  is
delivered to the Agent) shall be in a minimum principal
amount  of  $5,000,000 and (iv) if the transferor  Bank
has  retained any Commitment hereunder, such transferor
Bank's   remaining  Commitment  shall   be   at   least
$5,000,000 after giving effect to such assignment. Upon
such  execution,  delivery, acceptance  and  recording,
from  and  after the Transfer Effective Date determined
pursuant  to  such Commitment Transfer Supplement,  (x)
the  Eligible  Assignee thereunder  shall  be  a  party
hereto  and, to the extent provided in such  Commitment
Transfer Supplement, have the rights and obligations of
a  Bank  hereunder  with  a  Commitment  as  set  forth
therein, and (y) the transferor Bank thereunder  shall,
to  the  extent  provided in such  Commitment  Transfer
Supplement, be released from its obligations under this
Credit  Agreement  (and, in the case  of  a  Commitment
Transfer  Supplement  covering  all  or  the  remaining
portion  of  a transferor Bank's rights and obligations
under this Credit Agreement, such transferor Bank shall
cease  to  be a party hereto.  Such Commitment Transfer
Supplement  shall  be  deemed  to  amend  this   Credit
Agreement  to  the  extent, and  only  to  the  extent,
necessary  to  reflect the addition  of  such  Eligible
Assignee  and  the resulting adjustment  of  Commitment
Percentages arising from the purchase by such  Eligible
Assignee  of  all  or  a  portion  of  the  rights  and
obligations  of such transferor Bank under this  Credit
Agreement  and the Notes.  On or prior to the  Transfer
Effective  Date determined pursuant to such  Commitment
Transfer  Supplement,  the Borrower,  at  its  expense,
shall execute and deliver to the Agent in exchange  for
the  surrendered Note a new Note to the order  of  such
Eligible  Assignee in an amount equal to the Commitment
and  Revolving Credit Loans assumed by it  pursuant  to
such   Commitment  Transfer  Supplement  and,  if   the
transferor Bank has retained a Commitment and Revolving
Credit Loans hereunder, a new Note to the order of  the
transferor  Bank in an amount equal to  the  Commitment
and  Revolving  Credit Loans retained by it  hereunder.
Such  new  Notes  shall be in the  form  of  the  Notes
replaced thereby.

    (d)The   Agent  shall  maintain  at   its   address
referred  to in Section 10.2 a copy of each  Commitment
Transfer Supplement delivered to it and a register (the
"Register")  for  the  recordation  of  the  names  and
addresses  of  the  Banks and the  Commitment  of,  the
principal  amount of the Revolving Credit  Loans  owing
to,  and  the Letter of Credit Exposure of,  each  Bank
from  time to time. The entities in the Register  shall
be  conclusive, in the absence of manifest  error,  and
the  Borrower, the Agent and the Banks may  treat  each
Person  whose name is recorded in the Register  as  the
owner of the Revolving Credit Loan and/or the Letter of
Credit  Exposure recorded therein for all  purposes  of
this  Credit Agreement. The Register shall be available
for  inspection  by the Borrower and the  Bank  at  any
reasonable  time and from time to time upon  reasonable
prior notice.

    (e)Upon   its  receipt  of  a  Commitment  Transfer
Supplement  executed  by  a  transferor  Bank  and   an
Eligible  Assignee  (and, in the case  of  an  Eligible
Assignee  that  is  not  then a Bank  or  an  affiliate
thereof,  by the Borrower and the Agent) together  with
payment  to  the Agent of a registration and processing
fee of $2,500, the Agent shall (i) promptly accept such
Commitment Transfer Supplement and (ii) on the Transfer
Effective Date determined pursuant thereto, record  the
information contained therein in the Register and  give
notice of such acceptance and recordation to the  Banks
and the Borrower.

    (f)The  Borrower  hereby authorizes  each  Bank  to
disclose  to  any Participant or Eligible Assignee  and
any prospective Eligible Assignee any and all financial
information  in  such Bank's possession concerning  the
Borrower and its Affiliates which has been delivered to
such  Bank by or on behalf of the Borrower pursuant  to
this  Credit  Agreement or which has been delivered  to
such Bank by or on behalf of the Borrower in connection
with such Bank's credit evaluation of the Borrower  and
its Affiliates prior to becoming a party to this Credit
Agreement, provided that, prior to any such disclosure,
each  such Eligible Assignee or Participant or proposed
Eligible Assignee or Participant shall agree in writing
to be bound by the confidentiality provisions contained
in Section 10.11;

      (g)    If, pursuant to this section, any interest
in  this Credit Agreement or any Note is transferred to
any Eligible Assignee which is organized under the laws
of any jurisdiction other than the United States or any
state  thereof,  the transferor Bank shall  cause  such
Eligible  Assignee, concurrently with the effectiveness
of  such  transfer, (i) to represent to the  transferor
Bank (for the benefit of the transferor Bank, the Agent
and   the  Borrower)  that  under  applicable  law  and
treaties  no  taxes will be required to be withheld  by
the  Agent,  the Borrower or the transferor  Bank  with
respect  to  any payments to be made to  such  Eligible
Assignee in respect of the Revolving Credit Loans, (ii)
to  furnish to the transferor Bank (and, in the case of
any  Eligible Assignee registered in the Register,  the
Agent  and  the Borrower) either U.S. Internal  Revenue
Service Form 4224 or U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form
1001 (wherein such Eligible Assignee claims entitlement
to complete exemption from U.S. federal withholding tax
on  all interest payments hereunder) and (iii) to agree
(for the benefit of the transferor Bank, the Agent  and
the  Borrower) to provide the transferor Bank (and,  in
the  case  of any Eligible Assignee registered  in  the
Register,  the Agent and the Borrower) a new Form  4224
or Form 1001 upon the expiration or obsolescence of any
previously delivered form and comparable statements  in
accordance  with  applicable U.S. laws and  regulations
and  amendments  duly executed and  completed  by  such
Eligible  Assignee,  and  to  comply  in  all  material
respects  from  time to time with all  applicable  U.S.
laws  and  regulations with regard to such  withholding
tax exemption; and

    (h)Nothing herein shall prohibit any Bank from  (i)
pledging  or assigning any Note to any Federal  Reserve
Bank  in accordance with applicable law or (ii) selling
or  assigning its Notes and its rights under the Credit
Agreement  and the other Loan Documents to  any  Person
after  the occurrence and during the continuance of  an
Event of Default.

    SECTION  10.10.  Separability.  Should any  clause,
sentence, paragraph or section of this Credit Agreement
or any other Loan Document be judicially declared to be
invalid, unenforceable or void, such decision will  not
have   the  effect  of  invalidating  or  voiding   the
remainder  of this Credit Agreement or such other  Loan
Document,  as  the case may be, and the parties  hereto
agree  that the part or parts of this Credit  Agreement
or   such   Loan  Document  so  held  to  be   invalid,
unenforceable  or  void will be  deemed  to  have  been
stricken here from or therefrom and the remainder  will
have  the same force and effectiveness as if such  part
or parts had never been included herein or therein.

    SECTION  10.11.  Confidentiality.   Each  Bank  and
the Agent acknowledge that any information furnished to
it   directly   by  the  Borrower  is  and   shall   be
confidential   unless  designated  otherwise   by   the
Borrower  (however, such Bank or the Agent may disclose
or  furnish  any  or  all of such  information  to  its
employees,  officers, board members, auditors,  counsel
and  agents  after  informing them of the  confidential
nature  of  such information), and each  Bank  and  the
Agent agrees that (i) it will maintain, and direct  its
employees,  officers, board members, auditors,  counsel
and  agents  to maintain, the confidentiality  of  such
information, (ii) it will not disclose, and will direct
its   employees,  officers,  board  members,  auditors,
counsel  and agents not to disclose, in any event  such
information  to any third party (except as  herein  set
forth)  and (iii) it will not use, and will direct  its
employees,  officers, board members, auditors,  counsel
or  agents not to use such information for any purposes
other  than  as contemplated by this Credit  Agreement;
provided, however, that such Bank or the Agent  or  its
employees,  officers, board members, auditors,  counsel
or agents may disclose any such information that is (i)
in the public domain or that becomes part of the public
domain  after  the execution hereof,  as  a  result  of
filing or recording with any Governmental Authority  or
for  any  other  reason other than as a result  of  any
action  of  a  Bank  or the Agent or  their  respective
employees, officers, board members, auditors,  counsel,
agents  or Affiliates, (ii) in the possession  of  such
Bank  or the Agent as a result of disclosure by a third
party, except to the extent that the Person making such
disclosure is aware that such third party is bound by a
confidentiality  obligation  to  the  Borrower,   (iii)
required  in  such  Bank's or the  Agent's  good  faith
judgment  to be disclosed in order to comply  with  any
applicable Requirement of Law, in order to comply  with
legal  process, or in order to comply with the  request
of  any  Governmental  Authority  having  authority  or
purported authority to regulate the Agent or such Bank,
provided,  such Bank or the Agent will give  notice  to
the Borrower of any such requirement, (iv) permitted to
be  disclosed  to an Eligible Assignee  or  prospective
Eligible  Assignee pursuant to Section 10.9(i)  or  (v)
disclosed  in  connection  with  any  suit   or   other
proceeding  brought by the Agent or such  Bank  against
the  Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower  or  by
the  Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower against
the Agent or such Bank.  Each Bank and the Agent agrees
that if it is required by any applicable Requirement of
Law to disclose any confidential information, such Bank
or  the  Agent will, as soon as practicable notify  the
Borrower of the applicable Requirement of Law  and  the
date  on  which a response to the same is due from  it,
provided  that  this sentence shall not  apply  to  any
disclosure  the  Agent  or  any  Bank  is  required  by
applicable   Requirements  of  Law  to  make   to   any
Governmental Authority having authority to regulate the
Agent or such Bank.

    SECTION  10.12.   Marshalling; Recapture.   Neither
the Agent nor any Bank shall be under any obligation to
marshal  any  assets in favor of the  Borrower  or  any
other Person or against or in payment of any or all  of
the  Obligations.  To the extent any Bank receives  any
payment  by or on behalf of the Borrower, which payment
or   any  part  thereof  is  subsequently  invalidated,
declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or
required  to  be repaid to the Borrower or its  estate,
trustee,  receiver, custodian or any other party  under
any Debtor Relief Law, state or federal law, common law
or  equitable cause, then to the extent of such payment
or  repayment, the obligation or part thereof which has
been paid, reduced or satisfied by the amount so repaid
shall  be reinstated by the amount so repaid and  shall
be  included within the liabilities of the Borrower  to
such   Bank  as  of  the  date  such  initial  payment,
reduction or satisfaction occurred.

    SECTION 10.13.  Representation by the Banks.   Each
of   the  Banks  represents  that  it  is  the  present
intention of such Bank to acquire its Notes for its own
account  or for the account of its Affiliates  and  not
with  a  view  to  the distribution  or  sale  thereof,
subject,  nevertheless to the necessity that such  Bank
remain  in  control at all times of the disposition  of
property  held  by  it for its own  account;  it  being
understood that the foregoing representations shall not
affect  the  characterization of the  Revolving  Credit
Loans as commercial lending transactions.

    SECTION 10.14.  No Third Party Beneficiaries.   The
agreement  of  each Bank to make its  Revolving  Credit
Loans  on  the terms and conditions set forth  in  this
Credit  Agreement,  is solely for the  benefit  of  the
Borrower,  and no other Person (including any  obligor,
contractor,   subcontractor,  supplier  or  materialman
furnishing  supplies, goods or services to or  for  the
benefit   of  the  Borrower)  shall  have  any   rights
hereunder, as against the Agent or any Bank, under  any
other  Loan Document, or with respect to the  Revolving
Credit Loans or the proceeds thereof.

    SECTION  10.15.   Execution in Counterparts.   This
Credit  Agreement  may be executed  in  any  number  of
counterparts  and  by  different  parties   hereto   in
separate  counterparts, each of which when so  executed
shall  be  deemed to be an original and  all  of  which
taken  together  shall  constitute  one  and  the  same
agreement.

    SECTION  10.16.  Jurisdiction; Consent  to  Service
of Process.

      (a)    Each party to this Credit Agreement hereby
irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and
its  property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of  any
Texas State court or Federal court of the United States
of  America  sitting in Harris County,  Texas,  in  any
action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this
Credit   Agreement  or  the  Loan  Documents,  or   for
recognition  or enforcement of any order  or  judgment,
and  each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably  and
unconditionally agrees that all claims  in  respect  of
any   such  action  or  proceeding  may  be  heard  and
determined in such Texas State court, or to the  extent
permitted  by  law,  in such Federal  court  in  Harris
County,  Texas.   Each party to this  Credit  Agreement
irrevocably consents to the service of process  out  of
any  Texas  State court or Federal court of the  United
States  of America sitting in Harris County,  Texas  in
any  such action or proceeding by the mailing of copies
thereof   by  registered  or  certified  mail,  postage
prepaid,  to such party at its address referred  to  in
Section  10.2.   Each  Party to this  Credit  Agreement
agrees  that  a  final judgment in any such  action  or
proceeding  shall be conclusive and may be enforced  in
other  jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in  any
other  manner provided by law.  Nothing in this  Credit
Agreement shall affect any right that the Agent or  any
Bank  may  otherwise  have  to  bring  any  action   or
proceeding  relating to this Credit  Agreement  or  the
Loan  Documents against the Borrower or any  Subsidiary
of  the  Borrower or its respective properties  in  the
courts of any other jurisdiction.

    (b)Each  party  to  this  Credit  Agreement  hereby
irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the  fullest
extent  it  may  legally  and effectively  do  so,  any
objection  which it may now or hereafter  have  to  the
laying  of  venue  of  any suit, action  or  proceeding
arising out of or relating to this Credit Agreement  or
the  Loan Documents in any Texas State or Federal court
sitting  in Harris County, Texas.  Each Party  to  this
Credit  Agreement  hereby irrevocably  waives,  to  the
fullest  extent  permitted by law, the  defense  of  an
inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or
proceeding in any such court.

    SECTION    10.17.     Credit   Agreement    Governs
Conflicts.  To the fullest extent possible,  the  terms
and  provisions  of the Loan Documents  shall  be  read
together  with the terms and provisions of this  Credit
Agreement  so that the terms and provisions thereof  do
not  conflict  with  the terms and provisions  of  this
Credit  Agreement;  provided, however,  notwithstanding
the  foregoing, in the event that any of the  terms  of
provisions  of  the  Loan Documents conflict  with  any
terms or provisions of this Credit Agreement, the terms
or provisions of this Credit Agreement shall govern and
control  for all purposes, provided that the  inclusion
of additional terms and provisions, supplemental rights
or  remedies in favor of the Agent in any Loan Document
shall  not be deemed to be a conflict with this  Credit
Agreement.

    SECTION 10.18. Jury Trial.  EACH PARTY TO ANY  LOAN
DOCUMENT,  IN EACH CASE FOR ITSELF, ITS SUCCESSORS  AND
ASSIGNS,  IRREVOCABLY  WAIVES  TO  THE  FULLEST  EXTENT
PERMITTED BY LAW, ITS RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL
OF  ANY  CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING
OUT  OF  ANY LOAN DOCUMENT.  The scope of the foregoing
waiver  is intended to be all-encompassing of  any  and
all  disputes that may be filed in any court  and  that
relate  to  the  subject matter  of  this  transaction,
including,  without limitation, contract  claims,  tort
claims, breach of duty claims, and all other common law
and statutory claims.  Borrower acknowledges that these
waivers  are a material inducement to Agent's and  each
Bank's agreement to enter into a business relationship,
that  Agent  and each Bank has already relied  on  this
waiver in entering into this Credit Agreement, and that
Agent  and  each  Bank will continue to  rely  on  this
waiver  in  related future dealings.  Borrower  further
warrants  and  represents that  it  has  reviewed  this
waiver  with  its legal counsel, and that it  knowingly
and   voluntarily  agrees  to  this  waiver   following
consultation  with legal counsel.  THE WAIVER  IN  THIS
SECTION  10.18 IS IRREVOCABLE, MEANING THAT IT MAY  NOT
BE  MODIFIED  EITHER  ORALLY OR IN  WRITING,  AND  THIS
WAIVER   SHALL  APPLY  TO  ANY  SUBSEQUENT  AMENDMENTS,
SUPPLEMENTS, OR REPLACEMENTS TO OR OF THIS OR ANY OTHER
LOAN DOCUMENT.  In the event of litigation, this Credit
Agreement may be filed as a written consent to a  trial
by the court.

    SECTION  10.19.   FINAL AGREEMENT OF  THE  PARTIES.
THIS  CREDIT AGREEMENT (INCLUDING THE EXHIBITS HERETO),
THE  NOTES  AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS TO  WHICH  THE
BORROWER  OR  ANY  OF  ITS  SUBSIDIARIES  IS  A   PARTY
CONSTITUTE  A  "LOAN AGREEMENT" AS DEFINED  IN  SECTION
26.02(A)  OF THE TEXAS BUSINESS AND COMMERCE CODE,  AND
REPRESENT  THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES  AND
MAY   NOT   BE  CONTRADICTED  BY  EVIDENCE  OF   PRIOR,
CONTEMPORANEOUS  OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS  OF  THE
PARTIES.

        THERE  ARE  NO  ORAL  AGREEMENTS  BETWEEN   THE
PARTIES.

        IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF, the parties  hereto  have
caused  this Credit Agreement to be executed  by  their
respective  officers thereunto duly authorized,  as  of
the date first above written.
                             BORROWER:


                             PENN VIRGINIA CORPORATION

                             By:
                             _________________________
                             /s/Steven    W.   Tholen,
                             Vice President
                             and Chief Financial Officer

                             AGENT:

                             CHASE BANK OF TEXAS,
                             NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
                            (formerly  known  as
                             Texas Commerce Bank National Association)
                             as Agent

                             By:_________________________________

                             Name:________________________________

                             Title:_______________________________


                            BANKS:


                             CHASE BANK OF TEXAS,
                             NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
                             (formerly known as Texas Commerce Bank National
                              Association)

                             By:_________________________________

                             Name:_______________________________

                             Title:______________________________


                             FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK
                            (formerly known as First Union
                            National Bank of North Carolina),
                            as a Bank and as Syndication Agent

                             By:__________________________________

                             Name:________________________________

                             Title:_______________________________



                             THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF
                             CHICAGO, as a Bank and as
                             Documentation Agent

                             By:__________________________________

                             Name:________________________________

                             Title:_______________________________


                            PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

                             By:__________________________________

                             Name:________________________________

                             Title:_______________________________

<PAGE>
                  TABLE OF CONTENTS



    ARTICLE I     DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS              1
    SECTION 1.1.  Certain Defined Terms                         1
    SECTION 1.2.  Accounting Terms.                            24
    SECTION 1.3.  Interpretation.                              24

    ARTICLE II    REVOLVING CREDIT LOANS                       25
    SECTION 2.1.  Revolving Credit Loans                       25
    SECTION 2.2.  Borrowing Procedure for Revolving Credits    26
    SECTION 2.3.  Issuing the Letters of Credit.               27
    SECTION 2.4.  Conversions or Continuation of Borrowings    29
    SECTION 2.5.  Fees                                         30
    SECTION 2.6.  Notes                                        32
    SECTION 2.7.  Interest on Revolving Credit Loans
                  and Payment Dates                            32
    SECTION 2.8.  Interest on Overdue Amounts                  33
    SECTION 2.9.  Voluntary Termination and Reduction of the
                  Total Commitment                             33
    SECTION 2.10.  Voluntary Prepayment of Revolving
                   Credit Loans                                34
    SECTION 2.11.  Mandatory Payments on Revolving Credit Loans34
    SECTION 2.12.  Alternate Rate of Interest                  35
    SECTION 2.13.  Change in Circumstances                     35
    SECTION 2.14.  Change in Legality                          37
    SECTION 2.15.  Funding Losses                              38
    SECTION 2.16.  Method of Payments Pro Rata Treatment       39
    SECTION 2.17.  Taxes                                       40
    SECTION 2.18.  Sharing of Payments and Setoffs             41
    SECTION 2.19.  Limitation on Reimbursement; Mitigation     42
    SECTION 2.20.  Use of Proceeds                             42
    SECTION 2.21.  Mandatory Termination of Total Commitment;
                          Extension of Maturity Date           42
    SECTION 2.22.  Replacement of Banks                        43

    ARTICLE III   BORROWING BASE                               44
    SECTION 3.1.  Borrowing Base Asset Reports                 44
    SECTION 3.2.  Determination of Total Borrowing Base.       44
    SECTION 3.3.  The Designated Borrowing Base.               45
    SECTION 3.4.  Special Determination of Total
                  Borrowing Base.                              45

    SECTION 3.5.  Initial Total Borrowing Base; Initial Available
                  Borrowing Base.                              46

    ARTICLE IV    CONDITIONS PRECEDENT                         46
    SECTION 4.1.  Conditions Precedent to the Revolving
                  Credit Loans                                 46
    SECTION 4.2.  Additional Conditions Precedent              48
    SECTION 4.3.  General                                      49

    ARTICLE V     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES               49
    SECTION 5.1.  Organization; Corporate Powers               49
    SECTION 5.2.  Authority                                    50
    SECTION 5.3.  Use of Proceeds                              50
    SECTION 5.4.  No Conflict                                  50
    SECTION 5.5.  Gas Balancing Agreements and Advance Payment
                  Contracts                                    51
    SECTION 5.6.  Borrowing Base Assets                        51
    SECTION 5.7.  Ownership of Properties Generally            52
    SECTION 5.8.  No Defaults                                  52
    SECTION 5.9.  Financial Position; No Material Adverse
                  Change                                       52
    SECTION 5.10.  Litigation; Adverse Effects                 52
    SECTION 5.11.  ERISA                                       53
    SECTION 5.12.  Payment of Taxes                            53
    SECTION 5.13.  Environmental Matters                       53
    SECTION 5.14.  Governmental Regulation                     55
    SECTION 5.15.  Disclosure                                  55
    SECTION 5.16.  Subsidiaries                                55
    SECTION 5.17.  Solvency                                    55
    SECTION 5.18.  Business                                    56
    SECTION 5.19.  Material Contracts                          56
    SECTION 5.20.  Licenses, Permits, Etc                      56
    SECTION 5.21.  Fiscal Year                                 56
    SECTION 5.22.  Year 2000                                   56

    ARTICLE VI    AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS                        57
    SECTION 6.1.  Information                                  57
    SECTION 6.2.  Business of the Borrower                     60
    SECTION 6.3.  Corporate Existence                          60
    SECTION 6.4.  Right of Inspection                          60
    SECTION 6.5.  Maintenance of Insurance                     60
    SECTION 6.6.  Payment of Taxes and Claims                  60
    SECTION 6.7.  Compliance with Laws and Documents           61
    SECTION 6.8.  Operation of Properties and Equipment        61
    SECTION 6.9.  Environmental Law Compliance and Indemnity   61
    SECTION 6.10.  ERISA Reporting Requirements                62
    SECTION 6.11.  Subsidiary Guaranty                         63
    SECTION 6.12.  Permits, Licenses.                          63
    SECTION 6.13.  Additional Documents                        63
    SECTION 6.14.  Title Assurances                            63

    ARTICLE VII    NEGATIVE COVENANTS                          63
    SECTION 7.1.                                               64
    SECTION 7.2.  Restrictions on Distributions                65
    SECTION 7.3.  Negative Pledge                              66
    SECTION 7.4.  Consolidation, Mergers and Acquisitions;
                  Fundamental Changes                          66
    SECTION 7.5.  Investments                                  67
    SECTION 7.6.  Transactions with Affiliates                 67
    SECTION 7.7.  Agreements                                   67
    SECTION 7.8.  Sales of Assets                              68
    SECTION 7.9.  ERISA                                        68
    SECTION 7.10.  Sales and Leasebacks                        69
    SECTION 7.11.  Margin Regulation                           69
    SECTION 7.12.  Amendment to Organizational Documents       69
    SECTION 7.13.  Fiscal Year; Fiscal Quarter                 69
    SECTION 7.14.  Hedge Transactions                          69
    SECTION 7.15.  Financial Covenants                         70

    ARTICLE VIII   EVENTS OF DEFAULT                           70
    SECTION 8.1.  Events of Default                            70
    SECTION 8.2.  Remedies                                     73
    SECTION 8.3.  Right of Setoff                              73
    SECTION 8.4.  Indemnity                                    74

    ARTICLE IX    THE AGENT                                    74
    SECTION 9.1.  Authorization and Action                     74
    SECTION 9.2.  Agent's Reliance; Exculpatory Provisions, Etc75
    SECTION 9.3.  The Agent in its Individual Capacity and
                  Affiliates                                   76
    SECTION 9.4.  Bank Credit Decision                         76
    SECTION 9.5.  Indemnification and Reimbursement            76
    SECTION 9.6.  Successor Agent                              77
    SECTION 9.7.  Notice of Default                            78
    SECTION 9.8.  Delegation of Duties                         78

    ARTICLE X     MISCELLANEOUS                                78
    SECTION 10.1.  Amendments and Waivers                      78
    SECTION 10.2.  Notices, Etc                                79
    SECTION 10.3.  No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative              80
    SECTION 10.4.  Costs, Expenses and Taxes                   81
    SECTION 10.5.  Governing Law                               81
    SECTION 10.6.  Interest                                    82
    SECTION 10.7.  Survival of Representations and Warranties  83
    SECTION 10.8.  Binding Effect                              83
    SECTION 10.9.  Successors and Assigns; Participation;
                   Eligible Assignees                          83
    SECTION 10.10.  Separability                               86
    SECTION 10.11.  Confidentiality                            86
    SECTION 10.12.  Marshalling; Recapture                     87
    SECTION 10.13.  Representation by the Banks                87
    SECTION 10.14.  No Third Party Beneficiaries               87
    SECTION 10.15.  Execution in Counterparts                  87
    SECTION 10.16.  Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process87
    SECTION 10.17.  Credit Agreement Governs Conflicts         88
    SECTION 10.18. Jury Trial                                  88
    SECTION 10.19.  FINAL AGREEMENT OF THE PARTIES             89


SCHEDULES

Schedule 1.1  -          Name and Address of the Banks and
                             Commitment Amounts
Schedule 5.11 -          Summary of Existing Benefit Plans
Schedule 5.16 -          Subsidiaries
Schedule 7.1  -          Description of Existing Debt as of the
                             Effective Date
Schedule 7.5  -          Description of Existing Investments


EXHIBITS

Exhibit A   - Form of Borrowing Request
Exhibit B   - Form of Commitment Transfer Supplement
Exhibit C   - Form of Letter of Credit Application
Exhibit D   - Form of Note
Exhibit E   - Form of Notice of Conversion or Continuation
Exhibit F   - Form of Subsidiary Guaranty


EXHIBIT 21

                     PENN VIRGINIA CORPORATION

                    SUBSIDIARIES OF REGISTRANT



<TABLE>
  NAME                                  PERCENTAGES               STATE

<S>                                       <C>                    <C>
Penn Virginia Holding Corp.              100%                    Delaware
Penn Virginia Coal Company               100%                    Virginia
Penn Virginia Equities Corporation       100%                    Delaware
Penn Virginia Oil & Gas Corporation      100%                    Virginia
Penn Virginia Energy Co.                 100%                    Virginia
Concord Land Company                     100%                    Delaware
Kanawha Rail Corp.                       100%                    Virginia
Paragon Coal Corporation                 100%                    Virginia
Savannah Land Company                    100%                    Delaware
</TABLE>


 EXHIBIT 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS



As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the
incorporation of our report dated February 16, 2000, included in
the Annual Report of Penn Virginia Corporation on Form 10-K for
the year ended December 31, 1999, into Penn Virginia Corporation's
previously filed Registration Statements Nos. 33-40430, 33-59647,
33-59651 and 33-96463 on Form S-8.


                                    ARTHUR ANDERSEN    LLP


Houston, Texas
March 29, 2000

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE>                                                 5
<MULTIPLIER>                                           1000

<S>                               <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>  YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                 DEC-31-1999
<PERIOD-END>                      DEC-31-1999
<CASH>                            657
<SECURITIES>                        0
<RECEIVABLES>                   6,880
<ALLOWANCES>                        0
<INVENTORY>                         0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                9,321
<PP&E>                        267,820
<DEPRECIATION>                 76,553
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                274,011
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>           7,074
<BONDS>                             0
               0
                         0
<COMMON>                       55,762
<OTHER-SE>                     98,581
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>  274,011
<SALES>                        41,138
<TOTAL-REVENUES>               47,135
<CGS>                           4,311
<TOTAL-COSTS>                   4,311
<OTHER-EXPENSES>               22,109
<LOSS-PROVISION>                    0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>              3,298
<INCOME-PRETAX>                18,834
<INCOME-TAX>                    4,330
<INCOME-CONTINUING>            14,504
<DISCONTINUED>                      0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                     0
<CHANGES>                           0
<NET-INCOME>                   14,504
<EPS-BASIC>                    1.73
<EPS-DILUTED>                    1.71


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission